Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout2025-10-07; City Council; 05; Adoption of Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents and Authorization to Advertise for Bids for the Poinsettia Community Park Synthetic Turf Field Replacement ProjecCA Review TL Meeting Date: Oct. 7, 2025 To: Mayor and City Council From: Geoff Patnoe, City Manager Staff Contact: Kyle Lancaster, Parks & Recreation Director kyle.lancaster@carlsbadca.gov, 442-339-2941 Subject: Adoption of Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents and Authorization to Advertise for Bids for the Poinsettia Community Park Synthetic Turf Field Replacement Project District: 3 Recommended Action Adopt a resolution adopting the plans, specifications and contract documents for the Poinsettia Community Park Synthetic Turf Field Replacement Project and authorizing the City Clerk to advertise the project for public bids. Executive Summary The existing synthetic turf on the large multi-purpose athletic field at Poinsettia Community Park needs replacement due to its age and wear. In preparation for this replacement, staff engaged a design consultant with extensive experience in athletic fields to review the synthetic turf systems currently available. That review included consideration of several factors, including performance and durability, health concerns, environmental impacts and maintenance costs, as detailed below. Staff and the design consultant subsequently developed the plans, specifications and contract documents for the Poinsettia Community Park Synthetic Turf Field Replacement Project, Capital Improvement Program Project No. 4614. The project consists of removing and recycling the athletic field’s existing synthetic turf and rubber infill material, re-grading and re-compacting the subsurface, and installing the new synthetic turf system, which does not require infill material.1 The City Council’s adoption of the project plans, specifications and contract documents is required under Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 3.28.080(E) because this project will cost more than $220,000. 1 Infill material is the granular substance poured between artificial turf fibers to add weight, stability, shock absorption and a natural look and feel, while also aiding in drainage and temperature regulation. Oct. 7, 2025 Item #5 Page 1 of 10 Docusign Envelope ID: 3B44EDE3-92BD-4992-896F-F5ABB9120486 Explanation & Analysis Current inventory Synthetic turf elements have been part of the city’s inventory for approximately 22 years. The city’s current inventory includes: Eight synthetic turf athletic fields at five sites • Alga Norte Community Park (2 fields) • Aviara Community Park (1) • Pine Avenue Community Park (1) • Poinsettia Community Park (2) • Stagecoach Community Park (2) Synthetic turf recreational play areas at two sites • Alga Norte Community Park (skate park) • Poinsettia Community Park (playground) Synthetic turf wedding/event areas at two sites • Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park • The Crossings at Carlsbad Municipal Golf Course Demand for fields As is the case with many California municipalities, Carlsbad has a greater demand for its athletic fields than it has in supply. Over the last couple of decades, staff have held bi-annual field allocation meetings with eligible athletic user groups. Most of those groups generally prefer to be allocated synthetic turf fields over natural grass fields. Staff accommodate as many user group requests as feasible, within the parameters of Administrative Order No. 80, Athletic Field Allocation Procedures and Policies, but are unable to fully meet the demand for either synthetic turf fields or natural grass fields during certain peak periods. Project background The large, multi-purpose athletic field at Poinsettia Community Park was initially converted from a natural grass surface to a synthetic turf surface in 2004. That conversion was initiated due to challenges with maintaining the natural grass in good playing condition under heavy programming of various athletic user groups. The original synthetic turf contained a crumb rubber infill material and offered an eight-year warranty. After 11 years of heavy programming, resulting in diminished playing condition, the original synthetic turf system was replaced with a comparable synthetic turf system in 2015. After nearly 11 additional years of heavy programming, the existing synthetic turf is approaching the end of its useful life and needs replacement. As noted above, staff and a design consultant from D.A. Hogan and Associates reviewed the synthetic turf systems currently available, and considered factors such as health concerns, environmental impacts, maintenance costs and performance and durability. Oct. 7, 2025 Item #5 Page 2 of 10 Docusign Envelope ID: 3B44EDE3-92BD-4992-896F-F5ABB9120486 Recommended system The synthetic turf system specified in the scope for the project is the Pivot, which is manufactured by TenCate, a 300-year-old company founded in the Netherlands. TenCate is a global leader in innovative, high-quality synthetic turf for athletic fields and landscaping. TenCate’s Pivot system has been specified for this project over other synthetic turf athletic field systems based on the following: • It is free of added PFAS (per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances) – e.g., avoiding microplastic synthetic compounds used for water and stain resistance - which reduces health concerns and environmental impacts. • It uses a no-infill system, eliminating the need for traditional infill materials such as crumb rubber, walnut shells or other organics, which reduces health concerns and environmental impacts. Maintenance costs will correspondingly decrease, because there will be reduced grooming, and no need for redistribution and supplementation of the infill. • It utilizes a low-density porous mineral as a ballast, providing a cooler synthetic turf surface compared to that of a sand ballast, which reduces health concerns and environmental impacts. • It carries a 12-year warranty instead of the more common eight-year warranty and will retain its acceptable athletic playing condition up to 50% longer than traditional infilled synthetic turf athletic field systems. This system’s useful life may exceed its warranty period. These factors reduce amortized costs, landfill waste and maintenance needs. • It has an attenuation pad under the synthetic turf surface, rather than an infill within the synthetic turf. This pad is placed beneath the artificial turf to improve its shock absorption, enhancing safety by cushioning falls and impacts. That attenuation pad carries a 25-year warranty, which further reduces amortized costs, landfill waste and maintenance needs. • It exceeds industry benchmarks for wear resistance, stability retention, and structural integrity over time. This durability has been validated through extensive laboratory testing and continuous high-intensity use, which resulted in performance satisfaction. The TenCate Pivot synthetic turf athletic field system has been installed or is in production at 40 sites across California, including several public parks, elementary and high schools, colleges and universities and professional athletic facilities. Locally, this synthetic turf athletic field system was installed at the Santee Sportsplex USA in 2024 and at Carlsbad’s Leo Carrillo Elementary School in 2025. Staff have reviewed the installed system at the local sites and consulted with the Santee Sportsplex staff and San Marcos Unified School District staff. Both staffs expressed community support, installation efficiency and overall satisfaction with the system. Sustainability efforts The project specifications include removing and recycling the athletic field’s existing synthetic turf and rubber infill material, using TenCate Recycling Solutions. TenCate’s recycling service offers a zero-waste process that diverts thousands of square feet of synthetic turf materials from landfills. This recycling service is consistent with the Carlsbad Sustainable Materials Management Implementation Plan. Oct. 7, 2025 Item #5 Page 3 of 10 Docusign Envelope ID: 3B44EDE3-92BD-4992-896F-F5ABB9120486 Natural grass fields In comparison, natural grass fields must be well-maintained to provide an acceptable athletic playing condition. There can be health concerns and environmental impacts related to the maintenance of natural grass, such as the use of pesticides and fertilizers. City contractors are required to strictly adhere to all provisions of the Carlsbad Integrated Pest Management Plan. With that understanding, the pesticides that could be used by city contractors in maintaining natural grass athletic fields include herbicides, insecticides, fungicides and rodenticides. Natural grass athletic fields also require quarterly fertilization and consume significant amounts of water for routine irrigation. Additionally, natural grass athletic fields require both scheduled and unscheduled closures. • Closures are scheduled for three weeks in winter and five weeks in spring for field renovations • Unscheduled closures occur during major rain events and often last one to two days thereafter Presuming annual average closures of eight weeks for scheduled renovations, and two weeks for rainstorms, natural grass athletic fields may only be available for use about 80% of the time that synthetic turf athletic fields are available for use. The initial costs associated with the installation of natural grass athletic fields are significantly lower than synthetic turf athletic fields. However, the ongoing costs associated with the maintenance of natural grass athletic fields are significantly higher than synthetic turf fields. In this specific case, the costs associated with the installation and maintenance of a natural grass athletic field and a TenCate Pivot synthetic turf athletic field are very comparable when those costs are amortized over two 12-year warranty periods of the synthetic turf (i.e., the initial installation and replacement installation) and a 25-year warranty period of an attenuation pad. Athletic field type Natural grass Tencate Pivot system Initial installation - year one (estimated) $1,750,000 $2,200,000 Maintenance – ongoing (estimated) $1,895,000 $144,000 Bi-annual renovations – ongoing (estimated) $600,000 Replacement w/out pad – year 12 (estimated) $1,900,000 Total estimated cost over 24 years $4,245,000 $4,244,000 Community Engagement Staff advised the eligible user groups of the athletic field’s estimated two-month pending closure during the project construction period. Additionally, staff will provide public notification of the athletic field’s closure via the placement of signs on site and the posting of bulletins on the Parks & Recreation Department webpage. Oct. 7, 2025 Item #5 Page 4 of 10 Docusign Envelope ID: 3B44EDE3-92BD-4992-896F-F5ABB9120486 Fiscal Analysis The engineer’s estimate for the construction contract for this project is $1,914,456.2 This figure represents an approximate 20% premium for the initial cost of a TenCate Pivot synthetic turf athletic field system over a traditional crumb rubber-infilled synthetic turf athletic field system. However, because the attenuation pad in the TenCate Pivot system carries a 25-year warranty, it can be used for two synthetic turf installation cycles. So, when amortized over the system’s longest warranty periods, the premium for the TenCate Pivot synthetic turf athletic field system over a traditional crumb rubber infilled synthetic turf athletic field system decreases to about 10%. As noted above, the system’s useful life may actually exceed its warranty period, which would extend the amortization schedule and provide additional value. The total estimated construction cost for this project, which includes contingency and construction administration, is $2,200,000. The total appropriation to date for this project is $2,200,000, from the Infrastructure Replacement Fund. The total expenditures and encumbrances to date for this project, which includes items such as design and engineering, is $51,214. This brings the total available balance for the project to $2,148,786. The available funds and the estimated construction costs for this project are shown below. Construction contract (engineer’s estimate) -$1,914,456 Construction contingency (estimated) -$205,830 Construction management, inspection and testing (estimated) -$28,500 Total estimated construction cost -$2,148,786 Additional appropriation needed $0 Next Steps The project’s plans, specifications and contract documents will be posted to the city’s public bidding website. The bid solicitation period will last at least 21 days. Staff will review the bids received and then return to the City Council with a recommendation to award a construction contract, tentatively scheduled for Nov. 18, 2025. The estimated duration of construction for the project is two months, with completion anticipated by the end of winter 2026. The use of similar synthetic turf systems is also planned for the perimeter of the bike park at Veterans Memorial Park, the multi-purpose athletic field at Robertson Ranch Park and the replacement of the multi-purpose athletic field surface at Pine Avenue Community Park. Staff will monitor the effectiveness of TenCate’s Pivot system at Poinsettia Community Park for consideration in future field replacement projects. 2 An engineer’s estimate is an opinion of a project’s probable construction cost given by an experienced and qualified professional engineer. Staff use them to obtain an estimate as close to the actual costs as possible. Poinsettia Community Park Synthetic Turf Field Replacement Project – Capital Improvement Program Project No. 4614 Appropriations to date (Infrastructure Replacement Fund) $2,200,000 Expenditures and encumbrances to date -$51,214 Total available balance $2,148,786 Oct. 7, 2025 Item #5 Page 5 of 10 Docusign Envelope ID: 3B44EDE3-92BD-4992-896F-F5ABB9120486 Environmental Evaluation The proposed action for adopting the plans, specifications and contract documents for the Poinsettia Community Park Synthetic Turf Athletic Field Replacement Project is categorically exempt from environmental review under California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines Section 15301 because it involves the maintenance, repair or minor alteration of existing facilities with negligible or no expansion of the existing or former use. No exceptions to the categorical exemption as set forth in CEQA Guidelines Section 15300.2 or Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 19.04.070(C) apply. Exhibits 1. City Council resolution 2. Plans, specifications, and contract documents (on file in the Office of the City Clerk) Oct. 7, 2025 Item #5 Page 6 of 10 Docusign Envelope ID: 3B44EDE3-92BD-4992-896F-F5ABB9120486 Exhibit 1 RESOLUTION NO. 2025-227 . A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA, ADOPTING THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR THE POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK SYNTHETIC TURF FIELD REPLACEMENT PROJECT AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY CLERK TO ADVERTISE THE PROJECT FOR PUBLIC BIDS WHEREAS, the existing synthetic turf on the large, multi-purpose athletic field at Poinsettia Community Park needs replacement due to its age and wear; and WHEREAS, synthetic turf elements have been part of the city’s inventory for approximately 22 years, which inventory includes eight synthetic turf athletic fields at five sites; and WHEREAS, the city has a greater demand for its athletic fields than it has athletic fields in supply; and WHEREAS, most of the city’s athletic user groups generally prefer to be allocated synthetic turf fields over natural grass fields; and WHEREAS, the large, multi-purpose athletic field at Poinsettia Community Park was initially converted from a natural grass surface to a synthetic turf surface in 2004; and WHEREAS, that conversion was initiated due to challenges with maintaining the natural grass in good playing condition under heavy programming of various athletic user groups; and WHEREAS, the original synthetic turf contained crumb rubber infill material and offered an eight-year warranty; and WHEREAS, after 11 years of heavy programming, resulting in diminished playing conditions, the original synthetic turf system was replaced with a comparable synthetic turf system in 2015; and WHEREAS, after nearly 11 additional years of heavy programming, the existing synthetic turf is approaching the end of its useful life and needs replacement; and WHEREAS, in preparation for this replacement, staff engaged a design consultant with extensive experience in athletic fields to review the synthetic turf systems currently available; and WHEREAS, that review included consideration of several factors, including performance/durability, health concerns, environmental impacts and maintenance costs; and WHEREAS, the synthetic turf system specified is the Pivot, which is manufactured by TenCate, a global leader in innovative, high-quality synthetic turf for athletic fields and landscaping; and WHEREAS, the project specifications include removing and recycling the athletic field’s existing synthetic turf and rubber infill material, using TenCate Recycling Solutions; and Oct. 7, 2025 Item #5 Page 7 of 10 Docusign Envelope ID: 3B44EDE3-92BD-4992-896F-F5ABB9120486 WHEREAS, TenCate’s recycling service offers a zero-waste process that diverts thousands of square feet of synthetic turf materials from landfills; and WHEREAS, the engineer’s estimate for the construction contract for this project is $1,914,456, and represents an approximate 20 percent premium for the initial cost of a TenCate Pivot synthetic turf athletic field system over a traditional crumb rubber infilled synthetic turf athletic field system; and WHEREAS, the total estimated construction cost for this project, which includes contingency and construction administration, is $2,200,000; and WHEREAS, the total appropriation to date for this project is $2,200,000, from the Infrastructure Replacement Fund; and NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Carlsbad, California, as follows: 1.That the above recitations are true and correct. 2.That the proposed action for adopting the plans, specifications and contract documents for the Poinsettia Community Park Synthetic Turf Athletic Field Replacement Project is categorically exempt from environmental review under California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines Section 15301 because it involves the maintenance, repair or minor alteration of existing facilities with negligible or no expansion of the existing or former use. No exceptions to the categorical exemption as set forth in CEQA Guidelines Section 15300.2 or Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 19.04.070(C) apply. 3.That the plans, specifications, and contract documents for the Poinsettia Community Park Synthetic Turf Field Replacement Project, on file at the City Clerk’s Office, are hereby adopted. 4.That the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad is hereby authorized and directed to publish, in accordance with state law and Carlsbad Municipal Code Section 3.28.080(C), a notice to contractors inviting bids for the Poinsettia Community Park Synthetic Turf Replacement Project, in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents referred to herein. Oct. 7, 2025 Item #5 Page 8 of 10 Docusign Envelope ID: 3B44EDE3-92BD-4992-896F-F5ABB9120486 PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED at a Regular Meeting of the City Council of the City of Carlsbad on the 7th day of October, 2025, by the following vote, to wit: AYES: Blackburn, Bhat-Patel, Burkholder, Shin. NAYS: ABSTAIN: ABSENT: Acosta. None. None. ______________________________________ KEITH BLACKBURN, Mayor ______________________________________ SHERRY FREISINGER, City Clerk (SEAL) Oct. 7, 2025 Item #5 Page 9 of 10 Docusign Envelope ID: 3B44EDE3-92BD-4992-896F-F5ABB9120486 Exhibit 2 Plans, specifications and contract documents (on file in the Office of the City Clerk) Oct. 7, 2025 Item #5 Page 10 of 10 Docusign Envelope ID: 3B44EDE3-92BD-4992-896F-F5ABB9120486 00 01 01 TITLE PAGE Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 CITY OF CARLSBAD ──────────────────────────── CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GENERAL PROVISIONS, SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS, AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR: SYNTHETIC TURF REPLACEMENT - POINSETTIA Project No. 4614 PWS26-3948PKS 1635 Faraday Ave, Carlsbad, CA 92008 Email: PWContractAdmin@carlsbadca.gov Exhibit 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Table of Contents SECTION 1 .................................................................................................................................... 1 00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS .................................................................................................. 1 1. RECEIPT OF BIDS. ................................................................................................................. 1 2. DESCRIPTION OF WORK. ...................................................................................................... 1 3. COMPLETION OF WORK. ..................................................................................................... 1 4. OPENING AND AWARD OF BIDS. ......................................................................................... 1 5. PERIOD FOR AWARD. ........................................................................................................... 2 6. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS..................................................................................................... 2 7. PRE-BID CONFERENCE. ........................................................................................................ 2 8. OBTAINING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ................................................................................ 2 9. BID GUARANTEE AND BONDS. ............................................................................................ 3 10. PREVAILING WAGE RATES AND LABOR COMPLIANCE. ..................................................... 3 11. PROJECT ADMINISTRATION/QUESTIONS. ......................................................................... 3 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .......................................................................................... 5 1. SECURING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. .................................................................................. 5 2. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. ...................................................... 5 3. INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS. ........................................................ 5 4. QUESTIONS. ......................................................................................................................... 6 5. PRE-BID CONFERENCE. ........................................................................................................ 6 6. ADDENDA. ............................................................................................................................ 7 7. ALTERNATE BIDS. ................................................................................................................. 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 8. COMPLETION OF BID FORMS. ............................................................................................. 7 9. GOVERNING GENERAL PROVISIONS. ................................................................................... 8 10. MODIFICATIONS OF BIDS. .................................................................................................. 8 11. BID GUARANTEE. ............................................................................................................... 9 12. LABOR & MATERIAL BOND AND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE & WARRANTY BOND. .......... 9 13. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITY. .......................................................................................... 10 14. OPTIONAL ESCROW FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT. ................................................................. 10 15. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. .......................................................................................... 10 16. LICENSING REQUIREMENTS. ............................................................................................ 11 17. SUBCONTRACTORS. ......................................................................................................... 11 18. BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM. ........................................................... 12 19. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT. .......................................................................................... 13 20. IRAN CONTRACTING ACT OF 2010. .................................................................................. 13 21. PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION. ..................................... 13 23. DEBARMENT OF CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS. ............................................ 14 24. SIGNING OF BIDS. ............................................................................................................ 14 25. SUBMISSION OF SEALED BIDS. ........................................................................................ 15 26. OPENING OF BIDS. ........................................................................................................... 15 27. WITHDRAWAL OF BID. ..................................................................................................... 16 28. BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID. ............................................................. 16 29. SALES AND OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES, PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FEES. ........................ 16 30. PERMIT AND INSPECTION FEE ALLOWANCE. .................................................................. 17 TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 31. BASIS OF AWARD; BALANCED BID. .................................................................................. 17 32. AWARD PROCESS. ............................................................................................................ 17 33. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. ............................................................................................. 17 34. BUSINESS LICENSE ........................................................................................................... 18 35. PARTICIPATION OF MINORITY AND WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES; SECTION 3 REQUIREMENTS. .................................................................................................................... 18 36. USE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ......................................................................................... 18 37. STATUTORY REFERENCES ................................................................................................ 18 00 41 00 BID FORM .................................................................................................................... 19 1. BID SCHEDULE ................................................................................................................ 20 2. TOTAL BID PRICE ............................................................................................................ 21 3. RECITALS ........................................................................................................................ 21 00 43 10 BID BOND FORM ......................................................................................................... 27 00 43 20 BID SECURITY............................................................................................................... 29 00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM ........................................................................ 30 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM ....................................................... 32 1. INFORMATION ABOUT BIDDER ...................................................................................... 32 2. LIST OF CURRENT PROJECTS (BACKLOG) ....................................................................... 35 3. VERIFICATION AND EXECUTION ..................................................................................... 38 00 45 10 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ....................................................................................... 39 00 45 15 IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION ................................................................... 40 00 45 20 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION .................................. 41 00 45 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ....................................................................................... 42 TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 00 45 30 STATEMENT REGARDING DEBARMENT ...................................................................... 43 00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD .......................................................................... 44 00 52 00 CONTRACT ................................................................................................................... 46 00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND ................................................................................... 50 00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND .................................................... 53 00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT ............................................................................... 57 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS ....................................................... 61 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 61 00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS .................................................. 147 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 147 PART 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ................................................................................... 147 SECTION 2 ................................................................................................................................ 154 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK ................................................................................................ 154 PART 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 154 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 154 PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 154 01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES ......................................................................... 155 PART 1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................ 155 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 163 PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 163 01 26 13 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION ................................................................................. 164 PART 1 – GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 164 TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................ 166 PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) ....................................................................................... 166 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION ....................................................... 167 PART 1 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE (PROCORE) ...................................... 167 Part 2 (NOT USED) ............................................................................................................... 172 Part 3 (NOT USED) ............................................................................................................... 172 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE .................................................................... 173 PART 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 173 PART 2 EXECUTION .............................................................................................................. 184 1 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ........................................................................................... 190 PART 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 190 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 196 PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 196 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES ............................................................................................... 197 PART 1 – GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 197 PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................ 201 PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) ....................................................................................... 201 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................. 202 PART 1 – GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 202 PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................ 204 PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) ....................................................................................... 204 01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................... 205 TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 PART 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 205 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 208 PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 208 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS.................................................................. 209 PART 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................. 209 PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................... 216 PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) .......................................................................................... 216 01 55 00 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING ........................................................................... 217 PART 1 – GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 217 PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................ 218 PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) ....................................................................................... 218 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA ................................................................... 219 PART 1 – GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 219 PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................ 223 PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) ....................................................................................... 223 01 78 33 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND BONDS ....................................................................... 224 PART 1 – GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 224 PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................ 228 PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) ....................................................................................... 228 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ................................................................................ 229 PART 1 – GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 229 PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................ 230 TABLE OF CONTENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) ....................................................................................... 230 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING ............................................................................ 231 PART 1 – GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 231 PART 2 – PRODUCTS ............................................................................................................ 233 PART 3 – EXECUTION ........................................................................................................... 237 01 81 13 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS .................................................................... 239 PART 1 – GENERAL ............................................................................................................... 239 PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) ........................................................................................ 240 PART 3 – EXECUTION ........................................................................................................... 240 Appendices Appendix A – Technical Specifications Appendix B - Fleet Compliance Certification Form Appendix C - Determination of Project’s SWPPP Tier Level and Construction Threat Level E-32 Appendix D – Mandatory Pre-Bid Meeting Site Map location Appendix E - Plan Set Appendix F – PWS15-22PKS – Plans Set for Reference Only Appendix G – Grading/Drainage for Reference Only 00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 1 SECTION 1 00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS 1. RECEIPT OF BIDS. The City of Carlsbad / Carlsbad Municipal Water District (“Agency”) will accept Bids via electronic format via the City of Carlsbad Electronic Bidding Site up to and no later than until 11:00 a.m. Pacific Standard Time (PST), November 6, 2025, through the online bidding portal (Contracting & Purchasing | Carlsbad, CA (carlsbadca.gov)) for the construction of the Work entitled: The official system clock within the City of Carlsbad Electronic Bidding Site shall govern the Bid submission deadline. Late Submissions: Any Bids received after the Bid Submission Deadline will not be accepted or considered under any circumstances. Prospective Bidders are strongly encouraged to allow sufficient time for submission in order to avoid technical or other delays. Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia PWS26-3948PKS Project No. 4614 2. DESCRIPTION OF WORK. The Work includes the provision of all equipment, labor, materials, tools, services, transportation, permits, utilities, and all other items necessary to complete the construction of the following, as specified and shown in the Construction Documents: 2.1. Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia (CIP No. 4614) Location: 6600 Hidden Valley Rd. Carlsbad, CA 92011 Poinsettia Community Park multi-puprose athletic field includes the following improvements: Establish erosion control measures and temporary controls, remove and recycle existing synthetic turf surfacing including infill, regrade aggregate base to required planarity, modify existing edge anchor/nailer, furnish and install supplemental pad and new synthetic turf surfacing including lines and markings and new maintenance equipment, remove and reinstall existing goal anchors. The Work Site is located in the City of Carlsbad, in the County of San Diego, California. 3. COMPLETION OF WORK. The Contract Time shall begin eight (8) Working Days from the date of receipt of the Notice to Proceed. The Engineers’ estimate for this Project is $1,914,456.00 4. OPENING AND AWARD OF BIDS. Agency shall consider awarding the Contract for the Project to the lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder as determined by the Agency from the base Bid alone. The Agency has the 00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 2 right to reject any or all Bids or to waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bids or in the Bidding process. 5. PERIOD FOR AWARD. A period of thirty (30) Calendar Days from the time of Bid opening may be required to award the Contract. No Bidder may withdraw its Bid or Bid Guarantee during this period. Bidders shall assume full responsibility for their Bid Price during this period and shall make certain that such delay does not restrict the Bid Guarantee. 6. BIDDER QUALIFICATIONS. Bidders shall be licensed contractors pursuant to Business and Professions Code Sections 7000 et seq. under the classification of (B) General Building Contractor and/or (C-27) Landscaping Contractor as of the date of submittal of the Bid Documents and shall maintain such license until final acceptance of the Work. Additional qualifications are included in the Contract Documents. 7. PRE-BID CONFERENCE. The Agency will conduct a Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference at the Agency’s office (address listed below) on October 20, 2025 10 a.m. to 11 a.m. Please refer to Appendix D for meeting location. Address: Poinsettia Community Park (North Parking Lot) 6600 Hidden Valley Rd. Carlsbad, CA 92011 Representatives of the Agency and consulting engineers, if any, will be present. Questions asked by Bidders at the Pre-Bid Conference not specifically addressed within the Contract Documents shall be answered in writing, and shall be sent to all Bidders present at the Pre-Bid Conference and be posted on the online bidding portal. Bids will not be accepted from any bidder who did not attend a mandatory Pre-Bid Conference. 8. OBTAINING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Bidders may obtain a copy of the Contract Documents from Agency’s website (Contracting & Purchasing | Carlsbad, CA (carlsbadca.gov)). To the extent required by Public Contract Code Section 20103.7, upon request from a contractor plan room service, the Agency shall provide an electronic copy of the Contract Documents at no charge to the contractor plan room. It is the responsibility of each prospective Bidder to download and print all Bid Documents for review and to verify the completeness of Bid Documents before submitting a Bid. All Addenda will be posted on the online bidding portal. It is the responsibility of each prospective Bidder to check the online bidding portal on a daily basis through the close of the bidding period for any applicable Addenda. The Agency does not assume any liability or responsibility for any defective or incomplete copying, excerpting, scanning, faxing, downloading or printing of the Bid Documents. Information on the online bidding portal may change without notice to prospective Bidders. The Contract Documents shall supersede any information posted or transmitted by the online bidding portal. No time extensions or other consideration will be given for non-receipt or other circumstance 00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 3 associated with the review or acquisition of Contract Documents. Bids must be submitted on the Agency’s Bid Forms in the Contract Documents. 9. BID GUARANTEE AND BONDS. Each Bid shall be accompanied by cash, a certified or cashier’s check or Bid Bond secured from a surety company satisfactory to the Agency, the amount of which shall not be less than 10% of the submitted Total Bid Price, made payable to the Agency as bid security. The bid security shall be provided as a guarantee that within 10 Working Days after the Agency provides the successful bidder the Notice of Award, the successful Bidder will enter into a contract and provide the necessary bonds and certificates of insurance. The bid security will be declared forfeited if the successful Bidder fails to comply within these 10 Working Days. No interest will be paid on funds deposited with the Agency. All Bidders must upload Bidder’s Bond to the online bidding portal. The original Bid Bond for the 3 apparent low Bidders must be submitted to the city within 2 Business Days of Bid opening. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Faithful Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Bond each in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract Price. Each bond shall be in the forms set forth in the Contract Documents, shall be secured from a surety company that meets all State of California bonding requirements, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120, and that is a California admitted surety insurer. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, the successful Bidder may substitute certain securities for funds withheld by Agency to ensure its performance under the Contract. 10. PREVAILING WAGE RATES AND LABOR COMPLIANCE. This Project is subject to prevailing wages and labor compliance per the Labor Code. To this end, Bidder shall sign and submit with its Bid the California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) Public Works Contractor Registration Certification on the form 00 45 00 provided. Failure to submit this form may render the bid non-responsive. In addition, each Bidder shall provide the registration number for each listed Subcontractor in the space provided in the Proposed Subcontractors form. In bidding this Project, it shall be the Bidder’s sole responsibility to evaluate and include the cost of complying with all labor compliance requirements under this Contract and applicable law in its Bid. A copy of the prevailing wage rates may be obtained via the internet at: www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr/. 11. PROJECT ADMINISTRATION/QUESTIONS. Requests for Information (RFI) or interpretations of Bid Documents during the bid period shall be submitted via Online Q&A in the online bidding portal. The cutoff date and time to submit questions or substitution request regarding this Project via Online Q&A in the online bidding portal is October 23, 2025, at 5 p.m.. No questions will be entertained after that date. The answers to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an addendum and provide to those bidding on the Project no later than October 28, 2025, at 5 p.m. 00 11 10 NOTICE INVITING BIDS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 4 For further information, see the online bidding portal. END OF SECTION [REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK] 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 5 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. SECURING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Bids must be submitted to the Agency on the Bid Forms which are a part of the Contract Documents for the Project. The Contract Documents may be obtained from the Agency’s online bidding portal (Contracting & Purchasing | Carlsbad, CA (carlsbadca.gov)). Prospective bidders are encouraged to communicate with the Agency well in advance of the date and time bids are due to the Agency (“Bid Submission Deadline”) to determine the availability of Contract Documents. The Agency may also make the Contract Documents available for review at one or more plan rooms. Prospective Bidders who choose to review the Contract Documents at a plan room must contact the Agency to obtain the required Contract Documents if they decide to submit a Bid for the Project. Addenda will be posted on the online bidding portal. Failure to acknowledge all Addenda may make a Bid nonresponsive and ineligible for award of the Contract. Bidders are advised to verify the issuance of all Addenda and receipt of them 1 Working Day prior to bidding. Failure to acknowledge all Addenda may make a Bid nonresponsive and ineligible for award of the Contract. 2. EXAMINATION OF SITE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. At its own expense and before submitting its Bid, each Bidder shall visit the Site of the proposed Work on (date), for the Mandatory Pre-Bid meeting and fully acquaint itself with the conditions relating to the construction and labor required so that the Bidder may fully understand the Work, including but not limited to, difficulties and restrictions attending the execution of the Work under the Contract. Each Bidder shall carefully examine the Drawings, and shall read the Specifications, Contract Documents, and all other referenced documents. Each Bidder shall also determine the local conditions which may in any way affect the performance of the Work, including local tax structure, contractors’ licensing requirements, availability of required insurance, the prevailing wages and other relevant cost factors. Each Bidder shall also familiarize itself with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and codes affecting the performance of the Work, including the cost of permits and licenses required for the Work, and shall make such surveys and investigations, including investigations of subsurface or latent physical conditions at the Site or where Work is to be performed as may be required. Bidders are responsible for consulting the standards referenced in the Contract. The failure or omission of any Bidder to receive or examine any contract documents, forms, instruments, addenda, or other documents, or to visit the Site and acquaint itself with conditions there existing shall in no way relieve any Bidder from any obligation with respect to its Bid or to the Contract and no relief for error or omission will be given except as required under California law. The submission of a Bid shall be taken as conclusive evidence of compliance with this Section. 3. INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS. During the bidding period, prospective Bidders unclear as to the true meaning of any part of the Drawings, Specifications or other parts of the Contract Documents, or discrepancies in or 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 6 omissions from the Drawings and Specifications, may promptly submit a written request for information, interpretation, clarification, or correction (“RFI”) to the Bid Administrator, the Agencies designated representative for soliciting and conducting bids on the Agencies online ebidding portal. (defined below). The Agency may not respond to RFIs submitted past the Q&A Submission Deadline. The Bidder submitting the RFI is responsible for prompt delivery to the Bid Administrator. Responses to RFIs will be made only by duly issued written Addenda. The Agency shall not provide verbal responses to RFIs. Copies of written Addenda will be posted on the online bidding portal for each prospective Bidder who has downloaded a set of Contract Documents. The Agency will not be responsible for any other explanation or interpretations of the Drawings, Specifications or other parts of the Contract Documents. If any Prospective Bidder becomes aware of any errors or omissions in any part of the Contract Documents, the Prospective Bidder must promptly notify the Agency of such error or omission. Before award of the Contract, no addition to, modification of, or interpretation of any provision in the Contract Documents will be given by any agent, employee or contractor of the Agency except as otherwise specified in these Instructions to Bidders. No bidder may rely on verbal directions given by any agent, employee or contractor of the Agency except as specified in these Instructions to Bidders. 4. QUESTIONS. Questions regarding this Project must be submitted through the online ebidding portal. Questions shall be definite and certain, and shall reference applicable drawing sheets, notes, details or specification sections. The deadline to submit questions is identified in the Notice Inviting Bids. Questions received after the deadline may not be answered. Responses to questions submitted during the bidding period will be published in an Addendum and provided to those bidding on the Project no later than the date specified in the Notice Inviting Bids. Except for the Agency’s Bid Administrator, no other members of the Agency’s staff or Board should be contacted about this procurement during the bidding process. All inquiries and comments from Prospective Bidders regarding a proposed Bid must be communicated in writing, unless otherwise instructed by the Agency. The Agency may, in its sole discretion, disqualify any Prospective Bidder who engages in any prohibited communications. 5. PRE-BID CONFERENCE. The Notice Inviting Bids shall state whether a Pre-Bid Conference will be held and, if so, whether attendance is mandatory. Bids will not be accepted from any bidder who did not attend a Mandatory Pre-Bid Conference. The Conference will commence at the specified start time and the Site visit will begin at the conclusion of the Conference. Prospective Bidders who arrive late (ten or more minutes after the Conference has started) and who do not sign the “Sign-In” or attendance sheet, may be disqualified from the bidding process. Representatives of the Agency and its consultants, if any, will be present to the extent possible. Relevant questions asked by Bidders at the Pre-Bid Conference about matters not specifically 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 7 addressed within the Contract Documents shall be submitted in writing through the bidding portal and be answered in writing and shall be sent to all Bidders present at the Pre-Bid Conference. A Pre-Bid Conference include a Project Site visit. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is required of all Job Walk attendees. Attendees are required to wear closed toe shoes, long pants, no sleeveless shirts, safety glasses (may be prescription with side shields if in process areas), safety vests and hard hats. Only those possessing such attire will be allowed on the Job Site. The Agency will not provide personal protective equipment to Job Walk attendees. 6. ADDENDA. The Agency may revise the Contract Documents before the Bid Submission Deadline. Revisions, if any, shall be made by written Addenda. All Addenda will be posted on the online bidding portal. All Addenda issued by the Agency shall be acknowledged by the Bidder on the online bidding portal and made part of the Contract Documents. The Bidder shall acknowledge the Addenda before submitting its Bid. Bidders are responsible for the receipt of all Addenda. The Agency may reject a Bid if the Bidder fails to acknowledge all Addenda. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104.5, if the Agency issues an Addendum which includes material changes to the Project less than 72 hours before the Bid Submission Deadline, the Agency will extend the Bid Submission Deadline by no less than 72 hours. The Agency may determine, in its sole discretion, whether an Addendum warrants postponement of the Bid Submission Deadline. 7. ALTERNATE BIDS. If alternate Bid items are called for in the Notice Inviting Bids and the Contract Documents, the time required for completion of the Work for the alternate Bid items is factored into the Contract duration and no additional Contract time will be awarded. The Agency may elect to include one or more of the alternate Bid items, or to otherwise remove certain work from the Project scope of work. Accordingly, each Bidder must ensure that each Bid item contains a proportionate share of profit, overhead, and other costs or expenses which will be incurred by the Bidder. If the Agency utilizes alternate Bid items as described above, the Notice Inviting Bids will prescribe predetermined criteria for the Bid package selection or a selection process in which price information and Bidder identities are not revealed to the Agency before the Bid Submission Deadline. 8. COMPLETION OF BID FORMS. Bids shall only be prepared using the Bid Forms which are included in the Contract Documents. The use of substitute Bid Forms other than legible and correct photocopies of those provided by the Agency are prohibited. Bids shall be executed by an authorized signatory as described in these Instructions to Bidders. In addition, Bidders shall fill in all blank spaces (including inserting “N/A” where applicable), and initial all interlineations, alterations, or erasures to the Bid Forms. Bidders shall neither delete, modify, nor supplement the printed matter on the Bid Forms nor make 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 8 substitutions thereon. Use of black or blue ink, indelible pencil, or a typewriter is required. Deviations from these instructions may result in the Bid being deemed non-responsive. The following documents must be completed and properly executed including notarization, where indicated, and submitted as a part of the complete Bid Package: 1. Bid Form (00 41 00) (Required upon award only) 2. Bid Bond (00 43 10) or Bid Security (00 43 20) with check/cash 3. Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30) (Required upon award only) 4. Bidder Information and Experience Form (00 43 40) 5. Non-Collusion Affidavit (00 45 10) 6. Iran Contracting Act Certification (00 45 15) 7. Public Works Contractor Registration Certification (00 45 20) 8. Certificate of Insurance (00 45 25) 9. Statement Regarding Debarment (00 45 30) 10. Disclosure of Discipline Record (00 45 35) 11. Acknowledgement of ALL Addenda on the online bidding portal. 12. Optional Escrow Agreement, as applicable (00 61 30) 13. Appendix B - Fleet Compliance Certification Form All Bids shall be computed on the basis of the given estimated quantities of work, as indicated in the Bid, multiplied by the unit price as submitted by the Bidder. When paper copies are submitted, all prices must be written in ink or typewritten. Changes or corrections may be crossed out and typed or written in with ink and must be initialed in ink by a person authorized to sign for the Contractor. 9. GOVERNING GENERAL PROVISIONS. The Specifications contained in the Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00) take precedence over the specification language contained in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, “the Greenbook” latest edition and all errata. The Supplemental General Provisions address the unique conditions in the City of Carlsbad that are not addressed in the Greenbook. Therefore, if there is a conflict between the two, the Supplemental Provisions shall control over the Greenbook. The Greenbook may be purchased at Bidder’s/Contractor’s local technical bookstore, online or directly from the publisher. The Supplemental Provisions are available only for download from the online bidding portal with Contract Documents. The Agency does not provide hard copies. 10. MODIFICATIONS OF BIDS. Each Bidder shall submit its Bid in strict conformity with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Unauthorized additions, modifications, revisions, conditions, limitations, exclusions, or provisions attached to a Bid may render it non-responsive and may cause its rejection. Bidders 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 9 shall not delete, modify, or supplement the printed matter on the Bid Forms, or make substitutions thereon. Oral, telephonic, and electronic modifications will not be considered. 11. BID GUARANTEE. Each Bid shall be accompanied by: (a) a cashier’s check; or, (b) a certified check made payable to Agency; or, (c) a Bid Bond secured from a surety company satisfactory to the Board, the amount of which shall not be less than 10% of the total bid price, made payable to Agency as bid security. Personal sureties and unregistered surety companies are unacceptable. The surety insurer shall be a California admitted surety insurer, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120. The bid security shall be provided as a guarantee that within 10 Working Days after the Agency provides the successful Bidder the Notice of Award, the successful Bidder will enter into a contract and provide the necessary bonds and certificates of insurance. The bid security may be declared forfeited if the successful Bidder fails to enter into a contract and provide the necessary bonds and certificates of insurance. Any Bid received that does not comply with these Bid Guarantee instructions may be rejected as non-responsive, and Agency may enter into a contract with the next lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder, or may call for new Bids. No interest shall be paid on funds deposited with the Agency. Copies of Bid Bonds submitted to the Agency shall have the same force and effect as the original. The Bidder’s security of the second and third next lowest responsive Bidders may be withheld until the Contract has been fully executed. The security submitted by all other unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned to them, or deemed void, within 10 Working Days after the Contract is awarded. The proceeds of the Bidder’s security may also become property of the Agency if the Bidder withdraws its Bid within 15 Calendar Days after the Bid opening date, unless otherwise required by law, including Public Contract Code Section 5100 et. seq., and notwithstanding the award of the Contract to another Bidder. The Bidder shall submit Bid Bond (00 43 10) or Bid Security (00 43 20) with properly certified check with the Bid Package. 12. LABOR & MATERIAL BOND AND FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE & WARRANTY BOND. The successful Bidder shall furnish Agency with a Labor and Material Payment Bond and a Performance and Warranty Bond, each in an amount equal to 100% of the Contract price. Each bond shall be secured from a surety company that meets all State of California bonding requirements, as defined in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.120 and is admitted by the State of California, and whose assets exceed their liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The Agency shall not accept personal sureties and unregistered surety companies. Each bond shall be accompanied, upon the request of Agency, with all documents required by Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.660 to the extent required by law. All bonding and insurance requirements shall be completed and submitted to Agency within 10 Working Days from the date the Agency provides the successful Bidder with the Notice of Award. 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 10 These bonds shall be kept in full force and effect during the course of this Project, and shall extend in full force and effect and be retained by the Agency until they are released as stated in the Contract. The Bonds are to be accompanied by an original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, by laws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. 13. SUBSTITUTION OF SECURITY. The Contract Documents call for monthly progress payments based upon the percentage of the Work completed. The Agency will retain a percentage of each progress payment as provided by the Contract Documents. At the request and expense of the successful Bidder, the Agency will substitute securities for the amount so retained in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22300. 14. OPTIONAL ESCROW FOR SECURITY DEPOSIT. Pursuant to applicable provisions of law (i.e., Public Contract Code Section 10263), appropriate securities may be substituted for any obligation required by these instructions or for any monies withheld by the Agency to ensure performance under the Contract. Public Contract Code Section 10263 requires monies or securities to be deposited with the Agency or a state or federally chartered bank in California as the escrow agent. The escrow agent shall maintain insurance to cover negligent acts and omissions of the agent in connection with the handling of retentions under this section in an amount not less than $100,000 per contract. 15. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. Before commencing the Work, the successful Bidder shall purchase and maintain insurance as set forth in the Agency General Conditions. If the Bid is accepted, and if requested by the Agency, Contractor shall provide Agency or preferred vendor copies of the insurer’s most recent annual statement and quarterly statement filed with the Department of Insurance pursuant to Insurance Code Section 900 et seq. within 10 Calendar Days of the insurer’s receipt of a request to submit the statements. In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, Contractor shall secure the payment of compensation to its employees. Contractor shall sign and file with the Agency the following certificate before performing the Work under the Contract: I am aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of the Contract. The form of such, Certificate of Insurance (00 45 25), shall be submitted as a part of the Bid Package. Insurance must be placed with insurers that: 1) Have a rating in the most recent Best’s Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII, or 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 11 2) Appear on the List of Approved Surplus Line Insurers, (“LASLI”) with a Best’s Key Rating Guide of at least A: X. 3) Are admitted to conduct the business of insurance in the State of California by the Insurance Commissioner. 4) Otherwise comply with all other aspects of City Council Policy No. 70. Auto policies offered to meet the specification of this Contract must: 1) Meet the conditions stated above for all insurance companies. 2) Cover any vehicle used in the performance of the Contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. Workers’ compensation insurance required under this Contract must be offered by a company meeting the above standards with the exception that the Best’s rating condition may be waived. The Agency does accept policies issued by the State Compensation Fund meeting the requirement for workers’ compensation insurance. The Contractor shall be required to maintain insurance as specified in the Contract. Any additional cost of the insurance shall be included in the Bid price. The award of the Contract by the Board is contingent upon the Contractor submitting the required bonds and insurance, as described in the Contract Documents, within 10 Working Days of bid opening. If the Contractor fails to comply with these requirements, the Agency may award the Contract to the second or third lowest Bidder and the bid security of the lowest Bidder may be forfeited. 16. LICENSING REQUIREMENTS. Pursuant to Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15 and Public Contract Code Section 3300, all Bidders must possess proper licenses for performance of the Contract. Subcontractors must possess the appropriate licenses for each specialty subcontracted. Pursuant to Business and Professions Code Section 7028.5, the Agency shall consider any Bid submitted by a contractor not currently licensed in accordance with California law and pursuant to the requirements found in the Contract Documents to be nonresponsive, and the Agency shall reject the Bid. The Agency shall have the right to request, and Bidders shall provide within 10 Calendar Days, evidence satisfactory to the Agency of all valid license(s) currently held by that Bidder and each of the Bidder’s Subcontractors, before awarding the Contract. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Contract, if the Work involves federal funds, the Contractor shall be properly licensed by the time the Contract is awarded, pursuant to the provisions of Public Contract Code Section 20103.5. 17. SUBCONTRACTORS. Bidder shall set forth the name, address of the place of business, and contractor license number of each Subcontractor who will perform work, labor, furnish materials or render services to the bidder on the Contract. This requirement includes each Subcontractor licensed by the State of 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 12 California who, under subcontract to Bidder, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the Work described in the Drawings and Specifications in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total Bid price. Additionally, the Bidder shall indicate the portion of the Work to be done by each Subcontractor in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 4104. Bidder shall submit Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30) with the Bid Package. This form will be used by the Agency to determine the percentage of work that the Bidder proposes to perform. Bidders are cautioned that failure to provide complete and correct information may result in rejection of the Bid as non-responsive. Any Bid that proposes performance of more than 50 percent of the Work by Subcontractors or performance by forces other than the Bidder’s own organization will be rejected as non-responsive. Specialty items of work that may be so designated on the Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30) “Contractor’s Bid” will not be included in computing the percentage of work proposed to be performed by the Bidder. Suppliers of materials from sources outside the limits of Work are not Subcontractors. The value of materials and transport of materials from sources outside the limits of Work, as shown on the plans, shall be assigned to the Contractor or the Subcontractor, as the case may be, that the Bidder proposes as installer of the materials. The value of material incorporated in any Subcontractor-installed Bid item that is supplied by the Bidder shall be included as a part of the Work that the Bidder proposes to be performed by the Subcontractor installing the item. When the Bidder proposes to use a Subcontractor to construct or install less than 100 percent of a Bid item, the Bidder shall attach an explanation sheet to the Proposed Subcontractor Form (00 43 30). The explanation sheet shall clearly apprise the Agency of the specific facts that show the Bidder proposes to perform no less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Work with its own forces. Determination of the subcontract amounts for purposes of award of the Contract shall be determined by the Board in conformance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. The decision of the Board shall be final. Contractor is prohibited from performing any Work on this Project with a Subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.1 or 1777.7. Bidders shall make copies of the disclosure forms as may be necessary to provide the required information to Subcontractors. The page number and total number of additional form pages shall be entered in the location provided on each type of form so duplicated. 18. BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM. Each Bidder shall complete the provided questionnaire and shall submit the questionnaire along with its Bid. Failure to provide all information requested within the questionnaire along with the 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 13 Bid may cause the Bid to be rejected as non-responsive. The Agency may reject any Bid if an investigation of the information submitted does not satisfy the Agency that the Bidder is qualified to properly carry out the terms of the Contract. The Bidder shall submit Bidder Information and Experience Form (00 43 40) with the Bid Package. 19. NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT. Bidders on all public works contracts are required to submit an affidavit of non-collusion with their Bid. This form (00 45 10 Non-Collusion Affidavit) is included with the Bid Package and must be signed and dated under penalty of perjury. 20. IRAN CONTRACTING ACT OF 2010. In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 2200 et seq., the Agency requires that any person that submits a bid or proposal or otherwise proposes to enter into or renew a contract with the Agency with respect to goods or services of $1,000,000 or more, certify at the time the bid is submitted or the contract is renewed, that the person is not identified on a list created pursuant to subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2203 as a person engaging in investment activities in Iran described in subdivision (a) of Public Contract Code Section 2202.5, or as a person described in subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2202.5, as applicable. The form of such Iran Contracting Certificate is included with the Bid Package and must be signed and dated under penalty of perjury. 21. PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773, the Agency has obtained the prevailing rate of per diem wages and the prevailing wage rate for holiday and overtime work applicable in San Diego County from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to execute this Contract. A copy of these prevailing wage rates may be obtained via the internet at www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr/. In addition, a copy of the prevailing rate of per diem wages is available at the Agency and shall be made available to interested parties upon request. The successful Bidder shall post a copy of the prevailing wage rates at each job site. It shall be mandatory upon the Bidder to whom the Contract is awarded, and upon any Subcontractors, to comply with all Labor Code provisions, which include but are not limited to the payment of not less than the specified prevailing wage rates to all workers employed by them in the execution of the Contract, employment of apprentices, hours of labor and debarment of contractors and subcontractors. Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all contractors and subcontractors that wish to bid on, be listed in a bid, or enter into a contract to perform public work must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. No bid will be accepted nor any contract entered into without proof of the contractor’s and subcontractors’ current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations to perform public work. If awarded the Contract, the Bidder 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 14 and its Subcontractors, of any tier, shall maintain active registration with the Department of Industrial Relations for the duration of the Project. This Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations. In bidding on this Project, it shall be the Bidder’s sole responsibility to evaluate and include the cost of complying with all labor compliance requirements under the Contract and applicable law in its Bid. To this end, Bidder shall sign and submit with its Bid the Public Works Contractor Registration Certification on the form provided, attesting to the facts contained in the registration certificate. Failure to submit this certificate may render the Bid non-responsive. In addition, each Bidder shall provide the registration number for each listed Subcontractor in the space provided in the Proposed Subcontractors Form (00 43 30). 22. PREVAILING WAGES Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1720, et. seq. and 1770, et. seq., Contractor shall pay prevailing wages for all Work performed under the Contract. The Agency has obtained from the Director of the Department of Industrial Relations the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the Work will be performed for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract. These rates are available at the Agency or may be obtained online at http://www.dir.ca.gov. Bidders are advised that a copy of these rates must be posted by the successful Bidder at the job site(s). 23. DEBARMENT OF CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS. In accordance with the provisions of the Labor Code, contractors or subcontractors may not perform work on a public works project with a subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public project pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or 1777.7. Any contract on a public works project executed between a contractor and a debarred subcontractor is void as a matter of law. A debarred subcontractor may not receive any public money for performing work as a subcontractor on a public works contract. Any public money that is paid to a debarred subcontractor by the Contractor for the Project shall be returned to the Agency. The Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of wages to workers of a debarred Subcontractor who has been allowed to work on the Project. The Agency may disqualify a Contractor or Subcontractor from participating in bidding when a Contractor or Subcontractor has been debarred by the Agency or another jurisdiction in the State of California as an irresponsible bidder. 24. SIGNING OF BIDS. All Bids submitted shall be executed by the Bidder or its authorized representative. Bidders may be asked to provide evidence in the form of an authenticated resolution of its Board of Directors or a Power of Attorney evidencing the capacity of the person signing the Bid to bind the Bidder to each Bid and to any Contract arising therefrom. 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 15 If a Bidder is a joint venture or partnership, it may be asked to submit an authenticated Power of Attorney executed by each joint venturer or partner appointing and designating one of the joint venturers or partners as a management sponsor to execute the Bid on behalf of Bidder. Only that joint venturer or partner shall execute the Bid. The Power of Attorney shall also: (1) authorize that particular joint venturer or partner to act for and bind Bidder in all matters relating to the Bid; and (2) provide that each venturer or partner shall be jointly and severally liable for any and all of the duties and obligations that the Bidder assumes under the Bid and under any Contract arising therefrom. The Bid shall be executed by the designated joint venturer or partner on behalf of the joint venture or partnership in its legal name. 25. SUBMISSION OF SEALED BIDS. Once the Bid and supporting documents have been completed and signed as set forth in these Instructions to Bidders, they shall be uploaded, along with other required materials, to the online bidding portal before the deadline for submitting bids. At the time of bid submission, Bidders must upload a PDF copy of the Bid Guarantee — in the form of a cashier’s check, properly certified check, or approved corporate surety bond payable to the Agency — to the online bidding portal. The three (3) apparent low Bidders must also provide the Agency with the original Bid Guarantee within three (3) business days after the bid opening date. • Failure to submit the electronic version of the Bid Guarantee with the bid will render the bid non-responsive. • Failure to provide the original within three (3) business days may also deem the bid non- responsive. Original Bid Bonds may be deposited in the Bid Box located in the lobby of the address below during regular business hours: Public Works Contract Administration Attn: Janean Hawney, Contract Administrator 1635 Faraday Avenue Carlsbad, California 92008 No oral or telephonic Bids will be considered. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Sections 1600 and 1601, only where expressly permitted in these Instructions to Bidders and the Notice Inviting Bids may Bidders submit their Bids via electronic transmission (the online bidding portal). Bids received after the Bid Submission Deadline will not be accepted. Agency may reject any Bid not strictly complying with Agency’s designated methods for delivery. 26. OPENING OF BIDS. Bids submitted on the online bidding portal will be reviewed by the Agency. Once the Bid Submission Deadline has passed, Bidders, proposers, the general public, and Agency staff are 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 16 able to immediately see the results online. Agency shall consider award of the Contract to the lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder as determined by the Agency consistent with Section 32 below. In case of a discrepancy between the line item entries submitted in the online bidding portal and the Bid Form, the online bidding portal shall prevail. In the event of any discrepancies, written numbers (e.g., fifty, hundred) will govern over numerical numbers (e.g., 50, 100) on the Bid Form. In the event of any discrepancies, written numbers (e.g., fifty, hundred) will govern over numerical numbers (e.g., 50, 100) on the Price Proposal Form. Also, the sum of all lump sum line items will govern over the “Total Proposed Lump Sum Price” line item. The Agency may reject any or all Bids or waive any irregularities or informalities in any Bids or in the Bidding process. The Bid and the terms of the Contract Documents constitute an irrevocable offer that shall remain valid and in full force for a period of 90 Calendar Days from the Bid Submission Deadline and such additional time as may be mutually agreed upon by the Agency and the Bidder. 27. WITHDRAWAL OF BID. Any Bid may be withdrawn via written letter, incurring no penalty, at any time before the scheduled closing time for receipt of Bids. Requests to withdraw Bids shall be worded to not reveal the amount of the original Bid. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted until the Bid Submission Deadline, provided that resubmitted Bids are in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. Bids may be withdrawn after bid opening only by providing written notice to Agency within five (5) Working Days of the bid opening and in compliance with Public Contract Code Section 5100 et seq., or as otherwise may be allowed with the consent of the Agency. 28. BIDDERS INTERESTED IN MORE THAN ONE BID. No Bidder shall be allowed to make, file or be interested in more than 1 Bid for the same work unless alternate Bids are specifically called for. If the Notice Inviting Bids provides for alternate Bids, a person, firm or corporation that has submitted a sub-proposal to a Bidder, or that has quoted prices of materials to a Bidder, is not disqualified from submitting a sub-proposal or quoting prices to other Bidders. No person, firm, corporation, or other entity may submit a sub- proposal to a Bidder, or quote prices of materials to a Bidder, when also submitting a prime Bid on the same Project. 29. SALES AND OTHER APPLICABLE TAXES, PERMITS, LICENSES, AND FEES. Contractor and its Subcontractors performing work under the Contract will be required to pay California sales tax and other applicable taxes, and to pay for permits, licenses and fees required by the agencies with authority in the jurisdiction in which the Work will be located, unless otherwise expressly provided by the Contract Documents. 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 17 30. PERMIT AND INSPECTION FEE ALLOWANCE. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form contains an allowance for the Contractor’s cost of acquiring traffic control permits and for construction inspection fees that may be charged to the Contractor by the Agency. The allowance is included within the Bid Form to eliminate the need by Bidders to research or estimate the costs of traffic control permits and construction inspection fees before submitting a Bid. The allowance is specifically intended to account for the costs of traffic control permits and construction inspection fees charged by the Agency. No other costs payable by Contractor to the Agency are included within the allowance. If such cost is not contained or specified in the Bid Form, the Contractor shall include the costs in the other Bid items on the Bid Form. 31. BASIS OF AWARD; BALANCED BID. The Agency shall award the Contract to the lowest responsible Bidder submitting a responsive Bid. The lowest Bid will be determined on the basis of the total Bid price. In the event of any discrepancies, written numbers (e.g., fifty, hundred) will govern over numerical numbers (e.g., 50, 100) on the Price Proposal Form. Also, the sum of all lump sum line items will govern over the “Total Proposed Lump Sum Price” line item. The Agency may reject any Bid which, in its opinion when compared to other Bids received or to the Agency’s internal estimates, does not accurately reflect the cost to perform the Work. The Agency may reject as non-responsive any Bid which unevenly weights or allocates costs, including but not limited to overhead and profit to 1 or more particular Bid items or otherwise violates Public Contract Code Section 9203. 32. AWARD PROCESS. Once all Bids are opened and reviewed to determine the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder, the Board may award the Contract. Once notified by Agency staff, the apparent successful Bidder should begin to prepare the following documents: (1) the Labor and Materials Bond; (2) the Performance and Warranty Bond; and (3) the required insurance certificates and endorsements. Once the Agency notifies the Bidder of the award, the Bidder will have 10 Working Days from the date of this notification to execute the Contract and supply the Agency with all of the required documents and certifications or the Bidder may forfeit the Bid security and the Agency may pursue award of the Contract to the next lowest, responsive, responsible Bidder. Once the Agency receives all properly drafted and executed documents and certifications from the Bidder, the Agency shall issue a Notice to Proceed to that Bidder. 33. EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. As required in these Instructions to Bidders, the Bidder to whom an award is made shall execute the Contract in the amount determined by the Contract Documents. The Agency may require appropriate evidence that the persons executing the Contract are duly empowered to do so. The Contract and bond forms to be executed by the successful Bidder are included within these Specifications and shall not be detached. 00 21 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 18 34. BUSINESS LICENSE The prime Contractor and all Subcontractors are required to have and maintain a valid City of Carlsbad Business License for the duration of the Contract. 35. PARTICIPATION OF MINORITY AND WOMEN-OWNED BUSINESSES; SECTION 3 REQUIREMENTS. The Agency encourages the participation of minority- and women-owned businesses in all aspects of this Project. Because this Project is funded in part with U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) funds, Contractors and subcontractors are also subject to Section 3 requirements under 24 CFR Part 75, which mandate efforts to provide employment, training, and contracting opportunities to low- and very-low-income persons and to businesses that substantially employ such persons. Bidders shall submit all required Section 3 documentation as set forth in Part 5, Appendix A – Federal & State Grant Requirements. 36. USE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS The Agency encourages Bidders, suppliers, manufacturers, fabricators and contractors to utilize recycled and recyclable materials when available, appropriate and approved by the Agency’s Engineer. 37. STATUTORY REFERENCES All references in these Instructions to Bidders (00 21 10) to any statute, rule or regulation are to the statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time by the corresponding legislative or regulatory body. END OF SECTION 00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 19 00 41 00 BID FORM NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia CONTRACT NO.: PWS26-3948PKS NAME OF BIDDER: AGENCY: City of Carlsbad 1635 Faraday Ave Carlsbad, CA 92008 The undersigned declares that we have carefully examined the location of the proposed Work, and have read and examined the Contract Documents, including all Plans, Specifications, and Addenda, if any, for the above-mentioned Project. The undersigned has acknowledged receipt, understanding, and full consideration of ANY and ALL Addenda to the Contract Documents via the online bidding portal. We propose to furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and services, and to discharge all duties and obligations necessary and required to perform and complete the Project, as described and in strict conformity with the Drawings, and these Specifications for TOTAL BID PRICE.  Attached is the required Bid Bond (00 43 10) or Bid Security (00 43 20) in the amount of not less than 10% of the Total Bid Price.  Attached is the completed Proposed Subcontractors form (00 43 30). (Upon award only)  Attached is the completed Bidder Information and Experience form (00 45 40)  Attached is the fully executed Non-collusion Affidavit (00 45 10).  Attached is the completed Iran Contracting Act Certification form (00 45 15).  Attached is the completed Public Works Contractor Registration Certification form (00 45 20).  Attached is the completed Certificate of Insurance form (00 45 25).  Attached is the Statement of Regarding Debarment form (00 45 30)  Attached is the Disclosure of Discipline Record (00 45 35)  Attached is the Optional Escrow Agreement (if applicable) (00 61 30)  Attached is the Fleet Compliance Certification Form 00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 20 1. BID SCHEDULE Item No. Item Description Unit of Measure Quantity Unit Price Total Price A-1 Mobilization & Demobilization LS 1 A-2 General Conditions LS 1 A-3 Erosion Control, SWPPP, Implementation and Maintenance LS 1 A-4 Record Drawings LS 1 A-5 Site Demolition SF 119,700 A-6 Selective Site Demolition: Anchor Goals EA 12 A-7 Fine & Finish Grading SF 119,700 A-8 Remove and Replace Synthetic Turf Edge/Nailer Board LF 1,386 A-9 Synthetic Turf SF 119,700 A-10 Synthetic Turf Installation SF A-11 Supplemental Pad SF 119,700 A-12 Supplemental Pad Installation SF 119,700 A-13 Turf Ballast (2.5 lbs/sf) LBS 299,250 A-14 Turf Ballast (2.5 lbs/sf) Installation LBS 299,250 A-15 Additional Turf Materials LS 1 A-16 Maintenance Equipment LS 1 The costs for any Work shown or required in the Contract Documents, but not specifically identified as a line item are to be included in the related line items and no additional compensation shall be due to Contractor for the performance of the Work. The estimated quantities for Unit Price items are for purposes of comparing Bids only and the Agency makes no representation that the actual quantities of Work performed will not vary from the estimates. Final payment shall be determined by the Engineer from measured quantities of Work performed based upon the Unit Price. 00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 21 2. TOTAL BID PRICE The undersigned agrees that this Bid Form constitutes a firm offer to the Agency which cannot be withdrawn for ninety (90) Calendar Days from and after the Bid opening, or until a Contract for the Work is fully executed by the Agency and the lowest responsible Bidder, whichever is later. The Undersigned has carefully checked all the above figures and understands that the Agency will not be responsible for any error or omission on the part of the Undersigned in preparing this Bid. 3. RECITALS The successful Bidder agrees to sign the Contract and furnish the necessary bonds and certificates of insurance within 10 Working Days after the Agency issues the Notice of Award to the successful Bidder. The Undersigned agrees that in case of failure to execute the required Contract with necessary bonds and insurance policies within this time period, the Agency may pursue awarding the Contract to the next lowest responsible Bidder and the Bid Security of the lowest Bidder may be forfeited. Upon receipt of the signed Contract and other required documents, the Agency will proceed to execute the Contract and issue a purchase order and the Notice to Proceed. The time of completion shall commence on the date of the Notice to Proceed, unless otherwise specified. The undersigned agrees to begin the Work within 10 Working Days of the date of the Notice to Proceed, unless otherwise specified. The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 3700, which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and agrees to comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract and continue to comply until the Contract is complete. The TOTAL BID PRICE on Bid Schedule total of Unit Prices: Total Bid Price in Numbers: $ Total Bid Price in Written Form: ________________________________________________________________________ In case of discrepancy between the written price, the numerical price, or the price as submitted via the online bidding portal, the online bidding portal price shall prevail. 00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 22 The Undersigned is aware of the provisions of Labor Code Section 1770 et seq. relative to the general prevailing rate of wages for each craft or type of worker needed to execute the Contract and agrees to comply with its provisions. The Undersigned Bidder declares, under penalty of perjury, that the undersigned is licensed to do business or act in the capacity of a contractor within the State of California and that this statement is true and correct and has the legal effect of an affidavit. The following are the Bidder’s applicable license number(s), with their expiration date(s) and class of license(s): ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ If the Bidder is a joint venture, each member of the joint venture must include the required licensing information. A Bid submitted to the Agency by a Contractor who is not licensed as a Contractor pursuant to the Business and Professions Code shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the Agency. In all contracts where federal funds are involved, no Bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the Bidder to be licensed in accordance with California law. However, at the time the Contract is awarded, the Contractor shall be properly licensed. The Undersigned Bidder represents as follows: 1. That no elected or appointed official, officer, agent, or employee of the Agency is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this Contract, or the compensation to be paid under it; that no representation, oral or in writing, of the Agency, its officers, agents, or employees has induced Bidder to enter into this Contract, excepting only those contained in this form of Contract and the papers made a part of this Contract by its terms; and 2. That this Bid is made without connection with any person, firm, or corporation making a Bid for the same Work, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Accompanying this Bid is _________________________________ (Cash, Certified Check, Bidder’s Bond or Cashier's Check) for 10% of the amount Bid, payable to Agency as Bid Security and which is given as a guarantee that the undersigned will enter into a Contract and provide the necessary bonds and certificates of insurance if awarded the Contract. Organized under the laws of the State of ________________________.  an individual  a partnership  a corporation 00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 23 ( IF A SOLE OWNER OR SOLE CONTRACTOR SIGN HERE: I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the information submitted in connection with this Bid and all of the representations made in this Bid are true and correct. 1 Name under which business is conducted ______________________________________________________ 2 Signature (given and surname) of proprietor Printed/Typed Name ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ 3 Place of Business (Full Address: street, number, city, state, zip) ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ 4 Telephone Number ______________________________________________________ 5 Email ______________________________________________________ NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED 00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 24 IF A PARTNERSHIP, SIGN HERE: I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the information submitted in connection with this Bid and all of the representations made in this Bid are true and correct. 1 Name under which business is conducted ______________________________________________________ 2 Signature (given and surname and role) (Note: Signature must be made by a general partner) Printed/Typed Name ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ 3 Place of Business (Full Address: street, number, city, state, zip) ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ 4 Telephone Number ______________________________________________________ 5 Email ______________________________________________________ NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED 00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 25 IF A CORPORATION, SIGN HERE: I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the information submitted in connection with this Bid and all of the representations made in this Bid are true and correct. 1 Name under which business is conducted ______________________________________________________ 2 Signature (given and surname and Title) (Note: Signature must be made by a someone who can bind the corporation) Printed/Typed Name ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ 3 Place of Business (Full Address: street, number, city, state, zip) ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________ 4 Telephone Number ______________________________________________________ 5 Email ______________________________________________________ NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED 00 41 10 BID FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 26 List below names of president, vice president, CFO, secretary and assistant secretary, if a corporation; if a partnership, list names of all general partners, and managing partners: Approved as to form this ___________________day of _____________________ 20_______. ______________________________________________ Attorney for Agency END OF SECTION 00 43 10 BID BOND FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 27 00 43 10 BID BOND FORM (Note: This form is not required when other form of Bidder’s Security, e.g. cash, certified check or cashier’s check, accompanies Bid. In that case, use form 00 43 20 Bid Security) NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia CONTRACT NO.: PWS26-3948PKS NAME OF BIDDER: The makers of this bond are, as Principal, and , as Surety and are held and firmly bound unto the City of Carlsbad (“Agency”) in the penal sum of 10% OF THE TOTAL BID PRICE of the Principal submitted to the Agency for the Work described below, for the payment of which sum in lawful money of the United States, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying Bid dated . If the Principal does not withdraw its Bid within the time specified in the Contract Documents; and if the Principal provides all required documents to the Agency and is awarded the Contract; then this obligation shall be null and void. Otherwise, this bond will remain in full force and effect. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract Documents shall affect its obligation under this bond, and Surety waives notice of any such changes. In the event a lawsuit is brought upon this bond by the Agency and judgment is recovered, the Surety shall pay all litigation expenses incurred by the Agency in such suit, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expert witness fees and expenses. /// /// /// /// /// 00 43 10 BID BOND FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 28 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above-bound parties have executed this instrument under their several seals this_____________ day of _____________________________, 20______, the name and corporate seal of each corporation. PRINCIPAL: ___________________________________ (Name of Principal) By: ___________________________________ (sign here) ___________________________________ (Print name here) ___________________________________ (Title and Organization of Signatory) Executed by SURETY this ______day of ________________, 20____ SURETY: _____________________________________ (name of Surety) _____________________________________ (address of Surety) _____________________________________ (telephone number of Surety) By: _____________________________________ (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) _____________________________________ (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) Required Attachments:  Corporate resolution showing current power of attorney.  Proper execution by PRINCIPAL.  Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by SURETY.  President or vice-president and CFO, secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only 1 officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation. END OF SECTION 00 43 20 BID SECURITY Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 29 00 43 20 BID SECURITY (Note: This form is required when cash, certified check or cashier’s check, accompanies Bid. If Bid Bond is being provided, use form 00 43 10 Bid Bond) NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia NAME OF BIDDER: Accompanying this proposal is a Certified / Cashier’s check payable to the order of the City of Carlsbad (“Agency”), in the sum of dollars ($___________________), this amount being 10% of the total amount of the Bid. The proceeds of this check shall become the property of the Agency, provided this proposal shall be accepted by the Agency through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities and the Undersigned shall fail to execute a Contract and furnish the required Performance, Warranty and Payment Bonds and proof of insurance coverage within the stipulated time; otherwise, the check shall be returned to the Undersigned. The proceeds of this check shall also become the property of the Agency if the Undersigned shall withdraw his or her Bid within the period of 15 Calendar Days after the date set for the opening of the Bid, unless otherwise required by law, and notwithstanding the award of the Contract to another Bidder. _______________________________________ BIDDER Required Attachments:  Certified Check or Cashier’s Check END OF SECTION 00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 30 00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia NAME OF BIDDER: In compliance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Public Contract Code Section 4100 et seq.), Bidder shall set forth below: (a) the name and the location of the place of business, (b) the California contractor license number, (c) the DIR public works contractor registration number, and (d) the portion of the Work which will be done by each Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Bidder in or about the construction of the Work or improvement to be performed under this Contract in an amount in excess of one- half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s Total Bid Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Work involves the construction of streets and highways, then the Bidder shall list each Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the Bidder in or about the Work in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the Bidder’s Total Bid Price or $10,000, whichever is greater. No additional time shall be granted to provide the below requested information. If a Bidder fails to specify a Subcontractor or if a Contractor specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of Work, then the Bidder shall be deemed to have agreed that it is fully qualified to perform that portion of Work and that it shall perform that portion itself. No changes in the Subcontractor’s listed Work will be made without the prior approval of the Agency. Attach additional pages as required. (Signature of Bidder) 00 43 30 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 31 Name of Subcontractor Location of Business CSLB Contractor License No./ Exp Date DIR Registration Number / Exp. Date Type of Work to be done by Subcontractor % of Work Amount of Work by Subcontractor in Dollars* Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 4104, subdivision (a)(3)(A), receipt of the information preceded by an asterisk (*) may be submitted by the Bidder up to 24 hours after the deadline for submitting bids contained in the “Notice Inviting Bids.” END OF SECTION 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 32 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia CONTRACT NO.: PWS26-3948PKS NAME OF BIDDER: 1. INFORMATION ABOUT BIDDER (Indicate not applicable (“N/A”) where appropriate.) NOTE: Where Bidder is a joint venture, pages shall be duplicated, and information provided for all parties to the joint venture. 1. Type, if Entity: 2. Bidder Address: a. Facsimile Number b. Telephone Number c. Email Address 3. How many years has Bidder’s organization been in business as a contractor? 4. How many years has Bidder’s organization been in business under its present name? a. Under what other or former names has Bidder’s organization operated? 5. If Bidder’s organization is a corporation, answer the following: a. Date of Incorporation: b. State of Incorporation: c. President’s Name: d. Vice-President’s Name(s): e. Secretary’s Name: f. Treasurer’s Name: g. CFO’s Name: 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 33 6. If an individual or a partnership, answer the following: a. Date of Organization: b. Name and address of all partners (state whether general or limited partnership): 7. If other than a corporation or partnership, describe organization and name principals: 8. List other states in which Bidder’s organization is legally qualified to do business. 9. What type of work does the Bidder normally perform with its own forces? 10. Has Bidder ever failed to complete any work awarded to it? If so, note when, where, and why: 11. Within the last 5 years, has any officer or partner of Bidder’s organization ever been an officer or partner of another organization when it failed to complete a contract? If so, attach a separate sheet of explanation: 12. List Trade References: List Trade/Client References: Three (3) trades (projects over $500K) and Three (3) clients (projects over $500K) attach additional sheet if needed. Company Name Contact Name Phone Number Email Address Trade >$500K Trade >$500K 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 34 Company Name Contact Name Phone Number Email Address Trade >$500K Client > $500K Client > $500K Client > $500K 13. List Bank References (Bank and Branch Address): 14. Name of Bonding Company and Name and Address of Agent: [REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 35 2. LIST OF CURRENT PROJECTS (BACKLOG) [**Duplicate or attach additional pages if needed for listing current projects.**] Project Name Sub or Prime? Description of Bidder’s Work Client Name Completion Date Cost of Bidder’s Work 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 36 LIST OF COMPLETED PROJECTS (LAST 3 YEARS) [**Duplicate or attach additional pages if needed for listing completed projects. **] Please include only those projects which are similar enough to demonstrate Bidder’s ability to perform the required Work. Project Name Sub or Prime? Description of Bidder’s Work Client Name Completion Date Cost of Bidder’s Work 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 37 EXPERIENCE AND TECHNICAL QUALIFICATIONS QUESTIONNAIRE Personnel: The Bidder shall identify the key personnel to be assigned to this Project in a management, construction supervision or engineering capacity. Add additional pages to identify ALL key personnel. Bidder may submit a 2-page resume of each key personnel mentioned above. Bidder agrees that personnel named in this Bid will remain on this Project until completion of all relevant Work, unless substituted by personnel of equivalent experience and qualifications approved in advance by the Agency. Job Title Name % time on this Project Specialized Education Years of construction experience relevant to the Project Summarize the experience 00 43 40 BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 38 3. VERIFICATION AND EXECUTION These Bid Forms shall be executed only by a duly authorized official of the Bidder: I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing information is true and correct: Name of Bidder: Signature ________________________________________________________________ Name ______________________________________________________________________ Title ______________________________________________________________________ Date ______________________________________________________________________ END OF SECTION 00 45 10 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 39 00 45 10 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia NAME OF BIDDER: Consistent with Public Contract Code Section 7106, the undersigned declares: I am the of , the party making the foregoing Bid. The Bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the Bid Price of the Bidder or any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the Bid Price, or of that of any other Bidder. All statements contained in the Bid are true. The Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her Bid Price or any breakdown of it, or the contents of it, or divulged information or data relative to it, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent of these, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a Bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the Bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed ________________ 20 ____ at _______________ [city], _____ [state]. Signature Name _________________________________ Title END OF SECTION 00 45 15 IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 40 00 45 15 IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia NAME OF BIDDER: As required by Public Contract Code Section 2204, the Contractor certifies subject to penalty of perjury that the option checked below relating to the Contractor’s status in regard to the Iran Contracting Act of 2010 (Public Contract Code Section 2200 et seq.) is true and correct:  The Contractor is not: 1) identified on the current list of persons and entities engaged in investment activities in Iran prepared by the California Department of General Services in accordance with subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2203; or 2) a financial instruction that extends, for 45 days or more, credit in the amount of $20,000,000 or more to any other person or entity identified on the current list of persons and entities engaging in investment activities in Iran prepared by the California Department of General Services in accordance with subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 2203, if that person or entity uses or will use the credit to provide goods or services in the energy sector in Iran.  The Agency has exempted the Contractor from the requirements of the Iran Contracting Act of 2010 after making a public finding that, absent the exemption, the Agency will be unable to obtain the goods and/or services to be provided pursuant to the Contract.  The amount of the Contract payable to the Contractor for the Project does not exceed $1,000,000. Signature: Date: Name: Title: Note: In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 2205, false certification of this form shall be reported to the California Attorney General and may result in civil penalties equal to the greater of $250,000 or twice the Contract amount, termination of the Contract and/or ineligibility to bid on contracts for 3 years. END OF SECTION 00 45 20 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 41 00 45 20 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia NAME OF BIDDER: Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all Contractors and Subcontractors that wish to Bid on, be listed in a Bid proposal, or enter into a Contract to perform public work must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. See Public Works (ca.gov) for additional information. No Bid will be accepted, nor any Contract entered into without proof of the Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations to perform public work. Bidder certifies that it is aware of the registration requirements set forth in Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 and is currently registered as a Contractor with the Department of Industrial Relations. Name of Bidder: DIR Registration Number: DIR Registration Expiration: Bidder further certifies: 1. Bidder shall maintain a current DIR registration for the duration of the Project. 2. Bidder shall include the requirements of Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 in its Contract with Subcontractors and ensure that all Subcontractors are registered at the time of Bid opening and maintain registration status for the duration of the Project. 3. Failure to submit this form or comply with any of the above requirements may result in a finding that the Bid is non-responsive. Signature: Date: Name: Title: END OF SECTION 00 45 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 42 00 45 25 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia NAME OF BIDDER: Bidder must attach either of the following to this page.  Certificates of insurance showing conformance with the requirements for each of: a. Comprehensive General Liability b. Automobile Liability c. Workers Compensation d. Employer’s Liability  Statement with an insurance carrier’s notarized signature stating that the carrier can, and upon payment of fees and/or premiums by the Bidder, will issue to the Bidder the required policies of insurance for Comprehensive General Liability, Automobile Liability, Workers Compensation and Employer’s Liability in conformance and the required Certificates of insurance to the Agency. END OF SECTION 00 45 30 STATEMENT REGARDING DEBARMENT Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 43 00 45 30 STATEMENT REGARDING DEBARMENT NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia NAME OF BIDDER: 1. Have you or any of your Subcontractors ever been debarred as an irresponsible Bidder by another public agency in the State of California?  YES  NO 2. If yes, what was/were the name(s) of the public agency(ies) and what was/were the period(s) of debarment(s)? Attach additional copies of this page to accommodate more than 2 debarments. __________________________________ party debarred __________________________________ public agency __________________________________ period of debarment ___________________________________ party debarred ___________________________________ public agency ___________________________________ period of debarment BY CONTRACTOR: By: __________________________________ (sign here) ___________________________________ (print name/title) Page _____ of _____ pages of this Statement Regarding Debarment form END OF SECTION 00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 44 00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia NAME OF BIDDER: Contractors are required by law to be licensed and regulated by the Contractors’ State License Board which has jurisdiction to investigate complaints against contractors if a complaint regarding a latent act or omission is filed within 4 years of the date of the alleged violation. A complaint regarding a latent act or omission pertaining to structural defects must be filed within 10 years of the date of the alleged violation. Any questions concerning a Contractor may be referred to the Registrar, Contractors’ State License Board, P.O. Box 26000, Sacramento, California 95826. 1. Have you ever had your contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors’ State license Board 2 or more times within an 8-year period?  YES  NO 2. Has the suspension or revocation of your contractor’s license ever been stayed?  YES  NO  N/A 3. Have any Subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever had their contractor’s license suspended or revoked by the California Contractors’ State License Board 2 or more times within an 8-year period?  YES  NO 4. Has the suspension or revocation of the license of any Subcontractors that you propose to perform any portion of the Work ever been stayed?  YES  NO  N/A 00 45 35 DISCLOSURE OF DISCIPLINE RECORD Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 45 5. If the answer to either of 1 or 3 above is “yes,” fully identify, in each and every case, the party disciplined, the date of and violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, the nature of the violation and disciplinary action taken. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) 6. If the answer to either of 2 or 4 above is “yes,” fully identify, in each and every case, the party whose discipline was stayed, the date of and the violation that the disciplinary action pertains to, the nature of the violation and the condition (if any) upon which the disciplinary action was stayed. (If needed attach additional sheets to provide full disclosure.) BY CONTRACTOR: By: __________________________________ (sign here) __________________________________ (print name and title) END OF SECTION 00 52 00 CONTRACT Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 46 00 52 00 CONTRACT This Project No. 4614 (“Contract”) is made and entered into this ____________ day of ________________________________, 20___, by and between the City of Carlsbad (“Agency”) and ____________________________________ (“Contractor”), whose principal place of business is _______________________________________________________. The parties agree: 1. SCOPE OF WORK. The Contractor shall perform all Work within the time stipulated in the Contract, and shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, utility services, and transportation to complete all the Work required in strict compliance with the Contract Documents for the following Project: NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia The Contractor and its surety shall be liable to the Agency for any damages arising as a result of the Contractor’s failure to comply with the obligation described in this Section 1. 2. TIME OF COMPLETION. Time is of the essence in the performance of the Work. The Work shall be commenced on the date stated in the Agency’s Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall complete all Work required by the Contract Documents within forty (40) Working Days from the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor agrees the time for completion set forth above is adequate and reasonable to complete the Work. 3. CONTRACT PRICE. The Agency shall pay to the Contractor as full compensation for the performance of the Contract, subject to any additions or deductions made in accordance with the Contract Documents, and including all applicable taxes and costs, the sum of ___________________________________ Dollars ($ _____________________________). Payment shall be made as set forth in the General Conditions. The Engineer will close the estimate of work completed for progress payments on the last working day of each month. The Agency shall withhold retention as required by Public Contract Code Section 9203. 4. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. In accordance with Government Code Section 53069.85, it is agreed that the Contractor will pay the Agency the sum set forth in Section 00 73 00 Supplemental General Provisions for each and every Calendar Day of delay beyond the time of completion prescribed in this Contract as Liquidated Damages and not as a penalty or forfeiture. If this sum is not paid, the Contractor agrees the Agency may deduct that amount from any money due or that may become due the 00 52 00 CONTRACT Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 47 Contractor under the Contract. This Section does not exclude recovery of other damages specified in the Contract Documents. 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The “Contract Documents” include the following: ● 00 11 10 Notice Inviting Bids ● 00 21 10 Instructions to Bidders ● 00 41 00 Bid Form ● 00 42 10 Bid Bond or 00 43 20 Bid Security ● 00 43 30 Proposed Subcontractors ● 00 43 40 Bidder Information and Experience ● 00 45 10 Non-Collusion Affidavit ● 00 45 15 Iran Contracting Act Certification ● 00 45 20 Public Works Contractor Registration Certification ● 00 45 30 Statement of Regarding Debarment ● 00 45 35 Disclosure of Discipline Record ● 00 52 10 Contract ● 00 61 10 Labor and Materials Bond ● 00 61 20 Faithful Performance and Warranty Bond ● 00 61 30 Optional Escrow Agreement (if applicable) ● 00 73 00 Supplemental General Provisions ● Technical Specifications for the Project ● All Addenda ● Plans and Drawings ● Permits ● 00 74 00 Supplemental Technical Provisions ● “Standard Specifications and Drawings,” as last revised ● Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction “Greenbook,” latest edition and including all errata o Part 1 General Provisions o Part 2 to Part 8 (Construction Materials, Construction Methods, Existing Improvements, Pipeline System Rehabilitation, Temporary Traffic Control, Street Lighting and Traffic Signal Systems, Landscaping and Irrigation) ● Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, latest edition and including all errata ● Applicable Local Agency Standards and Specifications, as last revised ● Approved and fully executed change orders 00 52 00 CONTRACT Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 48 ● Any other documents contained in or incorporated by reference into the Contract Documents The Contractor shall complete the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The requirements of the various sections or documents comprising the Contract Documents are intended to be complementary. Work required by 1 of the Contract Documents and not by others shall be done as if required by all. This Contract shall supersede any prior agreement of the parties. 6. PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW AND CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE. Every provision of law required to be included in these Contract Documents shall be deemed to be included in these Contract Documents. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations, including, but not limited to, the provisions of the Labor Code and Public Contract Code which are applicable to the Work. 7. INDEMNIFICATION. Contractor shall provide indemnification and defense as set forth in the 00 73 00 Agency Supplemental General Provisions. 8. PREVAILING WAGES. Contractor shall be required to pay the prevailing rate of wages in accordance with the Labor Code which such rates may be obtained online at http://www.dir.ca.gov and which must be posted at the job site. [REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK] 00 52 00 CONTRACT Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 49 NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF EXECUTION BY ALL SIGNATORIES MUST BE ATTACHED (CORPORATE SEAL) CONTRACTOR City of Carlsbad By: By: (sign here) [INSERT TITLE OF PERSON AUTHORIZED TO SIGN] (print name/title) ATTEST: Sherry Freisinger, City Clerk By: (sign here) Deputy / Assistant City Clerk (print name/title) If required by the Agency, proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by contractor must be attached. If a corporation, the Contract must be signed by 1 corporate officer from each of the following 2 groups. Group A Group B Chairman, Secretary, President, or Assistant Secretary, Vice-President CFO or Assistant Treasurer Otherwise, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering the officer(s) signing to bind the corporation. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney BY: _____________________________ Assistant City Attorney END OF SECTION 00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 50 00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: WHEREAS, the City of Carlsbad ( “Agency”) has awarded to (“Principal,”) a Contract for the Work described as follows: Contract No PWS26-3948PKS Project No. 4614 Name of Project: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia (the “Project”) in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated by this reference; and WHEREAS, Principal is required to furnish a bond in connection with the Contract providing that if Principal or any of its Subcontractors fail to pay (1) for any materials, provisions, provender, equipment, or other supplies used in, upon, for or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done, (2) for any Work or labor of any kind performed under the Contract, (3) for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code for any Work or labor of any kind performed under the Contract, or (4) for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department under Unemployment Insurance Code Section 13020 or to the Franchise Tax Board under Revenue and Taxation Code Section 18663 from the wages of employees of Principal and its Subcontractors with respect to the Work or labor, the Surety on this bond will pay for the same to the extent set forth below. NOW THEREFORE, we, Principal and , as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Agency in the penal sum of Dollars ($___________), for the payment of which sum being an amount equal to 100% of the total amount payable under the terms of the Contract by the Agency, and for which payment well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if Principal, or its Subcontractors, heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall fail to pay any of the persons named in Civil Code Section 9100; fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, equipment, or other supplies, used in, upon, for or about the performance of the Work contracted to be done; fail to pay for any Work or labor of any kind performed under the Contract; fail to pay amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code for any Work or labor of any kind performed under the Contract; or fail to pay for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department or Franchise Tax Board from the wages of employees of Principal or its Subcontractors pursuant to Unemployment Insurance Code Section 13020 or Revenue and Taxation Code Section 18663, with respect to the Work or labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the penal sum specified above, and also, in case suit is brought upon this bond, all litigation expenses incurred by the Agency in the suit, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expert witness fees and investigation expenses to be fixed by the court consistent with Civil Code Section 9554. 00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 51 This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in Civil Code Section 9100 so as to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. The Surety stipulates and agrees that this bond shall not be exonerated or released from the obligation of this bond by: 1. Any change, extension of time for performance, addition, alteration or modification in, to, or of any Contract, Plans, Specifications, or agreement pertaining or relating to any scheme or Work of improvement described above, or the furnishing of labor, materials, or equipment pertaining or relating to any scheme or Work of improvement described above. 2. Any change or modification of any terms of payment or extension of the time for any payment pertaining or relating to any scheme or Work of improvement described above. 3. Any rescission or attempted rescission or attempted rescission of the Contract, agreement or bond. 4. Any conditions precedent or subsequent in the bond attempting to limit the right of recovery of claimants otherwise entitled to recover under any such Contract or agreement or under the bond. 5. Any fraud practiced by any person other than the claimant seeking to recover on the bond. The Surety also stipulates and agrees that this bond shall be construed most strongly against the Surety and in favor of all persons for whose benefit such bond is given, and under no circumstances shall Surety be released from liability to those for whose benefit this bond has been given by reason of any breach of contract between the Agency and Principal or on the part of any obligee named in this bond. Finally, the Surety waives notice of any such change, extension of time, addition, alteration or modification mentioned in this bond, including but not limited to the provisions of Civil Code Sections 2819 and 2845. If Principal is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. [REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK] 00 61 10 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 52 Executed by PRINCIPAL this _________ day of _______________________, 20____. PRINCIPAL: ____________________________________ (name of Contractor) By:_________________________________ (sign here) ____________________________________ (print name here) ____________________________________ (title and organization of signatory) Executed by SURETY this ____________ day of _______________________, 20____. SURETY: ____________________________________ (name of Surety) ____________________________________ (address of Surety) ____________________________________ (telephone number of Surety) By: ____________________________________ (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) ____________________________________ (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only 1 officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney BY: _____________________________ Assistant City Attorney END OF SECTION 00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 53 00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS THAT: WHEREAS, the City of Carlsbad ( “Agency”) has awarded to ________________ (“Principal,”) a Contract for the Work described as follows: Contract No PWS26-3948PKS Project No. 4614 Name of Project: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia (the “Project”) in strict conformity with the drawings and specifications, and other Contract Documents now on file in the Office of the City Clerk of the City of Carlsbad and all of which are incorporated by this reference; and WHEREAS, the Work to be performed by the Principal is more particularly set forth in the Contract Documents for the Project dated ____________, (“Contract Documents”), the terms and conditions of which are incorporated by reference; and WHEREAS, the Principal is required by the Contract Documents to perform the terms of them and to furnish a bond for the faithful performance and warranty of the Contract Documents. NOW THEREFORE, we, Principal, and ,as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Agency in the penal sum of dollars ($ ____________), which is equal to 100% of the total amount of the Contract, for which amount well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that, if Principal, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration of the Contract Documents made as provided in the Contract Documents, on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner specified in the Contract Documents, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning; and shall indemnify and save harmless the Agency, its Board, members of the Board, officers, directors, managers, employees, agents, and authorized volunteers, as stipulated in the Contract Documents, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. As a part of the obligation secured by this bond and in addition to the face amount specified in this bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Agency in enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. As a condition precedent to the satisfactory completion of the Work unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the above obligation shall hold good for a period of 1 year after the acceptance of the Work by the Agency. During this 1-year period, if Contractor fails to make full, complete, and satisfactory repair and replacements and totally protect the Agency from loss or damage resulting from or caused by defective materials or faulty workmanship in connection 00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 54 with Contractor’s Work on the Project, the obligations of Surety under this bond shall continue so long as any obligation of Principal remains to the Agency. Nothing in this bond shall limit the Agency’s rights or the Principal’s or Surety’s obligations under the Contract, law or equity, including, but not limited to, Code of Civil Procedure Section 337.15. Whenever Principal shall be, and is declared by the Agency to be, in default under the Contract Documents, the Surety shall remedy the default pursuant to the Contract Documents, or shall promptly, at the Agency’s option: i. Take over and complete the Project in accordance with all terms and conditions in the Contract Documents; ii. Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Project in accordance with all terms and conditions in the Contract Documents and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder, the Surety and the Agency, and make available as Work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion of the Project, less the balance of the Contract Price, including other costs and damages for which Surety may be liable. The term “balance of the Contract Price” as used in this paragraph shall mean the total amount payable to Principal by the Agency under the Contract and any modification to the Contract, less any amount previously paid by the Agency to the Principal and any other set offs pursuant to the Contract Documents. Or iii. Permit the Agency to complete the Project in any manner consistent with Applicable Law and make available as Work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion of the Project, less the balance of the Contract Price, including other costs and damages for which Surety may be liable. The term “balance of the Contract Price” as used in this paragraph shall mean the total amount payable to Principal by the Agency under the Contract and any modification to the Contract, less any amount previously paid by the Agency to the Principal and any other set offs pursuant to the Contract Documents. Surety expressly agrees that the Agency may reject any contractor or subcontractor which may be proposed by Surety in fulfillment of its obligations in the event of default by the Principal. Surety shall not utilize Principal in completing the Project, nor shall Surety accept a bid from Principal for completion of the Project, if the Agency, when declaring the Principal in default, notifies Surety of the Agency’s objection to Principal’s further participation in the completion of the Project. The Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract Documents or to the Project to be performed under the Contract Documents shall in any way affect Surety’s obligations on this bond, and Surety waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract Documents or to the Project. 00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 55 If Principal is an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this bond. [REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK] 00 61 20 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE AND WARRANTY BOND Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 56 Executed by PRINCIPAL this _________ day of ________________________, 20___. PRINCIPAL: ____________________________________ (name of Contractor) By:_________________________________ (sign here) ____________________________________ (print name here) ____________________________________ (title and organization of signatory) Executed by SURETY this ____________ day of ________________________, 20___. SURETY: ____________________________________ (name of Surety) ____________________________________ (address of Surety) ____________________________________ (telephone number of Surety) By: _________________________________ (signature of Attorney-in-Fact) ____________________________________ (printed name of Attorney-in-Fact) (attach corporate resolution showing current power of attorney) (Proper notarial acknowledgment of execution by CONTRACTOR and SURETY must be attached.) (President or vice-president and secretary or assistant secretary must sign for corporations. If only 1 officer signs, the corporation must attach a resolution certified by the secretary or assistant secretary under corporate seal empowering that officer to bind the corporation.) APPROVED AS TO FORM: CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney BY: _____________________________ Assistant City Attorney END OF SECTION 00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 57 00 61 30 OPTIONAL ESCROW AGREEMENT NAME OF PROJECT: Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia NAME OF BIDDER: This Escrow Agreement is made and entered into by and between the City of Carlsbad, Carlsbad, California, 92008 ("Agency"), whose address is ("Contractor") and whose address is ("Escrow Agent"). Agency, Contractor and Escrow Agent agree as follows: 1. Pursuant Public Contract Code Section 22300, Contractor has the option to deposit securities with Escrow Agent as a substitute for retention earnings required to be withheld by Agency pursuant to the construction contract entered into between Agency and Contractor for Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia in the amount of ___________ dated __________ ("Contract"). Alternatively, on written request of Contractor, Agency shall make payments of the retention earnings directly to Escrow Agent. When the Contractor deposits the securities as a substitute for Contract earnings, Escrow Agent shall notify Agency within 10 Calendar Days of the deposit. The market value of the securities at the time of the substitution shall be at least equal to the cash amount then required to be withheld as retention under the terms of the Contract. Securities shall be held in Agency’s name and shall designate Contractor as the beneficial owner. 2. Agency shall make progress payments to Contractor for those funds which otherwise would be withheld from progress payments pursuant to the Contract provisions, provided that Escrow Agent holds securities in the form and amount specified above. 3. When Agency makes payment of retentions earned directly to Escrow Agent, Escrow Agent shall hold them for the benefit of Contractor until the time that the escrow created under this Escrow Agreement is terminated. The Contractor may direct the investment of the payments into securities. All terms and conditions of this Escrow Agreement and the rights and responsibilities of the parties shall be equally applicable and binding when Agency pays Escrow Agent directly. 4. Contractor shall be responsible for paying all fees for the expenses incurred by Escrow Agent in administering the Escrow Account and all expenses of Agency. These expenses and payment terms shall be determined by Agency, Contractor, and Escrow Agent. 5. The interest earned on the securities or the money market accounts held in escrow and all interest earned on that interest shall be for the sole account of Contractor and shall be subject to withdrawal by Contractor at any time and from time to time without notice to Agency. 6. Contractor shall have the right to withdraw all or any part of the principal in the Escrow Account only by written notice to Escrow Agent accompanied by written authorization from Agency to Escrow Agent that Agency consents to the withdrawal of the amount sought to be withdrawn by Contractor. 00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 58 7. Agency shall have a right to draw upon the securities in the event of default by the Contractor. Upon 7 Calendar Days' written notice to Escrow Agent from Agency of a default, Escrow Agent shall immediately convert the securities to cash and shall distribute the cash as instructed by Agency. 8. Upon receipt of written notification from the Agency certifying that the Work required by the Contract is final and complete and that Contractor has complied with all requirements and procedures applicable to the Contract, Escrow Agent shall release to Contractor all securities and interest on deposit less escrow fees and charges of Escrow Account. The escrow shall be closed immediately upon disbursement of all moneys and securities on deposit and payments of fees and charges. 9. Escrow Agent shall rely on the written notifications from Agency and Contractor pursuant to Sections (5) to (8), inclusive, of this Escrow Agreement and Agency and Contractor shall hold Escrow Agent harmless from Escrow Agent's release, conversion and disbursement of the securities and interest as set forth above. 10. The names of the persons who are authorized to give written notices or to receive written notice on behalf of Agency and on behalf of Contractor in connection with the foregoing, and exemplars of their respective signatures are as follows: For Agency (Finance Director) Title _________________________________________________________ Name _____________________________________________________________ Signature _____________________________________________________________ Address _____________________________________________________________ For Contractor Title _____________________________________________________________ Name _____________________________________________________________ Signature _____________________________________________________________ 00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 59 Address _____________________________________________________________ For Escrow Agent Title _____________________________________________________________ Name _____________________________________________________________ Signature _____________________________________________________________ Address _____________________________________________________________ At the time the Escrow Account is opened, Agency and Contractor shall deliver to the Escrow Agent a fully executed counterpart of this Escrow Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Escrow Agreement by their proper officers on the date first set forth above. For Agency Title ______________________________________________________________ Name ______________________________________________________________ Signature ______________________________________________________________ Address ______________________________________________________________ For Contractor Title ______________________________________________________________ 00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 60 Name ______________________________________________________________ Signature ______________________________________________________________ Address ______________________________________________________________ For Escrow Agent Title ______________________________________________________________ Name ______________________________________________________________ Signature ______________________________________________________________ Address ______________________________________________________________ APPROVED AS TO FORM: CINDIE K. McMAHON, City Attorney BY: _____________________________ Assistant City Attorney END OF SECTION 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 61 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS INTRODUCTION The specifications contained in this 00 73 00 Agency Supplemental General Provisions take precedence over the specification language contained in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, “The Greenbook,” latest edition and all errata. This specification addresses the unique conditions in Carlsbad that are not addressed in The Greenbook. Therefore, if there is a conflict, these specifications shall control. The Greenbook may be purchased at Bidder’s/Contractor’s local technical bookstore or directly from the publisher. These Supplemental General Provisions are available only for download from the online bidding portal with Contract Documents. The Agency does not provide hard copies. When used in the Contract Documents, statements, or command phrases (active voice and imperative mood) refer to and are directed at the “Bidder” or “Contractor” as applicable. The specifications are written to the “Bidder” before award and the “Contractor” after award. Before award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood as starting with “The Bidder shall.” Interpret the term “you” as “the Bidder” and interpret the term “your” as “the Bidder’s.” After award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood starting with “The Contractor shall.” Interpret the term “you” as “the Contractor” and interpret the term “your” as “the Contractor’s.” PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 1 – GENERAL, TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF MEASURE, AND SYMBOLS GENERAL ADD the following: 1. The word “provide” shall mean “furnish and install,” unless otherwise stated. 2. In reference to Drawings, where words “shown,” “indicated,” “detailed,” “noted,” “scheduled,” or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that reference is made to the Plans accompanying these provisions, unless stated otherwise. 3. Where the words “equal,” “approved equal,” “equivalent,” and words of similar import are used, it shall be understood such words are followed by the expression “in the opinion of the Engineer,” unless otherwise stated. 4. The word “perform” shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall “perform all operations and furnish labor, tools and equipment,” and further, “furnish and install materials that are indicated, specified or required” shall be understood to mean that the Contractor, at its expense, shall “furnish and install the Work, complete in place and ready to use, including furnishing of necessary labor, materials, tools, equipment, and transportation.” 5. Where words “directed,” “designated,” “selected,” or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, designation, or selection of the Engineer is intended, unless stated otherwise. The word “required” and words of similar import shall 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 62 be understood to mean “as required to properly complete the Work as required and as approved by the Engineer,” unless stated otherwise. Where the words “approved,” “approval,” “acceptance,” or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the approval, acceptance, or similar import of the Engineer is intended. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS Where applicable ADD/REPLACE the following: 1. Agency - The City of Carlsbad or the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, the owner of the Project. 2. Agency Approval - Except where stated in this Contract to the contrary, the phrases “Agency approval,” and “Agency’s written approval” or such similar phrases shall mean approval by the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. 3. Agency Forces – City of Carlsbad or Carlsbad Municipal Water District employees who perform construction work. 4. Agency Supplement - 00 73 00 Agency Supplemental General Provisions; and 00 74 00 Agency Supplemental Technical Provisions. 5. Allowance (AL) - Payment under Allowance Bid items, denoted as “AL,” shall be based on the actual expenditures and for pre-authorized items of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The unused portions of the Allowances shall revert to the Agency upon acceptance of the Project or Work. 6. Apparent Low Bidder - The Bidder whose Bid having been publicly opened, initially meets the material requirements of the Bid Documents and whose Bid price is the lowest received. 7. Applicable Laws - Laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, orders, and regulations of governmental authorities and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 8. As-Builts - The CADD drawings prepared from the approved Red-lines for record keeping purposes. 9. Award of Contract (Award) - The date on which the Board or designee executes the Contract. 10. Bid - Any proposal submitted to the Agency in competitive bidding for the construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any structure, building, road or other improvement of any kind. 11. Board – The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency, which is the City Council for the City of Carlsbad or the Board of Directors for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. 12. Board of Directors for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District – The legislative body that governs the Carlsbad Municipal Water District and has the authority to pass ordinances and appropriate funds. 13. Business Day - See Working Day. 14. Calendar Day – Every day on the calendar, including weekends and holidays. 15. City - The term “City” or “the City” means, City of Carlsbad. See also Agency. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 63 16. City Council - The legislative body that governs the City of Carlsbad and has the authority to pass ordinances and appropriate funds. 17. City Engineer - The term “City Engineer” is defined as the Transportation Director, or designee, and is the person authorized to perform the functions of the City Engineer as defined in Government Code Section 66416.5. The City Engineer is the City's "duly authorized officer" for the purposes of Public Contract Code Sections 4107 and 4107.5. 18. City Manager – The appointed official who directs the administration of the City of Carlsbad. 19. Construction Documents - Plans and details, including Plans showing installation of major systems, equipment, fixed furnishings and graphics, the technical specifications and all other technical drawings, schedules, diagrams and specifications, accepted Shop Drawings, Working Drawings, and submittals that are necessary to set forth in detail the requirements for the Project. 20. Construction Manager – The Project Inspector’s immediate supervisor and the Engineer’s designated representative for the first level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. 21. Construction Work - The portion of the Work to construct the Project as set forth in the Contract Documents in conformance with 2-1, “WORK TO BE DONE.” 22. Contract – The written agreement between the Agency and the Contractor covering the Work. 23. Contract Documents - Contract Documents include the following: The signed Contract, Addenda, Notice Inviting Bids, funding agency provisions, Bid including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award when attached as an exhibit to the Contract, Bonds, Permits, CEQA documents, Standard Specifications (the “Greenbook”), Agency Supplement, Plans, Standard Plans, Construction Documents, Reference Specifications, and Change Orders. Contract Documents, when applicable, shall also include Site and Coastal development permits, NEPA documents, re-vegetation plans, biological letters or technical reports, habitat mitigation plans, storm water documents, and local, state, and federal resource agency permits. 24. Contract Time - The number of Working Days to complete the Work as specified in the Contract Documents. 25. Contractor – The individual, partnership, corporation, joint venture, or other legal entity having a Contract with the Agency to perform the Work. In the case of Work being done under permit issued by the Agency, the permittee shall be constructed to be the Contractor. The term “prime contractor” shall mean Contractor. 26. Critical Path – In the Construction Schedule, the sequence of activities that represents the longest path through the Project network of activities and the shortest possible Project duration. 27. Days – Days shall mean consecutive calendar days unless otherwise specified in this Contract. 28. Defective Work - Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. 29. Delay Factor - The Delay Factor may be the basis for compensation for idle equipment time on an excusable delay. The factor has been calculated to include the ownership costs without including operating costs. The Delay Factor recovers all the Contractor’s non- 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 64 operating costs in an 8-hour day. If payment is made for equipment on an excusable delay, it is limited to 8 hours per day or 40 hours per week maximum. 30. Deputy City Engineer – The Engineering Manager of the Construction Management & Inspection Division and the Construction Manager’s immediate supervisor and the Engineer’s designated representative for the second level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. 31. Dispute Board – Persons designated by the City Manager of the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District, to hear and advise the City Manager or Executive Manager on claims submitted by the Contractor. The City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or the Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District is the last appeal level for informal dispute resolution. 32. Drawings - See Plans. 33. D-size Sheet - “D” size paper for engineering design applications refers to 22” x 34” paper. 34. Engineer - The Deputy City Manager, Public Works of the City of Carlsbad acting either directly or through designated representatives and the third level of appeal for informal dispute resolution. 35. Engineer of Record/Design Engineer – A registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State of California who is qualified to act as an agent of a Project Owner or to prepare Plans for facilities to be accepted by the City of Carlsbad or the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. The term includes persons licensed in the State of California as Civil Engineers or Structural Engineers, as well as other licensed professionals like Architects and Landscape Architects. 36. Executive Manager – The appointed official who directs the administration of the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. 37. Field Book - The Agency field maps showing sewer and water facilities. 38. Field Order - A Field Order is a written agreement by the Engineer to compensate the Contractor for work items in accordance with 2-8, “EXTRA WORK” or 2-9, “CHANGED CONDITIONS.” A Field Order does not change the Contract Price or Contract Time or the intent of the Contract. The unused portions of the Field Orders shall revert to the Agency upon acceptance of the Work. 39. Final Environmental Document - The CEQA and/or NEPA document issued for the Project, such as certified environmental impact reports, mitigated negative declarations (MNDs), negative declarations, or exemptions. 40. Final Payment - The last payment for the Contract made to the Contractor, excluding Retention. 41. Float – The number of days by which an activity in the Construction Schedule may be delayed from either its earliest start date or earliest completion date without extending the Contract Time (total float). Total float belongs to the Project and to any Party to accommodate changes in the Work or to mitigate the effect of events which may delay completion. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 65 Holiday - Holidays observed by the Agency are listed below: Holiday Observed On New Year’s Day January 1 Martin Luther King Day 3rd Monday in January Presidents’ Day 3rd Monday in February Memorial Day Last Monday in May Juneteenth June 19 Independence Day July 4 Labor Day 1st Monday in September Indigenous Peoples’ Day 2nd Monday in October Veteran’s Day November 11 Thanksgiving Day 4th Thursday/Friday in November Christmas Day December 25 If any Holiday listed falls on a Saturday, the Saturday and the preceding Friday are both legal Holidays. If the Holiday falls on a Sunday, both Sunday and the following Monday shall be legal Holidays. Unless specified otherwise in the Contract Documents or authorized by the Engineer, do not work on Holidays. 42. Limited Notice to Proceed (LNTP) - A written notice given from the Agency that authorizes the Contractor to start a limited amount of work that, as described in the notice, is not Construction Work. 43. Minor Bid Item – a single contract item constituting less than 10 percent (10%) of the original Contract Price bid. 44. Night Work - See Working Night. 45. Normal Working Hours - Unless specified otherwise, Normal Working Hours core periods shall be 7:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, inclusive. Saturdays, Sundays, and Agency Holidays are excluded. For Traffic Control Permits, Normal Working Hours for any work requiring the setup of approved traffic control plans are defined as 8:30 AM to 3:30 PM, unless specified otherwise. 46. Notice of Completion (NOC) - A document recorded with the County of San Diego to signify that the Work has been completed and accepted by the Agency. 47. Party or Parties - The Agency, the Contractor, or both, their respective permitted successors or assigns, and any other future signatories to the Contract. 48. Plans – The drawings, profiles, cross sections, Standard Plans, working drawings, and shop drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the City Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions or details of the Work. 49. Prime Contractor - See Contractor. 50. Project Inspector – the Engineer’s designated representative for inspection, Contract administration and the first level for informal dispute resolution. 51. Project Site (Site) - Areas where the Work is performed pursuant to the Contract. 52. Punchlist - A list of items of Work or corrections generated after a Walk-through that is conducted when the Contractor considers that the Work and Services are complete. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 66 53. Quality Control Standards and Procedures - The standards and procedures that are stated in a written manual that can be furnished to the Engineer upon request. The standards and procedures are followed by the Supplier in the production of materials supplied for the Work Site. 54. Red-lines - Plans with annotations of changes made during construction to reflect the actual improvements or facilities built during construction whether concealed or visible. 55. Retention - The amount withheld from the money due to the Contractor in accordance with 7-3.2, “PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENT.” 56. Samples - Physical examples of the materials, equipment, or workmanship specified or required and which conform with the standards and specifications in the Contract Documents and by which the Work shall be evaluated. 57. Schedule - A Critical Path Method (CPM) schedule of construction activities and their durations to be performed during the Contract Time and prepared by the Contractor in accordance with 6-1, “CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK,” and accepted by the Engineer. 58. Scope of Work (SOW) - Labor, materials, equipment, facilities, and services required to be performed or provided by the Contractor to complete the entire Project or the various separately identifiable parts of the Project pursuant to the provisions of the Contract Documents. 59. Services - Work performed in connection with the layout, construction, testing, inspection, and commissioning of the Work or administration of the Contract and which may include professional services such as engineering, surveying, construction management and legal services that are required in accordance with the Contract Documents. Services are incidental to the Work. 60. Separate Contractors - Those individuals or entities that have entered into arrangements with the Agency for the provision of labor, materials, or other services in connection with the Project who are not under contract with the Contractor. 61. Signal Pre-Check - The procedure that the City uses to evaluate traffic signal systems prior to Signal Turn-On and generating a Punchlist. 62. Signal Turn-On - The day the City activates new traffic signals. 63. Supplemental Provisions – See Agency Supplement. 64. Tonne – Also referred to as “metric ton.” Represents a unit of measure in the International System of Units equal to 1,000 kilograms. 65. Walk-through - The procedure the Agency uses to evaluate the status of the Project and to generate a Punchlist prior to acceptance of the Work. 66. Work – All labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services and other requirements of the Contract Documents as modified by Change Order, whether completed or partially completed, provided or to be provided by Contractor to fulfill Contractor’s obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. 67. Working Day - Any day within the period between the start of the Contract time as defined in Section 6-1 and the date provided for completion, or upon field acceptance by the Engineer for all work provided for in the Contract, whichever occurs first, other than: • Saturday; • Sunday; 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 67 • any day designated as a holiday by the Agency; • any other day designated as a holiday in a Master Labor Agreement entered into by the Contractor or on behalf of the Contractor as an eligible member of a contractor association; • any day the Contractor is prevented from working at the beginning of the workday for cause as defined in Section 6-6.1; or • any day the Contractor is prevented from working during the first 5 hours with at least 60 percent of the normal work force for cause as defined in Section 6- 6.1. 68. Working Night (Night Work) - A period of nighttime work, allowed only on Sunday through Thursday, excluding Holidays. 69. Work Site - See Project Site (Site). ABBREVIATIONS 1-3.2 Common Usage. ADD the following: AML Approved Material List AHJ Authority Having Jurisdiction CADD Computer Aided Design and Drafting CA MUTCD California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices CCT Correlated Color Temperature CEQA California Environmental Quality Act. CDP Coastal Development Permit CFR Code of Federal Regulations CGP Construction General Permit CIPM Cured-In-Place-Manhole CIPP Cured in Place Pipe CL Centerline CMS Content Management System Database CNC Computer Numerical Control CRI Color Rendering Index CSA Canadian Standards Association CUP Conditional Use Submittal DBE Disadvantaged Business Enterprise DCE Data Computer Equipment DG Decomposed Granite DVBE Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise DWT Detectable Warning Tiles EOW Engineer of Work ESL Environmentally Sensitive Lands ESO Electrical Service Orders FRP Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic GFE Good Faith Effort 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 68 GMT Greenwich Mean Time GPS Global Positioning System HDP Hillside Development Permit HMP Habitat Management Plan IDA International Dark Sky Association IP Ingress Protection LCD Liquid Crystal Display LD Laser Diode LER Luminaire Efficiency Rating MBE Minority Business Enterprise MDFT Minimum Dry Film Thickness MHPA Multiple Habitat Planning Area MH Manhole MIL Military MJ Mechanical Joint M&M Maintenance and Monitoring MMC Mitigation and Monitoring Coordination MMRP Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program MOV Metal Oxide Varistor NA Numerical Aperture NC Not Connected, Normally Closed NEPA National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 NEXT Near End Crosstalk NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program NOC Notice of Completion NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System NTP Notice to Proceed OC On Center ODP Open Drip Proof OFNR Optical Fiber Nonconductive Riser OTDR Optical Time Domain Reflectometer PB Pull Box PCMS Portable Changeable Message Signs PCU Photoelectric Control Unit PEP Plant Establishment Period PIC Polyethylene Insulated Cable PL Property Line RFP Request for Proposal RFI Request for Information RPMS Rubber Polymer Modified Slurry SIC Standard Industry Classification SMS Short Message Service SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SOW Statement of Work, Scope of Work 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 69 SOV Schedule of Values SPDT Single Pole Double Throw SSD Surge Suppression Devices TDR Time Domain Reflectometer TEES Transportation Electrical Equipment Specifications TFFN Thermoplastic Flexible Fixture Wire Nylon Jacketed TIG Tungsten Inert Gas UF Underground Feeder UPRR Union Pacific Railroad Company SWPPP Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan VAC Volts AC VPC Vitrified Polymer Composite WBE Women Business Enterprise 1-3.3 Institutions. ADD the following: AMTRACK American Track National Railroad Passenger Corp. ANSI American National Standards Institute AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ANSI American National Standards Institute API American Petroleum Institute AREA American Railway Engineering Association ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BNSF Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway CMWD Carlsbad Municipal Water District DEHQ Department of Environmental Health and Quality DSD Development Services Department FHWA Federal Highway Administration GRI Geosynthetic Research Institute IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association IES Illuminating Engineering Society (Photometric Data) ISO International Organization for Standardization MTS San Diego Metropolitan Transit System NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers NAFP National Association of Pipe Fabricators NCTD North County Transit District NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NOAA National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (Dept. of Commerce) 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 70 NPSI National Playground Safety Institute PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute SDCWA San Diego County Water Authority SANDAG San Diego Association of Governments SD&AE San Diego & Arizona Eastern Railroad SDTI San Diego Trolley, Inc. UL Underwriters’ Laboratories Inc. USGS United States Geological Survey UPRR Union Pacific Railroad Company 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID 1-6.2 Subcontractor Listing. ADD the following: Each Bidder shall comply with the Chapter of the Public Contract Code including Sections 4100 through 4113. The use of Subcontractors in no way relieves the Contractor of any obligations or responsibilities under the Contract. The following excerpts or summaries of some of the requirements of this Chapter are included below for information: The Bidder shall set forth in the Bid, as provided in Section 4104: “(a) The name and location of the place of business of each Subcontractor who will perform Work or Labor or render service to the prime Contractor in or about the construction of the Work or improvements, or a Subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under Subcontract to the prime Contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the Work or improvement according to detailed Drawings contained in the Plans and Specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime Contractor’s total Bid, or, in the case of Bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime Contractor’s total Bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater.” “(b) The portion of the Work which will be done by each such Subcontractor under this act. The prime Contractor shall list only one Subcontractor for each such portion as is defined by the prime Contractor in his Bid.” If the Contractor fails to specify a Subcontractor or specifies more than one Subcontractor for the same portion of the Work to be performed under the Contract (in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the Contractor’s total Bid), the Contractor shall be qualified to perform that portion itself, and shall perform that portion itself, except as otherwise provided in the Code. As provided in Section 4107, no Contractor whose Bid is accepted shall substitute any person as Subcontractor in place of the Subcontractor listed in the original Bid, except for causes and by 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 71 procedures established in Section 4107.5. This section provides procedures to correct a clerical error in the listing of a Subcontractor. Section 4110 provides that a Contractor violating any of the provisions of the Chapter violates the Contract and the Board may exercise the option either to cancel the Contract or assess the Contractor a penalty in an amount of not more than 10 percent of the Subcontract involved, after a public hearing. 1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT 1-7.1 General. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1-7.1 Standard Contract Provisions. 1-7.1.1 Successor’s Obligations. All grants, covenants, provisions and claims, rights, powers, privileges and abilities contained in the Contract Documents shall be read and held as made by and with, and granted to and imposed upon, the Contractor, the Agency, and the Contractor’s and the Agency’s respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. 1-7.1.2 Waiver of Legal Rights. 1. The Agency’s failure to insist, in any 1 or more instances, upon the performance of any provision of the Contract, or to exercise any right therein, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of such provisions or rights. 2. Any waiver of any breach of the Contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. 3. Any waiver the Agency issues to any provision of the Contract shall only be effective if it is agreed upon in writing by the Agency and if it is specific to the matter concerned. 1-7.1.3 Requests for Information (RFI). 1. Inquiries from the Contractor seeking clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents shall be submitted in writing to the Agency as a Request for Information (RFI). 1-7.1.4 Assignment to Awarding Body. 1. In accordance with subdivision (b) of Public Contract Code Section 7103.5, the Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall conform to the following requirements: a. In entering into a public works contract or a subcontract to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor or the Contractor’s Subcontractor offer and agree to assign to the awarding body all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Sec. 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Business and Professions Code Section 16700 et seq.) arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. b. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the Parties. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 72 1-7.2 Contract Bonds. ADD the following: 1. Before execution of the Contract, the Bidder shall file surety bonds with the Agency to be approved by the Board in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds issued by a Surety, who is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in the circular is enough to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract shall be deemed approved unless specifically rejected by the Agency. Bonds from all other sureties shall be accompanied by all documents enumerated in Code of Civil Procedure Section 995.660 (a). The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals. 2. Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the Surety shall be notarized. 3. The faithful performance/warranty bond will be reduced to 25 percent of the original amount 30 Calendar Days after recordation of the Notice of Completion and will remain in full force and effect for the 1-year warranty period and until all warranty repairs are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The bond to secure payment of laborers and materials suppliers shall be released 6 months plus 30 Calendar Days after recordation of the Notice of Completion if all claims have been paid. 4. All bonds are to be placed with a Surety insurance carrier admitted and authorized to transact the business of insurance in California and whose assets exceed its liabilities in an amount equal to or in excess of the amount of the bond. The bonds are to contain the following documents: a. An original, or a certified copy, of the unrevoked appointment, power of attorney, bylaws, or other instrument entitling or authorizing the person who executed the bond to do so. b. A certified copy of the certificate of authority of the insurer issued by the insurance commissioner. 5. If the Bid is accepted, the Agency may require a financial statement of the assets and liabilities of the Surety for the quarter calendar year preceding the date of the execution of the bond. The financial statement shall be made by an officer’s certificate as defined in Corporations Code Section 173. In the case of a foreign Surety, the financial statement may be verified by the oath of the principal officer or manager residing within the United States. 6. If the Surety on any bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt, becomes insolvent, or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located, immediately notify the Engineer; and immediately substitute another bond and Surety acceptable to the Agency. 7. The Contractor shall require the Surety to mail its standard “Bond Status” form to the Agency. ADD 1-7.2.1 Payment. 1. If enumerated in the Contract Documents, the Bid item for “Bonds (Payment and Performance)” includes full compensation for actual costs of payment and performance bonds. The Contractor may submit a request for payment of actual invoiced costs up to the Bid amount, but not to exceed 2.5% of the Contract Price, no less than 10 Working Days after the award of the Contract. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 73 2. If enumerated in the Contract Documents, if the Bid item for “Bonds (Payment and Performance)” exceeds actual invoiced costs, any such differential amount up to the Bid amount shall be paid as a part of the Final Payment. SECTION 2 – SCOPE OF THE WORK 2-1 WORK TO BE DONE ADD the following: 1. Where approval or acceptance by the Agency is required, only a general approval is required. However, such approval does not relieve the Contractor from the Contractor’s responsibility for complying with all applicable laws, codes, and best industry practices. Contractor has its obligation to fulfill all conditions of the Contract. 2. In accordance with the provisions of California Law, the Contractor shall possess or require the Contractor’s Subcontractor(s) to possess valid appropriate license(s) for the Work being performed as conveyed in the Bidding Documents. 2-2 PERMITS DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 2-2 PERMITS, FEES, AND NOTICES 1. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all business taxes, business licenses, permits, and fees required for constructing the Project and licenses and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work, unless specified otherwise in the Contract Documents. a. To the extent that there is a change in the type or cost of any of such permits, fees, licenses, or inspection occurring after Award of Contract, there shall be an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price on account of such change under the Extra Work provisions. b. The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws. The Contractor is not entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to the acquisition of permits. c. The Contractor shall pay the Agency for regulatory fees, fines, or penalties imposed on the Agency arising from the Contractor’s failure to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. Contractor shall not begin work until all permit’s incidental to the Work are obtained. This includes, and is not limited to, encroachment, right-of-way, grading and building permits necessary to perform Work for this Contract on Agency property, streets, or other rights- of-way. Permits for night work, overload, blasting, demolition, and disposal of all materials removed from the Project are also Contractor’s responsibility. 3. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all materials removed from the Project. The cost of the permit(s) shall be included in the price Bid for the appropriate Bid item and the Agency shall not pay additional compensation for Contractor to obtain such permits. 4. Permits shall be maintained in valid status until acceptance of the Work by the Agency. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 74 2-2.1 Building Permits. 1. The Contractor shall obtain the required building permits from Agency’s permitting departments. Any prior approval obtained for the Plans shall not in any way waive this requirement. 2. Request inspections in accordance with the building codes in effect on the permitted Plans and by City’s Development Services Department, Building Division or Construction Management and Inspection Department. Any Work performed without the benefit of the required permit and subsequent inspection shall be removed and replaced at the discretion of the City Building Inspector at no additional cost. 3. The payment for procuring Building Permits shall be included in the Allowance Bid item for “Building Permits.” If no such Bid item is included in the Bid Schedule, payment shall be included in the various Bid items and no additional payment shall be made. 2-2.2 Caltrans Encroachment Permit. 1. Unless specified otherwise, the Agency has applied for the Caltrans Encroachment Permit. a. The Contractor shall pay for and secure the permit prior to construction. b. The Contractor shall arrange and pay for inspection as required by Caltrans. 2. The Contractor is solely responsible for permit processing delays to the Contract Time that result from incomplete or inaccurate information provided by the Contractor to the Agency or Caltrans. 3. When applicable, the payment for procuring Caltrans Encroachment Permits including any inspection fees shall be included in the allowance Bid item for “Caltrans Encroachment Permit.” If no such Bid item is included in the Bid schedule, payment shall be included in the various Bid items and no additional payment shall be made. 2-3 RIGHT-OF-WAY ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall coordinate access to private property with the property owners and the timing of accessing private property when the Agency has already obtained rights of entry. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall coordinate, pay for, and assume all responsibility for acquiring using, and disposing of additional work areas and facilities temporarily required. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Agency harmless from all claims for damages caused by such actions. The Contractor shall protect any private and public improvements. 2-4 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with all the utility companies during the relocation or construction of their lines. The Contractor may be granted a time extension if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay is caused by the utility company. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for any such delay. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 75 2. If work to be performed by the Agency or its separate Contractors is not shown or specified in the Contract Documents, the Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing 10 Working Days prior to the start of such work and make available Plans or Specifications for work to be performed by others that may be pertinent to Contractor’s Work. If Contractor determines that the work to be performed by the Agency or its separate Contractors may interfere with or cause damage or delays to Contractor’s Work, notify the Engineer in writing within 3 Working Days of the Engineer’s notice. The Contractor shall diligently pursue with the Engineer resolution of potential conflicts with the work of others. 3. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for approval a plan and schedule to integrate the work of Contractor or its Subcontractors, Agency or the work of others. The plan shall conform to the tasks identified in the Construction Schedule and identify additional tasks as necessary and the sequencing of interrelated activities. 2-5 THE CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES 2-5.2 Temporary Utility Services. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary utility services, such as light, power, electrical, gas, and water, at its own expense for construction and maintenance activities until acceptance of Work. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. 2. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, testing, disinfection and flushing of new water or sewer facilities, vegetation establishment and maintenance, site maintenance, landscaping, cleanup, and all other work requiring water. The Contractor shall contact the water agency that serves the Project Site for requirements. 3. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter, and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees. The costs shall be considered incidental to the items of Work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made for them. 2-6 CHANGES REQUESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR ADD the following: 1. Any plan or method of work suggested to the Contractor by the Agency, but not specified or required by the Contract or Change Order, which is adopted or followed by the Contractor in whole or in part shall be done at the Contractor’s sole risk and responsibility. 2. The Contract Price is not subject to adjustment for any type of tax increases after the Award. ADD the following: 2-6.1 Cost Reduction Proposal. 1. The Contractor may submit to the Engineer in writing, proposals for modifying the Plans, Specifications, or other requirements of the Contract for the sole purpose of reducing the total cost of construction. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 76 2. The cost reduction proposal shall not impair, in any manner, the essential functions or characteristics of the Project such as service life, economy of operation, ease of maintenance, quality, desired appearance, or design and safety standards. 3. The following information must be included in the cost reduction proposal: a. A description of both the existing Contract requirements for performing the Work and the proposed changes. b. An itemization of the Contract requirements that shall be changed if the proposal is adopted. c. A detailed estimate of the cost of performing the Work under the existing Contract and under the proposed change. d. A statement of the time within which the Engineer shall act on the cost reduction proposal. e. The Contract items of Work affected by the proposed changes, including any quantity variation attributable thereto. 4. This subsection does not require the Engineer to consider any cost reduction proposal. The Agency shall not be liable to the Contractor for not approving or acting upon any cost reduction proposal the Contractor submitted nor for any delays to the Work attributable to the cost reduction proposal. 5. If a cost reduction proposal is similar to the information included in the Contract Documents or adopted by the Agency after the advertisement and prior to Award of the Contract, the Engineer will not accept such proposal and reserves the right to make such changes without compensation to the Contractor under the provisions of this subsection. 6. The Contractor shall continue to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract until a Change Order incorporating the cost reduction proposal has been issued. 7. The Engineer is the sole judge of the acceptability of a cost reduction proposal and the estimated net savings. In determining the estimated net savings, the Agency has the right to disregard the Contract Bid prices if, in the judgment of the Engineer, such prices do not represent a fair measure of the value of the Work to be performed or to be deleted. 8. The Agency reserves the right to require the Contractor to share in the Agency’s costs of investigating the Contractor’s cost reduction proposal. When this is required, the Contractor shall indicate the Contractor’s acceptance in writing allowing the Agency to deduct amounts payable to the Contractor. 9. If the Engineer accepts the Contractor’s cost reduction proposal in whole or in part, the Engineer shall issue a Change Order to incorporate the changes in the Plans and Specifications which are necessary to permit the cost reduction proposal or such part of it as has been accepted to be put into effect. If the Engineer’s approval is conditional, the Change Order shall include any conditions upon which the Engineer’s approval is based. 10. The Change Order also includes the estimated net savings in the cost of performing the Work due to the accepted cost reduction proposal and provides that the Contract cost be adjusted by crediting the Agency with 50% of estimated net savings amount. 11. The Contract Time shall not be extended by the acceptance of the cost reduction proposal and the performance of the Work unless specified otherwise in the Change Order. 12. The amount specified as payable to the Contractor in the Change Order is full compensation for the cost reduction proposal and the performance of the Work. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 77 13. The Agency expressly reserves the right to adopt a cost reduction proposal for general use on contracts administered by the Agency when it determines that the proposal is suitable for application to other contracts. When an accepted cost reduction proposal is adopted for general use, only the Contractor who first submitted such proposal shall be eligible for compensation subject to this subsection, and in that case, only for contracts awarded prior to submission of the accepted cost reduction proposal. 14. The cost reduction proposals identical or similar to previously submitted proposals shall be eligible for consideration and compensation under the provisions of this subsection if the identical or similar previously submitted proposals were not adopted for general application to other contracts administered by the Agency. 15. Subject to the provisions contained in the Contract, the Agency or any other public agency shall have the right to use all or any part of any submitted cost reduction proposal without obligation or compensation of any kind to the Contractor. 16. The Contractor shall bear all costs to revise bonds for the Project to include the cost reduction incentive proposal work. 2-7 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY 2-7.1 General. ADD the following: 1. The Agency may change the Plans, Specifications, character of the Work, or quantity of Work provided the total arithmetic dollar value of all such changes, both additive and deductive, does not exceed 25 percent of the Contract Price. Should it become necessary to exceed this limitation, the change shall be by written supplemental agreement between the Contractor and Agency, unless both parties agree to proceed with the change by Change Order. 2. Change Orders shall be in writing and state the dollar value of the change or established method of payment, any adjustment in Contract Time of completion, and when negotiated prices are involved, and shall provide for the Contractor’s signature indicating acceptance. 3. Unless expressly set forth in writing in a Change Order signed by the Agency and the Contractor, changes initiated by the Agency shall not be construed as the Agency directing the Contractor’s mean-and-methods in the execution of the Work. 2-7.2 Payment-Contract Unit Prices. 1. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does not involve substantial change in character of the Work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, then an adjustment in payment will be made. This adjustment will be based upon the increase or decrease in quantity and the Contract Unit Price. 2. If the actual quantity of an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications varies from the Bid quantity by 50 percent or less, payment will be made at the Contract Unit Price. If the actual quantity of the item of work varies from the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment will be made per Section 2-7.3 or 2-7.4 as appropriate. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 78 3. If a change is ordered in an item of work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and such change does involve a substantial change in the character of the Work from that shown on the Plans or specified in the Specifications, an adjustment in payment will be made per Section 2-7.6. 2-7.3 Payment – Increases of More than 50 Percent. 1. Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8. The Extra Work per Section 2-8, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 2-7.4 Payment – Decreases of More than 50 Percent Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 2-7.5 Stipulated Unit Prices. Stipulated Unit Prices are unit prices established by the Agency in the Contract Documents as distinguished from Contract Unit Prices submitted by the Contractor. Stipulated Unit Prices may be used for the adjustment of Contract changes when so specified in the Supplemental General Provisions. 2-7.6 Agreed Prices. Agreed Prices are prices for new or unforeseen Work, or adjustments in Contract Unit Prices per Section 2-7.2, established by mutual agreement between the Contractor and the Agency. If mutual agreement cannot be reached, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to proceed on the basis of Extra Work in accordance with Section 2-8, except as otherwise specified in Sections 2- 7.3 and 2-7.4. 2-7.7 Schedule of Values. Before construction, Contractor shall provide a schedule of values for all lump-sum Bid items that shall be used for the purpose of progress payments. The prices shall be valid for the purpose of Change Orders to the Project. 2-7.8 Eliminated Items. Should any Bid item be eliminated in its entirety, payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs incurred in connection with the eliminated item prior to notification in writing from the Engineer so stating its elimination. If material conforming to the Plans and Specifications is 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 79 ordered by the Contractor for use in the eliminated item prior to the date of notification of elimination by the Engineer, and if the order for that material cannot be canceled, payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of the material. In this case, the material shall become the property of the Agency. Payment will be made to the Contractor for its actual costs for any further handling. If the material is returnable, the material shall be returned, and payment will be made to the Contractor for the actual cost of charges made by the supplier for returning the material and for handling by the Contractor. Actual costs, as used in this Agency Supplement, shall be computed on the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8. 2-8 EXTRA WORK ADD the following: 1. New or unforeseen Work will be classified as “Extra Work” when the Engineer determines that it is not covered by Contract Unit Prices or stipulated unit prices. 2. Any request by the Contractor for Extra Work shall be in writing to the Engineer and shall include itemized estimates and in accordance with Section 7-4. The Contractor shall fully itemize the Extra Work cost estimates such as labor and payroll costs, quantities, crew composition, production rates, material costs, Subcontractor and Supplier costs, equipment costs, supplemental costs, and time impact. 2-9 CHANGED CONDITIONS ADD the following: The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of the following Work Site conditions (“Changed Conditions”), in writing, upon their discovery and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and 3. Material differing from that represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 25117, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions which appear to be Changed Conditions. If the Engineer determines that conditions are Changed Conditions and they will materially affect performance time, the Contractor, upon submitting a written request, will be granted an extension of time subject to Section 6-4.2. If the Engineer determines that the conditions do not justify an adjustment in compensation, the Contractor will be notified in writing. This notice will also advise the Contractor of its obligation to notify the Engineer in writing if the Contractor disagrees. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 80 The Contractor’s failure to give notice of Changed Conditions promptly upon their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection with them. 1. The Contractor shall not be entitled to the payment of any additional compensation for any act, or failure to act, by the Engineer, including failure or refusal to issue a Change Order, or for the occurrence of any event or other cause, unless the Contractor shall have first given the Engineer written notice of potential claim as specified in this Section 2-9. Compliance with this section shall not be required as a prerequisite to notice provisions in Section 6-4.2(4) Extensions of Time, nor to any claim that is based on differences in measurement or errors of computation as to Contract quantities. 2. The Contractor shall provide the Agency with a written document containing a description of the particular circumstances giving rise to the potential claim, the reasons for which the Contractor believes additional compensation may be due and the nature of any and all costs involved within 20 Working Days of the date of service of the written notice of potential claim for Changed Conditions. Verbal notifications will not be accepted. 3. The potential claim shall include the following certification relative to the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12656. “The undersigned certifies that the above statements are made in full awareness of the California False Claims Act, Government Code Sections 12650-12656. The undersigned further understands and agrees that this potential claim, unless resolved, must be restated as a claim in response to the Agency’s proposed final estimate for it to be further considered.” By: Title: Date: Company Name: 4. The Contractor’s estimate of costs may be updated when actual costs are known. The Contractor shall submit proof of its actual costs to the Engineer within 20 Working Days after the affected Work is completed. Failure to do so shall be cause to deny any later-filed claim regarding a potential claim described in this Section 2-9. 5. The intent of this Section 2-9 is to have differences between the parties arising under the Contract brought to the attention of the Engineer at the earliest possible time so that such matters can be settled, if possible, or other appropriate action promptly taken. 2-10 DISPUTED WORK ADD 2-10.1 Potential Claims. 1. A Potential Claim is a written demand by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or other relief associated with a dispute arising under or relating to the Contract, including a breach of any Contract provision. A voucher, invoice, or other routine request for payment is not a Potential Claim. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 81 2. A Potential Claim shall conform to these specifications and may be considered after the Agency has previously denied a request by the Contractor for a Change Order seeking the demanded relief. 3. The Contractor shall submit a Potential Claim to the Engineer if a dispute occurs that arises from or relates to the Contract. The Potential Claim shall seek all relief to which the Contractor asserts the Contractor is entitled as a result of the event(s) giving rise to the dispute. The Contractor’s failure to process a Potential Claim in accordance with these specifications shall constitute a waiver of all relief associated with the dispute. Potential Claims are subject to 6-10, “Right to Audit.” 4. The Contractor shall continue to perform the Services and Work and shall maintain the Schedule during any dispute proceedings. The Engineer will continue to make payments for undisputed Services and Work. 5. The Agency’s Potential Claims process specified in the Agency Supplement shall not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor’s statutory obligations to present Potential Claims prior to any action under the Government Code. 6. Except for those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 7-3.2, all Potential Claims of any dollar amount shall be submitted in a written statement by the Contractor no later than the date of receipt of the final payment estimate. Those final payment items disputed in the written statement required in Section 7-3.2 shall be submitted no later than 30 Calendar Days after receipt of the Final Payment estimate. No Potential Claim will be considered that was not included in this written statement, nor will any Potential Claim be allowed for which written notice or protest is required under any provision of this Contract, including Sections 2-9 Changed Conditions, 2-10 Disputed Work, 4-1(22) Protection, 6-4.4 Written Notice and Report, or 6-4.2(4) Extensions of Time, unless the Contractor has complied with notice or protest requirements. 7. The Engineer will consider Contractor’s filed Potential Claims, which must be detailed enough so the Engineer can determine the basis and amount of the Potential Claims. Contractor shall provide the Engineer additional information to determine the facts or contentions involved in a Potential Claim if requested by the Engineer. If additional information is needed, Contractor must provide Engineer with this information within a reasonable time of being asked for additional information. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying the Potential Claims. 8. Payment for Potential Claims shall be processed by the next payment application of their resolution for those Potential Claims approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall proceed with informal dispute resolution under Section 2-10, Disputed Work, for those Potential Claims remaining in dispute. 2-10.1.1 Initiation of Potential Claim. 1. A Potential Claim is a written demand by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or other relief associated with a dispute arising under or relating to the Contract, including a breach of any provision of the Contract. A voucher, invoice, payment application or other routine request for payment is not a Potential Claim. A Potential Claim shall conform to these specifications and may be considered after the City has previously denied a request from the Contractor for a Change Order seeking the 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 82 demanded relief. The Contractor shall, consistent with 2-10.1.2, give the Agency written notice of Potential Claim prior to commencing any Disputed Work. Failure to give the notice shall constitute a waiver of all Potential Claims in connection with the Disputed Work. If the Contractor and the Agency are unable to reach agreement on Disputed Work, the Agency may direct the Contractor to proceed with the Work and such direction shall not be construed as the Agency directing the Contractor’s mean-and-methods in the execution of the Work. After the Agency has rejected a Change Order request and prior to proceeding with dispute resolution pursuant to the Public Contract Code, applicable provisions of which are specified below, the Contractor shall attempt to resolve all disputes informally through the following dispute resolution chain of command: For potential claims with a monetary value of $50,000 or less: i. Project Inspector ii. Construction Manager iii. Deputy City Engineer/Engineering Manager For potential claims with a monetary value greater than $50,000: iv. Project Inspector v. Construction Manager vi. Deputy City Engineer/Engineering Manager vii. City Engineer viii. City Manager or Executive Manager 2. Consistent with Section 2-10.1.2, the Contractor shall submit a complete report within 20 Working Days after completion of the Disputed Work stating its position on the Potential Claim, the contractual basis for the Claim, along with all documentation supporting the costs, Contract Time, and all other evidentiary materials. At each level of Potential Claim or appeal of Potential Claim the Agency will, within 10 Working Days of receipt of the Claim or appeal of Potential Claim, review the Contractor’s report and respond with a position, request additional information or request that the Contractor meet and present its report. When additional information or a meeting is requested the Agency will provide its position within 10 Working Days of receipt of the additional information or Contractor’s presentation of its report. The Contractor may appeal each level’s position up to the Deputy City Engineer/Engineering Manager for claims less than $50,000 and/or up to the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District for claims greater than $50,000 after which the Contractor may proceed under the provisions of the Public Contract Code. The Agency’s failure to state a position or otherwise respond to a Potential Claim within the timeframes set forth above shall be deemed a rejection of the Potential Claim by the Agency. 3. The authority within the dispute resolution chain of command is limited to recommending a resolution to a Potential Claim to the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District. Actual approval of the Potential Claim is subject to the Change Order provisions in the Contract. 4. Any remaining Potential Claims not resolved by the informal dispute resolution process described above shall be resolved in accordance with Public Contract Code Section 9204, the relevant portion of which is included below: 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 83 (d)(1)(A) Upon receipt of a Claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the Claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the Claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the Claimant a written statement identifying what portion of the Claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a Claim, a public entity and a Contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision. (B) The Claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the Claim. (C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the Claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the Claim, and the governing body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a Claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body after the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the Claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion. (D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the Claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply. (2)(A) If the Claimant disputes the public entity's written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a Claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the Claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (B) Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the Claim or any portion of the Claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the Claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the Claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the Claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the Claim, as identified by the Contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the Claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and Claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the Claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the Claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 84 unsuccessful, the parts of the Claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section. (C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timeframes in this section. (D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the Contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced. (E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties' dispute. (3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a Claim from a Contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the Claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A Claim that is denied by reason of the public entity's failure to have responded to a Claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the Claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the Claimant. (4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum. (5) If a Subcontractor or a lower tier Subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a Claim against a public entity because privity of Contract does not exist, the Contractor may present to the public entity a Claim on behalf of a Subcontractor or lower tier Subcontractor. A Subcontractor may request in writing, either on their own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier Subcontractor, that the Contractor present a Claim for work which was performed by the Subcontractor or by a lower tier Subcontractor on behalf of the Subcontractor. The Subcontractor requesting that the Claim be presented to the public entity shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the Claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the Contractor shall notify the Subcontractor in writing as to whether the Contractor presented the Claim to the public entity and, if the original Contractor did not present the Claim, provide the Subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. (e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the Plans or Specifications for any Public Works Project that may give rise to a Claim under this section. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 85 (f) A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a Claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable Change Order, Claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timeframes and procedures set forth in this section. (g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January 1, 2017. (h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its contractual obligations. (i) This section shall remain in effect only until January 1, 2027, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute that is enacted before January 1, 2027, deletes, or extends that date. In addition, all Claims by Contractor for $375,000 or less shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in the Public Contract Code Section 20104 et seq., applicable provisions of which are included below: 20104.2 For any Claim subject to this article, the following requirements apply: (a) The Claim shall be in writing and include the documents necessary to substantiate the Claim. Claims must be filed on or before the date of final payment. Nothing in this subdivision is intended to extend the time limit or supersede notice requirements otherwise provided by contract for the filing of Claims. (b)(1) For Claims of less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to any written Claim within 45 days of receipt of the Claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the Claim, any additional documentation supporting the Claim or relating to defenses to the Claim the local agency may have against the Claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the Claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the Claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the Claimant within 15 days after receipt of the further documentation 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 86 or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Claimant in producing the additional information, whichever is greater. (c)(1) For Claims of over fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) and less than or equal to three hundred seventy-five thousand dollars ($375,000), the local agency shall respond in writing to all written Claims within 60 days of receipt of the Claim, or may request, in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the Claim, any additional documentation supporting the Claim or relating to defenses to the Claim the local agency may have against the Claimant. (2) If additional information is thereafter required, it shall be requested and provided pursuant to this subdivision, upon mutual agreement of the local agency and the Claimant. (3) The local agency's written response to the Claim, as further documented, shall be submitted to the Claimant within 30 days after receipt of the further documentation, or within a period of time no greater than that taken by the Claimant in producing the additional information or requested documentation, whichever is greater. (d) If the Claimant disputes the local agency's written response, or the local agency fails to respond within the time prescribed, the Claimant may so notify the local agency, in writing, either within 15 days of receipt of the local agency's response or within 15 days of the local agency's failure to respond within the time prescribed, respectively, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon a demand, the local agency shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (e) Following the meet and confer conference, if the Claim or any portion remains in dispute, the Claimant may file a Claim as provided in Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. For purposes of those provisions, the running of the period of time within which a Claim must be filed shall be tolled from the time the Claimant submits his or her written Claim pursuant to subdivision (a) until the time that Claim is denied as a result of the meet and confer process, including any period of time utilized by the meet and confer process. (f) This article does not apply to tort Claims and nothing in this article is intended nor shall be construed to change the time periods for filing tort Claims or actions specified by Chapter 1 (commencing with Section 900) and Chapter 2 (commencing with Section 910) of Part 3 of Division 3.6 of Title 1 of the Government Code. 20104.4 The following procedures are established for all civil actions filed to resolve Claims subject to this article: 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 87 (a) Within 60 days, but no earlier than 30 days, following the filing or responsive pleadings, the court shall submit the matter to nonbinding mediation unless waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The mediation process shall provide for the selection within 15 days by both parties of a disinterested third person as mediator, shall be commenced within 30 days of the submittal, and shall be concluded within 15 days from the commencement of the mediation unless a time requirement is extended upon a good cause showing to the court or by stipulation of both parties. If the parties fail to select a mediator within the 15-day period, any party may petition the court to appoint the mediator. (b)(1) If the matter remains in dispute, the case shall be submitted to judicial arbitration pursuant to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, notwithstanding Section 1141.11 of that code. The Civil Discovery Act (Title 4 (commencing with Section 2016.010) of Part 4 of the Code of Civil Procedure) shall apply to any proceeding brought under this subdivision consistent with the rules pertaining to judicial arbitration. (2) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, upon stipulation of the parties, arbitrators appointed for purposes of this article shall be experienced in construction law, and, upon stipulation of the parties, mediators and arbitrators shall be paid necessary and reasonable hourly rates of pay not to exceed their customary rate, and such fees and expenses shall be paid equally by the parties, except in the case of arbitration where the arbitrator, for good cause, determines a different division. In no event shall these fees or expenses be paid by state or county funds. (3) In addition to Chapter 2.5 (commencing with Section 1141.10) of Title 3 of Part 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure, any party who after receiving an arbitration award requests a trial de novo but does not obtain a more favorable judgment shall, in addition to payment of costs and fees under that chapter, pay the attorney's fees of the other party arising out of the trial de novo. (b) The court may, upon request by any party, order any witnesses to participate in the mediation or arbitration process. 20104.6 Payment on undisputed portion of Claim; interest on arbitration awards or judgments: (a) No local agency shall fail to pay money as to any portion of a Claim which is undisputed except as otherwise provided in the Contract. (b) In any suit filed under Section 20104.4, the local agency shall pay interest at the legal rate on any arbitration award or judgment. The interest shall begin to accrue on the date the suit is filed in a court of law. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 88 5. Although not to be construed as proceeding under Extra Work provisions, the Contractor shall keep and furnish records of disputed Work in accordance with Section 2-10. 2-10.1.2 Claim Certification Submittal. 1. If the Contractor’s Claim seeks an increase in the Contract Price, the Contract Time, or both, submit with the Claim an affidavit certifying the following: a. The Claim is made in good faith and covers all costs and delays to which the Contractor is entitled as a result of the event(s) giving rise to the Claim. b. The amount Claimed accurately reflects the adjustments in the Contract Price, the Contract Time, or both to which the Contractor believes the Contractor is entitled. c. All supporting costs and pricing data are current, accurate, and complete to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge. The Contractor shall supply a cost breakdown per item of Work. d. The Contractor shall ensure that the affidavit is executed by an official who has the authority to legally bind the Contractor. 2-10.1.3 Agency’s Final Determination. 1. If the Contractor disagrees with the City Manager or Executive Manager’s final determination, as described in 2-10.1.1(1-2), Contractor must notify the Engineer in writing of the Contractor’s objection within 15 Working Days after receipt of the written determination and file a “Request for Mediation” in accordance with 2-10.2, “Dispute Resolution Process.” 2. Failure to give notice of objection within the 15 Working Days period shall waive the Contractor’s right to pursue the Claim. 2-10.1.6 Mandatory Assistance. 1. If a third-party dispute, litigation, or both, arises out of or relates in any way to the Services provided under the Contract, upon the Agency’s request, the Contractor shall assist in resolving the dispute or litigation. The Contractor’s assistance includes, but is not limited to the following: a. Providing requested documents in a timely manner. b. Providing professional consultations. c. Attending mediations, arbitrations, depositions, trials, or any event related to the dispute resolution and litigation. 2-10.1.6.1 Compensation for Mandatory Assistance. 1. The Agency will reimburse the Contractor for reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Contractor for any required assistance rendered in accordance with 2-10.1.6, “Mandatory Assistance” as Extra Work. 2. The Engineer will determine whether these fees and expenses were necessary due to the Contractor’s conduct or failure to act. 3. If the Engineer determines that the basis of the dispute or litigation in which these fees and expenses were incurred were the result of the Contractor’s conduct or the Contractor’s failure to act in part or in whole, the Contractor shall reimburse the Agency for any payments made for these fees and expenses. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 89 Reimbursement may be through any legal means necessary, including the Agency’s withholding of the Contractor’s payment. ADD 2-10.2 Dispute Resolution Process 2-10.2.1 Mandatory Non-binding Mediation. 1. If a dispute arises out of or relates to the Contract, or the breach of it, and if the dispute cannot be settled through those procedures described in Section 2-10.1.1, the parties must attempt to settle the dispute in an amicable manner, using mandatory mediation under the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association before having recourse in a court of law. 2. To initiate mediation, the initiating party shall serve a Request for Mediation at the American Arbitration Association (AAA). 2-10.2.2 Mandatory Mediation Costs. 1. The expenses of witnesses for either side shall be paid by the party producing such witnesses. All other expenses of the mediation, including required traveling and other expenses of the mediator and the cost of any proofs or expert advice produced at the direct request of the mediator, shall be borne equally by the parties, unless they agree otherwise. 2-10.2.3 Selection of Mediator. 1. A single mediator, knowledgeable in construction aspects and acceptable to both parties, shall be used to mediate the dispute. 2. If AAA is used, the initiating party shall concurrently file with AAA a “Request for Mediation” along with the appropriate fees, a copy of requested mediators marked in preference order, and a preference for available dates. 3. If AAA is selected to coordinate the mediation (Administrator), within 10 Working Days from the receipt of the initiating party’s Request for Mediation, the opposing party shall file the following: a. A copy of the list of the preferred mediators listed in preference order after striking any mediators to which they have any objection. b. A preference for available dates. c. Appropriate fees. 4. If the parties cannot agree on a mediator, then each party shall select a mediator, and those mediators shall select the neutral third party to mediate the matter. 2-10.2.4 Conduct of Mediation Sessions. 1. Mediation hearings shall be conducted in an informal manner and discovery shall not be allowed. 2. Discussions, statements, or admissions shall be confidential to the proceedings and shall not be used for any other purpose regarding the party’s legal position. The parties may agree to exchange any information they deem necessary. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 90 3. Both parties shall have an authorized representative attend the mediation. Each representative shall have the authority to recommend entering into a settlement. Either party may have attorney(s), witnesses, or expert(s) present. Either party may request a list of witnesses and notifications of whether attorney(s) shall be present. 4. Any resulting agreements from mediation shall be documented in writing. Mediation results and documents, by themselves, shall be “non-binding” and inadmissible for any purpose in any legal proceeding, unless such admission is otherwise agreed upon in writing by both parties. Mediators shall not be subject to any subpoena or liability and their actions shall not be subject to discovery. ADD 2-10.3 Governing Law & Forum for Litigation. 1. This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Any lawsuits, at law or in equity, between the parties arising out of this Contract shall be filed in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of San Diego. With respect to venue, the parties agree that this Contract is made in and will be performed in the County of San Diego. The parties waive all provisions of law providing for a change of venue in these proceedings to any other county. ADD 2-10.4 Pre-judgment Interest. 1. The parties stipulate that if a judgment is entered against a party for breaching this Contract, the pre-judgment interest shall be 2% per annum. SECTION 3 – CONTROL OF THE WORK 3-2 SELF-PERFORMANCE ADD the following: 1. If Contractor fails to satisfy the provisions requiring the Contractor to self-perform Work amounting to at least 25 percent of the Contract price with its own organization unless stipulated otherwise in the Contract Documents, the Agency may at its sole discretion elect to cancel the Contract or deduct an amount equal to 10 percent of the value of the Work performed in excess of 25 percent of the Contract Price by other than the Contractor’s own organization. The Board shall be the sole body for determination of a violation of these provisions. In any proceedings under this section, the Contractor, or prime Contractor, shall be entitled to a public hearing before the Board and shall be notified 10 Calendar Days in advance of the time and location of the hearing. The determination of the Board shall be final. 3-3 SUBCONTRACTORS ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall incorporate these Specifications in the Contractor’s subcontracts for the work being performed by the Contractor’s Subcontractor. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 91 2. The Contractor shall obtain or require that each Subcontractor obtains insurance policies in accordance with 5-4, “INSURANCE” which shall be kept in full force and effect for the duration of the Contract and in any attached supplemental agreements. 3. In any dispute between the Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors, the Agency shall not be made a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding to resolve the dispute. 4. The Contractor shall ensure that the Contractor’s Subcontractors are appropriately licensed for the duration of the work that is performed under the Subcontracts in accordance with 2- 1, “WORK TO BE DONE.” If a Subcontractor is not properly licensed, the Contractor shall cease payment to the Subcontractor for all work performed when the Subcontractor was not properly licensed. The Contractor shall return to the Agency any payment the Contractor made to a Subcontractor for work performed when the Subcontractor was not licensed. 5. Subcontractors shall be considered employees of the Contractor, and the Contractor shall be responsible for their work. 6. Where the Contract Documents require that a particular product be installed or applied by an applicator approved by the manufacturer, ensure the Subcontractor or Supplier employed for such work is approved by the manufacturer. 7. Before the work of any Subcontractor is started, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a written statement showing the Work to be subcontracted giving the name and business of each Subcontractor and description and value of each portion of the Work to be so subcontracted. This submittal will confirm the Subcontractor’s commitments in the Bid. 3-4 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER ADD the following: 1. The Engineer shall be the single point of contact and shall be included in all communications between Contractor and any Agency representative. 3-5 INSPECTION ADD the following: 1. Contractor shall make available to the Engineer accurate books and accounting records regarding all its activities. Contractor shall contractually require all Subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have access to the Contractor’s, and any Subcontractors documents described in this Section 3-5(1) within San Diego County. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor’s and its Subcontractor’s performance pursuant to this Contract. The Engineer’s monitoring, assessments, and evaluations will include, but shall not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor’s staff and the staff of all Subcontractors to this Contract. Upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all Subcontractors to this Contract, records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract. Contractor shall also permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. Any inspection described in this Section 3-5(1) shall occur as often as the Engineer deems necessary and during normal 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 92 business hours. However, any such inspection shall not unreasonably interfere with Contractor’s ongoing business operations. Contractor and all Subcontractors to this Contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 2. The Agency may utilize consultants to assist the Engineer during construction in observing the Contractor’s performance. The consultant shall be the Agency’s Representative on the Site assisting the Engineer and must not be confused with a building inspector, with the Agency or with a Special Inspector. 3. The Agency may utilize a Special Inspector for inspection of specialty work and materials, whose costs the Agency will pay for unless the Contractor fails inspection. If inspections or tests reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall pay for all corrective measures deemed necessary by the Engineer and also pay the cost of the Agency’s subsequent re-inspection and re-testing. 4. Inspections required by codes or ordinances are the Contractor’s responsibility. 5. The Contractor’s quality control testing and inspections are the Contractor’s responsibility. Contractor shall coordinate and schedule all inspections and tests. The Contractor shall give the Engineer notice of tests and inspections made by others. At least 5 Working Days of notice shall be given for offsite inspections. The Contractor shall wait until the Engineer has responded and agreed to Contractor’s schedule before scheduling test or inspections. 6. The Agency shall schedule any inspections and tests as the Agency deems necessary to ensure the Work is accomplished in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents (other than inspections for work performed in accordance with a permit). The Contractor is responsible for the inspection of all Work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 7. Contractor shall provide access in accordance with Cal-OSHA Standards as necessary. 8. Contractor shall remove and replace any items of Work performed without the required permit or inspection. For required subsequent inspection, the Contractor shall remove and replace Work at the discretion of Engineer at no additional cost to the Agency. Inspection of the Work does not relieve the Contractor of full compliance with the Contract Documents. 9. Contractor shall not conceal the Work prior to inspection, testing, or approval required by the Contract Documents, the Engineer’s prior written request, or by other agencies. If any item of Work is done prior to obtaining the required approvals when requested by the Engineer, Contractor shall expose the Work for inspection, testing, and/or approval. Upon successful completion of the inspection, testing, or approval, the Contractor shall proceed with the Work. The Contractor shall bear all direct and indirect costs and damages of such uncovering and re-covering and shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, unless the Contractor has given the Engineer and any other affected agencies written notice of the Contractor’s intention to cover the Work and the Engineer has not acted in response to such notice. 10. When specified, Contractor shall make arrangements for tests, inspections, and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Engineer, or with the appropriate public authority. The payment for such tests, inspections, and approvals are included in the Contract Price. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 93 11. Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall pay the cost of inspections and tests. If inspections or tests reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear the cost of corrective measures deemed necessary by the Engineer and the cost of the Agency’s subsequent re-inspection and re-testing. 12. The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the Work that the Engineer may request. 13. Contractor agrees to maintain and/or make available, to the Engineer, within San Diego County, accurate books, and accounting records relative to all its activities and to contractually require all Subcontractors to this Contract to do the same. The Engineer shall have the right to monitor, assess, and evaluate Contractor’s and its Subcontractors performance pursuant to this Contract, the monitoring, assessments, and evaluations to include, but not be limited to, audits, inspection of premises, reports, contracts, subcontracts and interviews of Contractor’s staff and the staff of all Subcontractors to this Contract. At any time during normal business hours and as often as the Engineer may deem necessary, upon reasonable advance notice, Contractor shall make available to the Engineer for examination, all of its, and all of its Subcontractors’ records with respect to all matters covered by this Contract and will permit the Engineer to audit, examine, copy and make excerpts or transcripts from such data and records, and to make audits of all invoices, materials, payrolls, records of personnel, and other data relating to all matters covered by this Contract. However, any such activities shall be carried out in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with Contractor’s ongoing business operations. Contractor and all Subcontractors to this Contract shall maintain such data and records for as long as may be required by applicable laws and regulations. 3-6 THE CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE ADD the following: 1. Both the representative and alternative representative shall be the Contractor’s employees and shall not be assigned to a Subcontractor unless otherwise approved by the Agency in writing. 2. The Contractor’s Project team shall attend scheduled construction meetings as required by the Engineer. If any of Contractor’s staff cannot attend, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer a minimum of 24 hours in advance, prior to the start of the scheduled meeting. If the Contractor does not provide the required notification, the Contractor shall pay for the costs of the Agency’s staff, consultants, or both that attended. The Contractor shall be charged a minimum of 2 hours of the attendee’s time. 3. The payment for the Contractor’s attendance at Project meetings is included in the Contract Price. The Engineer shall deduct costs assessed to the Contractor for not attending the meetings from the monthly progress payment via Change Order. 3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3-7.1 General. ADD the following: 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 94 1. Specifications and Plans are divided into groups by engineering discipline for the Agency’s convenience. These divisions are not for the purpose of apportioning the Work or responsibility for the Work among Subcontractors and Suppliers. 2. The Contractor shall supply any Work that may reasonably be inferred from the Specifications or Plans as being required to produce the intended result whether or not it is specifically called for, at no additional cost to the Agency. 3. If referenced documents have been discontinued or updated by the issuing organization, the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization shall be used or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. 4. Scaled dimensions on Contract Documents are approximate. Before ordering materials or commencing the Work, the Contractor shall measure the Site for proper size and fit and verify dimensions and quantities by taking measurements in the field. The Contractor shall be responsible for their accuracy. 5. The Contractor shall verify any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work Site prior to submitting the Bid. 6. Existing improvements visible at the Work Site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed, and disposed of by the Contractor. 7. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents shall govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative. Anything specified in the Specifications and not shown on the Plans or shown on the Plans and not specified in the Specifications, shall be as though shown on or specified in both. 8. The Plans shall be supplemented by such working drawings and shop drawings as are necessary to adequately control the Work. 9. The Contractor shall ascertain the existence of any conditions affecting the cost of the Work through a reasonable examination of the Work Site prior to submitting the Bid. 10. Existing improvements visible at the Work Site, for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the completion of the Work, shall be removed, and disposed of by the Contractor. 11. The Contractor shall, upon discovering any error or omission in the Plans or Specifications, immediately call it to the attention of the Engineer. 3-7.2 Precedence of the Contract Documents. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. If there is a conflict between any of the Contract Documents, the document highest in the order of precedence, and most recent in edition, shall control. The order of precedence, from highest to lowest, shall be as follows: a. Permits (issued by jurisdictional regulatory agencies including environmental documents). b. Change Orders and supplemental agreements; whichever occurs last. c. Contract Addenda, whichever occurs last. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 95 d. The signed written Contract. e. Bid/Proposal. f. Technical Specifications. Project Plans. g. Agency Supplemental General Provisions (Section 00 73 00). h. Agency Supplemental Technical Provisions (Section 00 74 00). i. Standard Plans i. City of Carlsbad Standard Drawings. ii. Carlsbad Municipal Water District Standard Drawings. iii. City of Carlsbad modifications to the San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings. iv. Traffic Signal Design Guidelines and Standards. v. State of California Department of Transportation Standard Plans. vi. California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD). j. San Diego Area Regional Standard Drawings k. “Greenbook” (Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, current edition). l. Reference Specifications. 2. When additional small business/minority/women-owned/veteran or other special requirements by funding sources are included in the Contract Documents, the funding source’s requirements shall govern. a. With reference to the Drawings, the order of precedence shall be as follows: Figures govern over scaled dimensions. b. Detail Drawings govern over general Drawings. c. Addenda and Change Order Drawings govern over Plans. d. Plans govern over Standard Drawings. ADD: 3-7.3 Red-lines and Record Documents. 3-7.3.1 General. 1. The Contractor shall, at no charge to the Agency, provide copies of all records in the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s possession pertaining to the Work that the Engineer may request. 2. The Contractor shall keep the Red-lines current with entries checked by the Engineer before the Work is covered. Contractor’s failure to update and deliver Red-lines information monthly to the Engineer for review and approval may result in the withholding of monthly progress payments. 3. The Contractor shall note the source identification, such as RFI numbers and Change Order numbers, as required identifying the source of the change to the Contract Documents. 4. The Contractor shall deliver the Red-lines to the Engineer upon completion of the Construction Work. 5. The Contractor shall legibly annotate a full-size set of Plans daily, in red ink, to record additions, deletions or changes to the Work and changes in location, elevation or character of the Work not otherwise shown or noted in the Contract Documents. This “redline” set of drawings shall be kept on the Job Site, shall be used only as a record set, and shall be delivered to the Engineer within 10 Calendar Days of completion of the Work. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 96 Contractor shall immediately give written notice of any conflicts between these documents to the Engineer. 6. As-built information shall represent field measurements, approved Shop Drawings, Working Drawings, samples, product data, and other pertinent data discovered during the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall note the source of the change such as RFI or Change Order numbers, as required. The Contractor shall clearly record additions or changes in the Work and depth of underground facilities by dimensioning from 2, known, fixed points. 7. Payment for Record Drawings and Documents shall be included in the various Bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. 3-7.3.2 Asset Specific Red-lines. 3-7.3.3 Payment. 1. The payment for Red-lines Drawings shall be included in the Contract Price. ADD 3-7.4 Measurement and Dimensions. 1. Scaled dimensions are approximate. Before ordering materials or commencing the Work, the Contractor shall measure the Site for proper size and fit and verify dimensions and quantities by taking measurements in the field. Contractor shall be responsible for their accuracy. 3-8 SUBMITTALS 3-8.2 Working Drawings. ADD the following: 1. Working Drawings shall be submitted electronically to the Agency. DELETE Table 3-8.2 in its entirety and REPLACE with following: Item Section/ Drawing No. Title Subject 1 601-2.1.2 Engineered Traffic Control Plan (TCP) Temporary Traffic Control for Construction and Maintenance Work Zones 2 1001-4 Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP) Water Pollution Control 3 5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers Thickness (Trench Width>5’3” (1.6m) * Note: The distance dimensions shown between the bypass pipes and the mainlines are subject to change to field conditions. Items listed in Table 3-8.2, except for items 1, 2 and, 5, shall be prepared by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered by the State of California. Item 15 shall be prepared by a Qualified SWPPP Developer (QSD) in accordance with 1001 3, “Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).” Item 16 shall be prepared in accordance with 1001-4, “Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP).” 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 97 3-8.3 Shop Drawings. (not used) 3-8.4 Supporting Information. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall submit samples of the materials with cut sheets of the products. The Contractor shall organize cut sheets for review and approval by the Engineer prior to use on the Project and identify deviation from any of the specified material clearly, including cut sheets and samples of both the specified material and basis for the substitution. Included should be the Agency’s Project Name, Project Number, and the Engineer’s name, Contractor Name, and Submittal Number and clearly indicate the specific product to be used. 2. When photos of material are required, they shall be clear in resolution, identify the specific item for review, and shall indicate the name of the item, source, and date taken. The material shown in the photo shall be currently available for use on the Project. 3. For landscaping and irrigation materials, the Contractor shall submit samples and test results to the Engineer within 15 Working Days of the Notice to Proceed. 4. Test sections (“Mock ups”) of materials as required in the Special Provisions shall be accepted by the Engineer before proceeding with the Work. 5. The Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete “As-Built” record set of blue- line prints, which shall be corrected in red daily and show every change from the original Drawings and Specifications and the exact “As-Built” locations, sizes and kinds of equipment, underground piping, valves, and all other Work not visible at surface grade. Prints for this purpose may be obtained from the Agency at cost. This set of Drawings shall be kept on the job and shall be used only as a Record Set and shall be delivered to the Engineer within 10 Working Days of completion of the Work. Payment for performing the Work required by Section 2-5.4 shall be included in the various Bid items and no additional payment will be made therefore. 3-8.6 Manufacturer’s Operation, Maintenance, and Warranty Instructions. To sentence (1), DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: For each pre-manufactured product covered by a manufacturer’s warranty, Contractor shall submit 1 electronic copy and 3 bound original or legal copies prior to acceptance of the Contract. 3-9 SUBSURFACE DATA DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 3-9 TECHNICAL STUDIES AND SUBSURFACE DATA 1. If reports of explorations and tests of Site conditions are referenced in the Contract Documents, Contractor is encouraged to inspect the Site, acquire, and review these reports, and take other necessary steps to thoroughly familiarize oneself with the Site conditions. If a review of the documents and Site inspection indicate an obstruction or utility conflict with the proposed work, immediately notify the Engineer. 2. Subsurface data shall include geotechnical reports, groundwater elevations, soil analyses and characterization, and other information included or referenced in the Special 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 98 Provisions and shall apply only at the location of the test holes and to the depths indicated. 3. Contractor is encouraged to review subsurface data, examine the Site and assess the Site conditions pertaining to the Work. If a review of the documents and Site inspection indicate an obstruction or utility conflict with the proposed work, immediately notify the Engineer. 4. Soil test reports for test holes which have been drilled are available for review at the office of the Engineer. Additional exploration may be performed at Contractor’s own expense. 5. The indicated groundwater elevation is that which existed on the date specified in the data. It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to determine and allow for the groundwater elevation on the date the Work is performed. A difference in groundwater elevation between what is shown in soil boring logs and what is encountered during construction shall not be considered as a basis for Extra Work in accordance with 2-8, “Extra Work.” 3-10 SURVEYING 3-10.1 General. ADD the following: 1. The Engineer or Surveyor shall request a right of entry to perform survey services on sewer mains and manholes from City of Carlsbad, wastewater@carlsbadca.gov or call 442-339- 2722, seven (7) Working Days prior to the start of survey services. 2. The Contractor shall hire and pay for the services of a licensed Surveyor (“Surveyor”) to perform all work necessary for establishing control, construction staking, records research and all other surveying work necessary to construct the Work, provide surveying services as required in the Contract and provide surveying, drafting and other professional services required to satisfy the requirements of the Land Surveyors Act. Surveyor shall be resident on the Site during all surveying operations and shall personally supervise and certify the surveying work. 3. All surveying data submittals shall conform to the requirements of Section 3.8, “Submittals.” The Contractor shall submit grade sheets to the Engineer before commencing work in the area affected by the grade sheets. The Contractor shall submit field notes for all required surveying to the Engineer within 10 Calendar Days of performing the survey. All surveying field notes, grade sheets and survey calculations shall be submitted electronically. The field notes, calculations and supporting data shall be clear and complete. Supporting data shall include all maps, affidavits, plats, field notes from earlier surveys and all other evidence used by the Surveyor to determine the location of the monuments set. The field notes and calculations will be labeled with name of the Surveyor, the party chief, the field crewmembers and the author of the field notes or calculations. They shall be annotated with the date of observation or calculation, be numbered with consecutive page numbers and shall be readable without resort to any electronic aid, computer program or documentation for any computer program. The field notes shall be prepared in conformance with the Caltrans “Surveys Manual.” The Contractor shall have a Record of Survey prepared by the Surveyor and file it in conformance with Business and Professions Code Sections 8700-8805 when the Surveyor performs any surveying that such map is required under Business and Professions 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 99 Code Section 8762 and whenever the Surveyor shall establish, set or construct any permanent survey monument. SDRS drawing M-10 A, B, C type monuments, bolts, spikes, leaded tacks and nails (when set in concrete), iron pipes, reinforcing steel and all monuments and marks that are at, or accessory to, property corners and street centerlines are permanent survey monuments. The Record of Survey shall show all monuments set, control monuments used, the basis of bearings and all other data needed to determine the procedure of survey and the degree of accuracy attained by the field surveying including the unadjusted ratio of closure. The unadjusted ratio of closure shall not exceed 1 part in 40,000. The Record of Survey shall show the location and justification of location of all permanent monuments set and their relation to the street right-of-way. Record(s) of Survey(s) shall be submitted for the Engineer’s review and approval before submittal to the County Surveyor and before submittal to the County Recorder. 4. Payment for Work performed to satisfy the requirements shall be included in the actual Bid items requiring the survey work and no additional payment will be made. Extension of unit prices for Extra Work shall include full compensation for attendant survey work and no additional payment will be made. Payment for the replacement of disturbed monuments and the filing of Records of Survey and/or corner records, including filing fees, shall be incidental to the Work necessitating the disturbance of the monuments and no additional payment will be made. 3-11 CONTRACT INFORMATION SIGNS ADD the following: Signs shall not be posted until approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall complete and submit a Review for Sign Permit (form P-11), available at: https://www.carlsbadca.gov/departments/community-development/permit- center/applications-and-forms/planning-submittals-forms 3-12 WORK SITE MAINTENANCE 3-12.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Maintain Site improvements including any temporary facilities, equipment, or other materials. Remove graffiti encountered on the Site within 24 hours. See also SECTION 400 - PROTECTION AND RESTORATION. 2. As a condition of Final Payment, the Contractor shall submit a signed and notarized affidavit stating that all brush, trash, debris, and surplus materials resulting from this Project have been disposed of in a legal manner. The cost of disposal is the Contractor’s responsibility. 3. The Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of their employees. Toilets must be kept in a neat and sanitary condition and ensure that they comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. The cost of such is the Contractor’s responsibility. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 100 4. If required in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall provide and maintain enclosed toilets for the use of the Agency’s and Contractor’s officers, employees, or agents. Toilets must be kept in a neat and sanitary condition and ensure that they comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations pertaining to public health and sanitation of dwellings and camps. The cost of such is the Contractor’s responsibility. 5. The Contractor shall maintain drainage within and through the work areas. Earth dams will not be permitted in paved areas. Temporary dams of sandbags, asphaltic concrete, or other acceptable material will be permitted, when necessary, by the SWPPP and/ or BMP plan. Such dams shall be removed from the Site as soon as their use is no longer necessary. 6. Work Site maintenance shall be conducted on non-workdays when increased levels of maintenance are deemed necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public and or to comply with applicable regulations. 7. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials is incidental to Work Site maintenance. Disposal shall be made off the Site and shall be in accordance with: a. Local codes and ordinances that govern locations and methods of disposal. b. All applicable safety laws. c. Requirements of Subpart H, Section 1926.252 of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. 8. Work Site maintenance is considered incidental to the items of work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made. 9. Cleanup and Dust Control. Throughout all phases of construction, including suspension of the Work, and until the final acceptance, the Contractor shall keep the Site clean and free from rubbish and debris. The Contractor shall also abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping, and sprinkling with water, or other means as necessary. The use of water resulting in mud on public streets will not be permitted as a substitute for sweeping or other methods. 3-12.2 Air Pollution Control. ADD the following: 1. Contractor shall carry out effective measures whenever and as often as necessary to prevent Contractor’s operation from producing dust in amounts damaging to property, cultivated vegetation, domestic animals, or causing a nuisance to persons living or occupying buildings in the vicinity. Contractor shall be responsible for any damage resulting from any dust originating from Contractor’s operations. The dust abatement measures shall be continued until Contractor is relieved of further responsibility by the Engineer. 2. Contractor shall adhere to Air Pollution Control District County of San Diego regulations for equipment used on the Job Site. 3-12.3 Noise Control. ADD the following: 1. All internal combustion engines used in the Work shall be equipped with mufflers in good repair and are subject to the City Noise Control Ordinance, Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 8.48. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 101 3-12.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials. 3-12.4.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Equipment and material storage shall be confined to areas approved by the Engineer. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials shall be at the Contractor’s expense. 2. The Contractor shall order, purchase, transport, coordinate delivery, accept delivery, confirm the quantity and quality received, prepare storage area(s), store, handle, protect, move, relocate, remove and dispose excess of all materials used to accomplish the Work. 3. Materials shall be delivered to the Work Site only during Working Hours, and shall be accompanied by bills of lading that shall clearly state for each delivery: the name of the Contractor as consignee, the Project name and number, address of delivery and name of consignor and a description of the material(s) shipped. 4. Prior to storage of any materials which have been shipped to or by the Contractor to any location within the City’s boundaries the Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of lease agreements for each property where such materials are stored. The lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease, the description of materials allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work. 5. All such storage shall conform to all laws and ordinances that may pertain to the materials stored and to preparation of the storage site and the location of the site on which the materials are stored. Storage of hazardous wastes, construction equipment material, and parking and fueling of equipment shall not occur in biologically sensitive areas. 6. Loss, damage or deterioration of all stored materials shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. Conformance to the requirements of this section, both within and outside the limits of work is a part of the Work. The Engineer shall have the right to verify the suitability of materials and their proper storage at any time during the Work. 7. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain in good condition all equipment and facilities as required for the proper execution and inspection of the Work. Such equipment and facilities shall meet all requirements of applicable ordinances and laws. 8. Restore the storage area to an equal or better condition as deemed necessary by the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Agency. 10. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles at least once each Working Day for the purpose of keeping paved areas acceptably clean wherever construction, including restoration, is incomplete. 11. Materials and equipment shall be removed from the Site as soon as they are no longer necessary. Before the final inspection, the Site shall be cleared of equipment, unused materials, and rubbish so as to present a satisfactory clean and neat appearance. All cleanup costs shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid. 12. Care shall be taken to prevent spillage on haul routes. Any such spillage shall be removed immediately, and the area cleaned. 13. Excess excavation material from catch basins or similar structures shall be removed from the Site immediately. Sufficient material may remain for use as backfill if permitted by the 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 102 Specifications. Forms and form lumber shall be removed from the Site as soon as practicable after stripping. 14. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer’s cleanup orders may result in an order to suspend Work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed because of such suspension. 15. Cleanup and dust control required in the Contract shall also be executed on weekends and other non-Working Days when needed to preserve the health safety or welfare of the public. The Contractor shall conduct effective cleanup and dust control throughout the duration of the Contract. The Engineer may require increased levels of cleanup and dust control that, in his/her sole discretion, are necessary to preserve the health, safety and welfare of the public. Cleanup and dust control shall be considered incidental to the items of Work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made for them. 16. Vermin Control. At the time of acceptance, structures entirely constructed under the Contract shall be free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 17. Temporary Light, Power, and Water. The Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary light, power, and water at its own expense. These include piping, wiring, lamps, and other equipment necessary for the Work. The Contractor shall not draw water from any fire hydrant (except to extinguish a fire), without obtaining permission from the water agency concerned. The Contractor shall obtain a construction meter for water used for the construction, plant establishment, maintenance, cleanup, testing and all other work requiring water related to this Contract. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate water agency for requirements. The Contractor shall pay all costs of temporary light, power and water including hookup, service, meter and any, and all, other charges, deposits and/or fees for them. These costs shall be considered incidental to the items of Work that they are associated with and no additional payment will be made for them. 3-12.4.2 Storage in Public Streets. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Construction materials shall not be stored in streets, roads, or highways . All materials not installed or used in construction within 5 Calendar Days after unloading shall be stored at a location approved by the Engineer. 2. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work Site before its actual use nor for more than 5 Calendar Days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer. 3. Excavated material, except that which is to be used as backfill in the adjacent trench, shall not be stored in public streets unless otherwise permitted. Immediately after placing backfill, all excess material shall be removed. 4. The Contractor shall not store equipment for traffic control in right of way. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 103 ADD 3-12.4.3 Storage and Staging Areas. 1. Storage and staging areas are within the Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia Project limits, and the Contractor may utilize such area for their use. The storage and staging areas shall not be outside the project limits. Contractor is responsible for obtaining any permits, leases, or any other items necessary to obtain staging areas. 2. Storage of hazardous wastes, construction equipment material, and parking and fueling of equipment shall not be allowed in the MHPA or other biologically sensitive areas. Ensure the fueling of vehicles occurs only within designated staging areas using appropriate catch basins and devices. 3. Return the storage and staging area and the adjacent area to an equal or better condition as deemed necessary by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Agency. 4. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a copy of the lease agreement for any property to be used for the storage of materials or equipment prior to delivery or storage of any materials or equipment. Each lease agreement shall clearly state the term of the lease and a description of the materials or equipment allowed to be stored and shall provide for the removal of the materials or equipment and restoration of the storage site within the time allowed for the Work and submitted for approval by the agency. 5. Construction equipment shall not be stored at the Work Site before its actual use on the Work nor for more than 5 Calendar Days after it is no longer needed. Time necessary for repair or assembly of equipment may be authorized by the Engineer. 3-12.6 Water Pollution Controls 3-12.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs). ADD the following: 1. Contractor shall submit a Storm Water Tier 2 SWPPP Template (w/o Grading Plan) plan as a submittal to the Agency. https://www.carlsbadca.gov/home/showpublisheddocument/20230/638784072918530000 3-12.6.3 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall evaluate the requirements for the preparation of a SWPPP for Work within the City’s boundary by reviewing the Determination of SWPPP Tier Level and Construction Threat Level (form E-32), which may be obtained at: https://www.carlsbadca.gov/departments/community-development/permit- center/applications-and-forms/land-development-engineering-applications-forms 2. The Contractor shall review the criteria requiring the preparation of a SWPPP conforming with the State Water Resources Control Board Order No. 2022-0057-DWQ, NPDES General Permit No. CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Storm Water Runoff Associated with Construction and Land Disturbance Activities (the Construction General Permit or CGP). The CGP and other information are available at: 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 104 https://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/construction.html 3. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of the approved SWPPP and the CGP including implementation during construction by a QSP. The Contractor shall provide all information necessary for the Agency to obtain coverage under the CGP during the electronic submittal of Permit Registration Documents and supporting data necessary for the filing of the storm water Notice of Intent and Notice of Termination. The Contractor shall be responsible for conducting all monitoring and inspections and filing all reports required by and in accordance with the CGP. 4. The Contractor shall follow the requirements in 01 41 26 1.05 SWPPP/General Permit. 3-12.6.5 Payment. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Unless otherwise specified, payment for water pollution control, including implementation and maintenance of BMPs, shall be considered as included in the Contract Unit Price for each item in the Bid. 2. Payment for dewatering shall be as specified in the Special Provisions. ADD 3-12.7 Vermin Control. 1. The Site and structures constructed under the Contract shall be kept free of rodents, insects, vermin, and pests. Necessary extermination work shall be arranged and paid for by the Contractor as part of the Work within the Contract time and shall be performed by a licensed exterminator in accordance with requirements of governing authorities. The Contractor shall be liable for injury to persons or property and responsible for the elimination of offensive odors resulting from extermination operations. 3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY 3-13.1 Completion. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. The Contractor shall comply with the following prior to requesting a Pre-Final inspection of the Work and filing of a written assertion that the Work has been completed: a. Provide completed and signed redline drawings and record documents including installation, maintenance and operation instructions, manuals and/or tools for installed equipment. b. Provide and properly label all keys for existing facilities or new permanent work. c. Provide all items specified to be supplied as extra stock and spare parts. Wrap, seal, or place in a container all items as necessary to allow for storage by the Agency for future use. Verify the specified quantities. d. Provide all final Special Inspection reports and certifications required by equipment manufacturers to demonstrate compliance with applicable codes and standards. e. Obtain any required certifications from the Engineer of Record for permanent BMPs. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 105 f. Comply with all requirements of permits issued by jurisdictional agencies. g. Remove temporary facilities from the Site. h. Thoroughly clean the Site and remove all mark-outs and construction staking. 2. The Agency Inspector will schedule the Pre-Final inspection within five (5) Working Days of receipt of the Contractor’s request. The Inspector will generate a list of deficiencies (Punchlist) within 5 Working Days after the Pre-Final inspection. 3. The Contractor shall have 30 Working Days to correct the deficiencies and provide a written response to each Punchlist item. The Inspector will review the corrective work within five (5) Working Days of receipt of the Contractor’s written response to each Punchlist item. Any outstanding deficiencies will be considered incomplete Work and the Punchlist will be returned to Contractor. Full payment will not be made for any Bid item with outstanding deficiencies and a Final Inspection will not be scheduled until all deficiencies are completed to the satisfaction of the Inspector. 4. The Contractor shall submit a request for Final Inspection which shall include a written assertion that the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and a written response describing the corrective Work completed for all punch list items identified in the Pre-Final inspection(s). The request for Final Inspection will not be considered without the Contractor’s written response to the punch list items. The Inspector will schedule the Final Inspection within ten (10) Working Days of receipt of the Contractor’s request and invitees will include the Construction Manager, Engineer and representatives from agencies or utility companies having jurisdiction over the Work. The Contractor’s attendance is mandatory. 5. If, in the Engineer’s judgment, the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Engineer will set forth in writing the date the Work was completed. This will be the date when the Contractor is relieved from responsibility to protect and maintain the Work, and to which liquidated damages will be computed. ADD 3-13.1.1 Requirements Before Requesting a Walk-through. 1. The following items are required prior to requesting a Walk-through: a. Remove temporary facilities from the Site. b. Thoroughly cleaning the Site and removing all mark outs and construction staking. c. Provide completed and signed Red-lines in accordance with Contract Document requirements. d. Provide all material and equipment maintenance and operation instructions and/or manuals. e. Provide all tools which are a permanent part of the equipment installed in the Project. f. Provide and properly identify all keys for construction and all keys for permanent work. g. Provide all final Special Inspection reports required by the applicable building code. h. Provide all items specified to be supplied as extra stock. Wrap, seal, or place in a container all items as necessary to allow for storage by the Agency for future use. Verify the specified quantities. i. Ensure that all specified equal opportunity (if applicable) and certified wage rate documentations covering the Contract Time have been submitted. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 106 j. Provide the spare parts for the proposed irrigation system as specified in the Technical Specifications. 2. Contractor shall notify the Engineer to arrange a final inspection of permanent BMPs installed and shall obtain the completed, signed, and stamped DS-563 Form 30 Calendar Days prior to the issuance of the Notice of Completion. ADD 3-13.1.2 Walk-through and Punchlist Procedure. 1. When Contractor considers that the Work and Services are complete, notify the Engineer in writing that the Project is complete and request that the Contractor and the Engineer perform a Walk-through for the generation of a Punchlist. Contractor shall notify the Engineer at least 7 Working Days in advance of the Walk-through. 2. The Engineer will first determine if the Project is ready for a Walk-through by verifying whether the Contractor have completed all items as required by 3-13.1.1, “Requirements Before Requesting a Walk-through.” 3. If the Work includes sewer and storm drain installations, the inspection shall include televising in accordance with the requirements in the Contract Documents. 4. The Engineer shall facilitate the Walk-through. 5. Contractor shall make Plans, specifications, and technical data, such as submittals and equipment manuals, available at the Site for the Walk-through attendees. 6. The Engineer will provide the Contractor with the Punchlist within 5 Working Days after the date of the Walk-through and submit it to the Contractor. The Agency shall not provide a preliminary Punchlist. 7. If the Engineer finds that the Project is not substantially complete as defined in the Contract, the Engineer will terminate the Walk-through and notify the Contractor in writing. 8. If, at any time during the Engineer’s evaluation of the corrective Work required by the Punchlist, the Engineer discovers that additional corrective Work is required, the Engineer may include that corrective Work in the Punchlist. Contractor shall remain solely responsible for the Project Site until the Project is completely operational, all Punchlist items have been corrected, and all operation and maintenance manuals have been accepted by the Agency. 9. The Engineer shall meet with the Contractor until all Punchlist items are corrected. If Contractor takes longer than 10 Working Days to complete the corrective Work, the Project shall be subject to re-evaluation. 10. Upon acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall assemble and deliver to the Engineer all records, documents, warranties, material certifications, bonds, guarantees, maintenance and service agreements, and maintenance and operating manuals. Written warranties, except manufacturer’s standard printed warranties, shall be on a letterhead addressed to the Contractor. Warranties shall be submitted in the format described in this section, modified as approved by the Agency, to suit the conditions pertaining to the warranty. 3-13.2 Acceptance DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Acceptance of the Work will occur after all the requirements of the Contract Documents have been fulfilled. If, in the Engineer’s judgment, the Contractor has fully performed the Contract, 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 107 the Engineer will recommend to the City Manager for the City of Carlsbad or Executive Manager for the Carlsbad Municipal Water District that the Contractor’s performance of the Contract be accepted. Upon such certification by the Engineer, the City Manager or Executive Manager may accept the Work. Upon the acceptance of the Work by the City Manager or Executive Manager, a “Notice of Completion” will be filed in the office of the San Diego County Recorder. The date of recordation shall be the date of acceptance of the Work. 2. The Engineer will process the release of retention 30 days after Notice of Completion recordation. 3-13.3 Warranty. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Contractor shall warranty and repair all defective materials and workmanship for a period of 1 year. This warranty period shall start on the date the Work was recorded by the “Notice of Completion”. In addition, Contractor shall warranty the Work against all latent and patent defects for a period of 10 years. 2. The warranty period for specific items covered under manufacturers’ or suppliers’ warranties shall commence on the date they are placed into service at the direction of or as approved by the Engineer in writing. 3. All warranties, express or implied, from Subcontractors, manufacturers, or suppliers, of any tier, for the materials furnished and work performed shall be assigned, in writing, to the Agency, and shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to the acceptance of the Contractor’s performance of the Contract. 4. Replace or repair defective materials and workmanship in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer after notice to do so from the Engineer and within the time specified in the notice. If Contractor fails to make such replacements or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the Agency may perform the replacement or repairs at Contractor’s expense. If Contractor fails to reimburse the Agency for the actual costs, Contractor’s Surety shall be liable for the cost. The warranty period shall be extended with respect to portions of the Work corrected under warranty. Items that shall be warranted free from defective workmanship and materials for a period longer than 1 year are as follows: 5. If, during the warranty period, any item of the Work is found to be Defective Work, Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Agency to do so. The warranty period shall be extended with respect to portions of the Work corrected as part of the warranty requirements. ADD 3-13.3.1 Defective Work. 1. If the Engineer finds any part of the Work, to be defective or not in compliance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct the Defective Work in accordance with the Engineer’s written instructions and within the specified time limits. 2. The Engineer may order Contractor to stop all or part of the Project if, upon notice, Contractor fails to immediately correct the Defective Work in conformance with the Contract 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 108 Documents. The Contractor bears all direct and indirect costs and damages that result from the Agency’s Stop Work notice. 3. The Engineer may determine in its sole discretion to accept Defective Work instead of having the Contractor correct the Defective Work. However, the Contractor will still be financially responsible for the Defective Work. The Engineer shall issue a deductive Change Order and will incorporate the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents for the Defective Work, the diminished value to the Project, or for the cost to repair the Defective Work. 4. If the Contractor fails to correct Defective Work within the specified time limits, the Engineer may correct the Contractor’s Defective Work. The Agency has the right to correct any Defective Work without notice in the event of an emergency. Contractor shall bear all direct and indirect costs of the Defective Work that the Agency corrects. 5. When undertaking remedial action under this section, the Agency may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s Work and or services, and incorporate into the Project all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which the Agency has paid but Contractor has stored elsewhere. 6. For Building Projects which require a certificate of occupancy, not including sewer and water facilities, if the Contractor fails to correct the Defective Work listed on the Agency’s Punchlist within 30 Working Days in accordance with 6-1.1, “Construction Schedule,” the Contractor shall reimburse the Agency for all costs to provide inspection services required to monitor the Contractor’s Work beyond the 30 Working Days. The Agency shall bill the Contractor for the additional inspection at the Agency’s established rates. 7. If the Contractor completes the Project or portions of the Project prior to NOC, the Contractor shall preserve equipment by developing and implementing a preventive maintenance program in compliance with manufacturer’s recommendations. ADD 3-13.3.2 Warranty Format Requirements. 1. Written warranties, except manufacturer’s standard printed warranties, shall be on the Contractor’s and Contractor’s agents’, material suppliers’, installers’, or manufacturers’ own letterhead, addressed to and for the Agency’s benefit. Submit warranties in the format described in this section, modified as approved by Engineer to suit the conditions pertaining to the warranty. 2. The Contractor shall obtain warranties, executed in triplicate by responsible Subcontractors and Suppliers, within ten (10) Working Days after completion of the applicable item of Work. Except for items put into use with the Engineer’s permission with date mutually agreed upon in writing, ensure that the beginning time of the warranty is the Project completion date. 3. The Contractor shall verify that the documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. 4. The Contractor shall verify that warranties are signed by both the Contractor and the appropriate party. 5. The Contractor shall provide warranties to the Engineer with a neatly typed table of contents, identifying each warranty with the number and title of the applicable specification section requiring the warranty and the name of the product or work item. 6. The Contractor shall separate each warranty with index tab sheets keyed to the table of contents listing. Provide complete information using separate typed sheets as necessary. The 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 109 information shall include a list of Subcontractors and Suppliers with the name, address, and telephone number of the responsible principals. 3-13.3.3 Long-Term Warranty Contract (LTWC). 1. If specified in the Special Provisions and when a LTWC is included in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall execute and submit the supplemental agreement for the extended Project warranty (the LTWC covering the workmanship and materials). 2. The first 3 years of warranty protection after installation shall be secured by the faithful performance and payment bonds in accordance with 1-7.2, “Contract Bonds.” 3. At the conclusion of the initial 3-year bonded warranty period, an “n”-year subsequent manufacturer’s warranty for labor and materials shall commence and run concurrently with the LTWC, where “n” is the number of additional years beyond the initial 3 years as specified in the Special Provisions. Alternatively, and with respect to the 3-year bonded warranty, the Contractor may submit a 2-year bond followed by 1-year bond. If the alternate option is selected, the 1-year bond shall be submitted to the Agency at least 90 Calendar Days before the expiration of the original 2-year bond. Contractor shall clearly inform the Contract Specialist of the option selected. The protection provided shall not be for less than 3 + “n” years continuously. 4. The manufacturer’s warranty for parts and labor shall secure performance of the LTWC by the Contractor. Additional security in the form of bonds for both the LTWC and the manufacturer’s extended “n”-year warranty (in years 4 and on following Acceptance) for labor and materials may, but is not required to be, provided per the compensation provisions of the LTWC. 5. The manufacturer warranty shall extend to performance of the LTWC by the Contractor, including without limitation the performance of periodic inspections, preparation of periodic reports, and performance of repairs or replacements including parts and labor. If the manufacturer warranty does not expressly extend to the LTWC or is qualified in any way to exclude warranty of the performance of the LTWC by the Contractor, the surety bond shall be provided for the LTWC in accordance with 1-7.2, “Contract Bonds.” 6. If the Contractor is unable to obtain a bond which extends the “n”-year term of the LTWC, to obtain a manufacturer warranty or both which clearly and unambiguously extends to secure performance of the LTWC by the Contractor for the “n”- year term, the Agency shall accept either form of security provided that at least 1 of these forms is provided before award. 7. Provision of the manufacturer’s warranty, bonds, or both as specified is a pre-condition to award of the Contract. 8. Refer to the LTWC for additional information. The provisions of 3-3, “SUBCONTRACTORS” shall not apply to LTWC. ADD 3-14 PARTNERING 1. Contractor may request the formation of a formal partnering relationship (Partnering) by submitting a request in writing to the Engineer after approval of the Contract. If Contractor’s request for Partnering is approved by the Engineer, scheduling of a Partnering workshop, selecting the Partnering facilitator and workshop, selecting the Partnering facilitator and workshop site, and other administrative details shall be as agreed to by both Parties. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 110 2. The establishment of a Partnering shall not change or modify the terms and conditions of the Contract and shall not relieve either party of the legal requirements of the Contract. 3. The goals of Partnering include the following: a. The Engineer and Contractor’s representatives, including Contractor’s Subcontractors, actively working together as partners. b. Avoidance of destructive confrontation and litigation among the parties. c. Mutual understanding on how the Work is to be conducted. d. Establishment of mutual key results to facilitate Project success. e. Establishment of an atmosphere of teamwork, trust, and open communication. 3-14.1 Payment. 1. The payment for providing a facilitator and a workshop site shall be borne equally by the Agency and Contractor. Contractor shall pay in advance all compensation for the costs of the facilitator and for the costs of obtaining the workshop site. 2. Unless a Bid item has been provided for “Partnering,” the Agency’s share of such costs shall be reimbursed to Contractor as Extra Work. Markups shall not be added. Other costs associated with the Partnering relationship shall be borne separately by the party incurring the costs. ADD 3-15 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE 1. The Contractor shall provide and maintain safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access to fire hydrants; hospitals; police and fire stations; commercial and industrial establishments including churches, schools and parking lots; service stations; public transportation; pedestrian crossing; motels and establishments of similar nature. Access shall be continuous and unobstructed unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 2. The Contractor shall provide access for emergency vehicles and mail delivery and trash collection services. The trash hauling schedule can be obtained by contacting Republic Services at Customer Support | Republic Services. 3. During paving operations, the Contractor shall provide paved parking within 800 feet of the affected residences or businesses unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 4. The Contractor shall provide notification 72 hours prior to the start of construction in the public right-of-way that affects vehicular traffic, parking, or pedestrian routes. For a full street closure, all residences and/or businesses on the affected street or alley shall be notified. For partial street closures or for curb, sidewalk or driveway repairs, the residences and/or businesses directly affected by the Work shall be notified. The notice shall: a. Be written and hand delivered. b. State the date and time the Work will begin and its anticipated duration. c. Provide a brief description of the Work and simple instructions to the home or business owner on actions to facilitate the construction. d. List 2 telephone numbers to obtain additional information. One number shall be the Contractor’s permanent office or field office and the other number shall be a 24-hour number answered by someone who is knowledgeable about the Project. An answering machine shall not be connected to either number. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 111 e. For residences, be prepared on 65-lb. brightly colored card stock or equivalent durability with contrasting, 12-point font or larger printing; pre-cut in a manner for hanging on a doorknob; and minimum size of 3-1/2 inches wide by 8-1/2 inches long (refer to the appendices for an example). f. Be approved by the Engineer prior to distribution. 5. The Contractor shall post “No Parking” signs 72 hours in advance of the Work. The signs shall state the date and time of parking restriction for a duration not to exceed the time necessary to complete the Work at that location. If the Work is delayed or rescheduled, the signs shall be removed and re-posted 72 hours in advance of the rescheduled Work. 6. Payment for public convenience shall be considered as included in the Contract Price for each item in the Bid and no additional payment will be made. ADD 3-16 SITE ACTIVITIES BY THE AGENCY OR SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 3-16.1 The Agency’s Right to Award Separate Contracts. 1. The Agency reserves the right to perform work or operations outside the Scope of Work of the Contract related to the Project with Agency Forces, Separate Contractors, or both. If work to be performed by another party was not noted in the Contract, the Agency shall give written notice to Contractor 10 Working Days prior to the start of any Work. If Contractor determines that the work being performed by the Agency or others may interfere with or cause damage to Work being performed by Contractor, notify the Engineer in writing within 3 Working Days of the Engineer’s notice. 3-16.2 Integration of the Work with Separate Contractors. 1. When specified in the Contract Documents, prepare a plan to integrate the work performed by Separate Contractors, Agency Forces, or both with the performance of the Work and submit the plan to the Engineer for approval. The plan shall be fair and reasonable for Contractor and the Separate Contractors. Work with Separate Contractors to reach an agreement for the prepared plan. Arrange the performance of the work so that the Work and the work of the Separate Contractors are, to the extent applicable, properly integrated and jointed in a manner that avoids any damage to the Work or to the work of the Separate Contractors. 3-16.3 Coordination. 1. Coordinate Contractor’s activities and the Schedule with the activities and schedules of the Separate Contractors and make any revisions to the Schedule deemed necessary to avoid any disruption to the Work or to the work of the Separate Contractors. 3-16.4 Use of Site. 1. Provide the Agency and the Separate Contractors reasonable opportunities for the storage of materials and equipment and performance of their work. Connect and coordinate work and operations with the work and operations of the Agency and the Separate Contractors as required by the Contract Documents. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 112 2. Coordinate traffic control with the Separate Contractors for other projects and minimize the impact to the community. Prior to the start of construction, submit Contractor’s plan for coordination. 3-16.5 Deficiency in Work of Separate Contractors. 1. If part of Contractor’s Work depends on proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Agency or a Separate Contractor, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Separate Contractor and the Engineer any apparent discrepancies or defects in construction that would render it unsuitable for proper execution and results. Use good faith efforts to resolve any such discrepancies or defects or any related disagreements. Contractor’s failure to report constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of the Work of Separate Contractors as fit, proper, and coordinated with the Work. 3-16.6 Payment. 1. Payment for reporting deficiencies, coordinating, and resolving discrepancies shall be included in the Contract Price. SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4-1 PROTECTION ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall repair or replace any equipment and materials in the event of vandalism, damage, or theft at no additional cost to the Agency. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of public and private property adjacent to the Work and shall exercise due caution to avoid damage to such property. 3. All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, and restoring existing improvements shall be included in the Bid. 4. The Agency and affected utility companies have, by a search of known records, endeavored to locate and indicate on the Plans, all utilities which exist within the limits of the Work. However, the accuracy and/or completeness of the nature, size and/or location of utilities indicated on the Plans is not guaranteed. 5. The Contractor shall determine the location and depth of all utilities, including service connections, which have been marked by the respective owners and which may affect or be affected by its operations. If no pay item is provided in the Contract for this Work, full compensation for such Work shall be considered as included in the prices Bid for other items of Work. 6. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility without authority from the owner or order from the Agency. All valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. 7. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with Section 5-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided, furnish, and place the necessary protection at its expense. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 113 8. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for. 9. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the utility owner if any utility is disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall bear the costs of repair or replacement of any utility damaged if located. 10. When placing concrete around or contiguous to any non-metallic utility installation, the Contractor shall at its expense: a. Furnish and install a 2-inch cushion of expansion joint material or other similar resilient material; or b. Provide a sleeve or other opening which will result in a 2-inch minimum-clear annular space between the concrete and the utility; or c. Provide other acceptable means to prevent embedment in or bonding to the concrete. 11. Where concrete is used for backfill or for structures which would result in embedment, or partial embedment, of a metallic utility installation; or where the coating, bedding or other cathodic protection system is exposed or damaged by the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and arrange to secure the advice of the affected utility owner regarding the procedures required to maintain or restore the integrity of the system. 12. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall remove all interfering portions of utilities shown on the Plans or indicated in the Bid documents as “abandoned” or “to be abandoned in place.” Before starting removal operations, the Contractor shall ascertain from the Agency whether the abandonment is complete, and the costs involved in the removal and disposal shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating such removals. 13. When feasible, the owner is responsible for utilities within the area affected by the Work will complete their necessary installations, relocations, repairs, or replacements before commencement of Work by the Contractor. When the Plans or Specifications indicate that a utility installation is to be relocated, altered, or constructed by others, the Agency will conduct all negotiations with the owners and work will be done at no cost to the Contractor, except for manhole frame and cover sets to be brought to grade as provided in the Contract Documents. Utilities which are relocated to avoid interference shall be protected in their position and the cost of such protection shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating such relocation. 14. After award of the Contract, portions of utilities which are found to interfere with the Work will be relocated, altered, or reconstructed by the owners, or the Engineer may order changes in the Work to avoid interference. Such changes will be paid. 15. When the Plans or Specifications provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such Work shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating such Work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. 16. The utility owner will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 114 meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. The relocation of such service connections will be paid and will include the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected by the relocation. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect interfering service connections. The Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. 17. Contractor shall coordinate the Work with utility agencies and companies. Prior to the installation of any and all utility structures within the limits of work by any utility agency or company, or its contractor, the Contractor shall place all curb or curb and gutter that is a part of the Work and adjacent to the location where such utility structures are shown on the Plans and are noted as being located, relocated or are otherwise shown as installed by others. In order to minimize delays to the Contractor caused by the failure of other parties to relocate utilities that interfere with the construction, the Contractor, upon the Engineer’s approval, may be permitted to temporarily omit the portion of Work affected by the utility. If such temporary omission is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall place survey or other physical control markers sufficient to locate the curb or curb and gutter to the satisfaction of the utility agency or company. Such temporary omission shall be for the Contractor’s convenience and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore or for additional work, materials or delay associated with the temporary omission. The portion thus omitted shall be constructed by the Contractor immediately following the relocation of the utility involved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 18. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its Construction Schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The notification shall be included as a part of the Construction Schedule. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the Construction Schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. 19. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed. 20. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing the Work correctly shown on the Plans. 21. The Agency will assume responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by failure of Agency to provide for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. 22. The Contractor will be compensated for damages incurred due to delays for which the Agency is responsible or for delays attributable to interferences, relocations, or alterations not covered by the Contract Documents. These damages for delay will be determined by the Engineer. The Agency shall not be liable for damages which could have been avoided by the judicious handling of forces, equipment, or plant. These avoidable damages will be determined by the Engineer. The Engineer may grant Contractor an extension of time for damages due to delay. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 115 23. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work Site and provide time for utility work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. 4-2 INSPECTION 4-2.1 General ADD the following: 1. All costs of inspection at the source, including salaries and mileage costs, shall be paid by the Contractor. 2. Materials typically accepted by Certificate of Compliance shall not require inspection at the source unless specified in the Contract Documents. For a list of these items or materials, Contractor may refer to the Summary of Work. 3. Location changes to the source of materials requiring inspection without the required 24- hour notification may result in non-compliant material subject to rejection. Contractor shall be responsible for staff charges resulting from last minute changes or cancellations once staff has been deployed. The Engineer shall issue a deductive Field Order for a minimum of 2 hours of staff time to reimburse the Agency for misdirected staff charges. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the additional staff charges incurred. 4. Steel pipe in sizes larger than 18 inches shall require inspection at the source of production. 5. Vitrified clay and cast-iron pipe in all sizes are acceptable upon submittal of a Certificate of Compliance, subject to sampling and testing by the Agency. 6. Agency staff or a qualified inspection agency approved by the Engineer shall witness all welding, lining, coating, and testing. Contractor shall incur additional inspection costs outlined in 4-2.3, “Inspection of Items Not Locally Produced.” 7. All parts of production (including but not limited to product fabrication, welding, testing, lining, and coating of straight pieces and specials) shall be performed or produced in the United States. 8. Welding and all testing shall be performed by certified welders and testing staff with credentials traceable in the United States. 9. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer free and safe access to any and all parts of Work at any time. Such free and safe access shall include means of safe access and egress, ventilation, lighting, shoring, dewatering and all elements pertaining to the safety of persons as contained in the California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, Division of Industrial Safety, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Orders and such other safety regulations as may apply. Contractor shall furnish Engineer with such information as may be necessary to keep the Engineer fully informed regarding progress and manner of work and character of materials. Inspection or testing of the whole or any portion of the Work or materials incorporated in the Work shall not relieve Contractor from any obligation to fulfill this Contract. 4-2.3 Inspection of Items Not Locally Produced ADD the following: 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 116 1. The Engineer may elect Agency staff or Consultants to perform inspection of an out-of-town manufacturers. The Contractor shall incur additional inspection costs of the Engineer including lodging, meals, and incidental expenses based on Federal Per Diem Rates, along with travel and car rental expenses. If the manufacturing plant operates a double shift, a double shift shall be figured in the inspection costs. a. At the option of the Engineer, full time inspection shall continue for the length of the manufacturing period. If the manufacturing period will exceed 3 consecutive weeks, Contractor shall incur additional inspection expenses of the Engineer’s supervisor for a trip of 2 Working Days to the site per month. b. When the Engineer elects Agency staff or Consultants to perform out-of-town inspections, the wages of staff employed by the Agency shall not be part of the additional inspection expenses paid by Contractor. c. Federal Per Diem Rates can be determined at the location below: https://www.gsa.gov/portal/content/104877 2. Specialty Testing of Foreign Materials. a. Materials that are manufactured, produced, or fabricated outside of the United States shall be delivered to a distribution point in California, unless otherwise specified. Quality Control and related testing shall be performed to all applicable specified US standards. Manufacturer’s testing and staff certification shall be traceable to a United States regulatory agency. Retain the materials for a sufficient period of time to permit inspection, sampling, and testing. The Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension of time for acts or events occurring outside of, at point of entry, or during transport to the United States, unless the extension is acceptable to the Engineer. ADD 4-2.4 Specialty Inspection Paid for by the Contractor 1. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of a qualified inspection agency to perform specialty inspection services as required by the Contract Documents. 2. The payment for the specialty inspection service Work shall be included under the Bid item for “Specialty Inspection Paid For By the Contractor.” 3. When an Allowance Bid item for “Specialty Testing Under the Direction of the Engineer” is provided, Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of a qualified third party independent laboratory to perform the required testing. Contractor shall be reimbursed for the cost of testing under this Bid item. 4. Contractor shall be reimbursed for the cost of specialty inspections when an Allowance Bid item is included in the Bid otherwise the cost is the responsibility of the Contractor if the manufacturer requires a specialty inspection service. 4-3 TESTING ADD the following: 1. Except as specified in these Special Provisions, the Agency will bear the cost of testing of locally produced materials and/or on-site workmanship where the results of such tests meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications, Technical Specification, and any Supplemental Provisions. The cost of all other tests shall be borne by the Contractor. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 117 2. At the option of the Engineer, the source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the Engineer before the delivery is started. All materials proposed for use may be inspected or tested at any time during their preparation and use. If, after incorporating such materials into the Work, it is found that sources of supply that have been approved do not furnish a uniform product, or if the product from any source proves unacceptable at any time, the Contractor shall furnish approved material from other approved sources. If any product proves unacceptable after improper storage, handling or for any other reason it shall be rejected, not incorporated into the Work and shall be removed from the Project Site all at the Contractor’s expense. 3. Compaction tests may be made by the Engineer and all costs for tests that meet or exceed the requirements of the specifications shall be borne by the Agency. The tests may be made at any place along the Work as deemed necessary by the Engineer. The costs of any retests made necessary by noncompliance with the specifications shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-4 TRADE NAMES ADD the following: 1. Whenever materials or equipment are indicated in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular supplier, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function, and quality required. 2. Unless stated otherwise, materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted if sufficient information is submitted to the Engineer for review to determine whether the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. 3. For reviews prior to Bid: a. The Engineer shall respond to Contractor’s substitution proposal by the last date for issuing an Addendum for the Contract. If the Engineer fails to respond to Contractor’s substitution proposal before the Bid due date, the substitution proposal shall be deemed denied. b. Contractor may bring forward a substitution proposal after Award that was denied based on the Engineer’s failure to respond by submitting a Cost Reduction Proposal in accordance with 2-6.1, “Cost Reduction Proposal.” 4. Include the following information in the request for substitution: a. Whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work shall require a change in any of the Contract Documents to adopt the design to the proposed substitute. b. Whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to the payment of any license fee or royalty. c. All variations of the proposed substitute from the items originally specified shall be identified. d. Available maintenance, repair, and replacement service requirements. The manufacturer shall have a local service agency within 50 miles (80.5 km) of the Site which maintains properly trained personnel and adequate spare parts and is able to respond and complete repairs within 24 hours. e. Certifications from the manufacturer or service provider that the proposed substitute shall perform the intended function adequately under the expected service 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 118 conditions, achieve the results called for by the general design, and be similar and of equal substance to that indicated. 5. There is no guaranteed time frame for the Engineer’s review of the substitution requests. Any lack of action on the Engineer’s side within Contractor’s requested time does not constitute acceptance of the substitution. 6. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, substitute items are determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with existing equipment or systems, availability of repair parts and suitability of application, the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 7. The burden of proof as to the type, function, and quality of any such substitute product, material or equipment shall be upon Contractor. The Engineer may require at Contractor’s expense additional data about the proposed substitute. 8. Acceptance by the Engineer of a substitute item does not relieve Contractor of the responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents. If the Engineer takes no exceptions to the proposed substitution, it shall not relieve Contractor from Contractor’s responsibility to the efficiency, sufficiency, quality, and performance of the substitute material or equipment in the same manner and degree as the material and equipment specified by name. 9. The Bid submittal shall be based on the material and equipment specified by name in the Contract. If the proposal is rejected by the Engineer, Contractor shall not be entitled to either an extension in Contract Time, an increase in the Contract Price, or both. 10. As applicable, no Shop Drawing or Working Drawing submittals shall be made for a substitute item nor shall any substitute item be ordered, installed, or utilized without the Engineer’s prior written approval. 11. The Contractor is responsible for the satisfactory performance of substituted items. If, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, the substitution is determined to be unsatisfactory in performance, appearance, durability, compatibility with associated items, availability of repair parts and suitability of application the Contractor shall remove the substituted item and replace it with the originally specified item at no cost to the Agency. 4-5 WEIGHING AND METERING EQUIPMENT REPLACE the first paragraph with the following: All scales and metering equipment used for proportioning materials shall be inspected for accuracy and certified within the past 12 months by the State of California Bureau of Weights and Measures, by the County Director or Sealer of Weights and Measures, or by a scale mechanic registered with or licensed by the County. SECTION 5 – LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 5-1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the provisions of the Labor Code regarding minimum wages; the 8-hour day and 40-hour week; overtime; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work; and 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 119 prohibitions against discrimination, harassment, and retaliation. The Contractor shall forfeit to the Agency the penalties prescribed in the Labor Code for violations. 2. Each worker shall be paid subsistence and travel as required by the collective bargaining agreement on file with the State of California Department of Industrial Relations. 3. The Contractor’s attention is directed to Labor Code Section 1776 which imposes responsibility upon the Contractor for the maintenance, certification, and availability for inspection of such records for all persons employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in connection with the Project. The Contractor shall agree through the Contract to comply with this Section and the remaining provisions of the Labor Code. 4. Municipal ordinances that affect this Work include Chapter 11.06. Excavation and Grading. If this notice specifies locations or possible materials, such as borrow pits or gravel beds, for use in the proposed construction Project which would be subject to Fish and Game Code Section 1601 or 1603, the conditions established in Fish and Game Code Section 1601 et seq. shall become conditions of the Contract. 5-3.3 Payroll Records. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall maintain and furnish to the Agency, at a designated time, a certified copy of each weekly payroll reflecting the wages containing all of Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ employees engaged in the Work and a statement of compliance signed under penalty of perjury. 5-3.4 Hours of Labor ADD the following: 1. Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Engineer, the hours of work shall be between the hours of 7:00 AM and 4:00 PM on Mondays through Fridays, excluding Agency holidays. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer if the Contractor desires to work outside these hours or at any time during weekends and/or holidays. This written permission must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to such work. The Engineer may approve work outside the stated hours and/or days when, in his/her sole opinion, such work conducted by the Contractor is beneficial to the best interests of the Agency. The Contractor shall pay the inspection costs of such work. 2. The Contractor shall incorporate the dates, areas and types of work prohibited in this section in the Construction Schedule. No additional payment, adjustment of bid prices or adjustment of contract time of completion will be allowed as a consequence of the prohibition of work being performed within the dates, areas and/or types of work prohibited in this section. 5-4 INSURANCE 5-4.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the Contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property which may arise from or in connection 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 120 with the performance of the Work by the Contractor, his or her agents, representatives, employees or Subcontractors. The insurance shall meet the City’s policy for insurance as stated in City Council Policy No. 70. a. Coverages and Limits: Contractor shall maintain the types of coverages and minimum limits specified in these Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00): i. Commercial General Liability (CGL) Insurance: Insurance written on an “occurrence” basis, including products-completed operations, personal & advertising injury, with limits no less than $10,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. ii. Business Automobile Liability Insurance: $5,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. In addition, the auto policy must cover any vehicle used in the performance of the Contract, used onsite or offsite, whether owned, non-owned or hired, and whether scheduled or non-scheduled. iii. Workers’ Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance: Workers’ compensation limits as required by the Labor Code and Employers’ Liability limits of $1,000,000 per incident. Workers’ compensation offered by the State Compensation Insurance Fund is acceptable to the City. iv. Pollution Liability – $2,000,000 per loss and annual aggregate applicable to bodily injury; property damage, including loss of use of damaged property or of property that has not been physically damaged or destroyed; clean-up costs, including first party cleanup of the City’s property and third-party cleanup, and bodily injury costs if pollutants impact other properties; and defense, including costs, fees and expenses incurred in the investigation, defense, or resolution of claims. Coverage shall include completed operations and shall apply to sudden and non-sudden pollution conditions. Coverage shall apply to acts, errors or omissions arising out of, or in connection with, Contractor’s scope of work under the contract. Coverage shall also apply to non-owned deposit sites (“NODS”) that shall protect against, for example, claims regarding bodily injury, property damage, and/or cleanup costs involving NODS. Coverage is preferred by the City to be occurrence based. However, if provided on a claims-made basis, Contractor warrants that any retroactive date applicable to coverage under the policy precedes the effective date of the contract, and that continuous coverage shall be maintained, or an extended discovery period will be exercised through completion or termination of the contract for a minimum of five (5) years. This provision will not limit or alter any rights or remedies to City allowable under the contract and/or Applicable Law in perpetuity. v. Builders Risk – Builder’s Risk/Course of Construction (Required upon award of contract only) – “All Risk” (Special Perils) coverage form with limits equal to the completed value of the project and no coinsurance penalty provisions. The 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 121 City of Carlsbad shall be named as loss payee and insurer shall waive all rights of subrogation against the City. b. Additional Provisions: Contractor shall ensure that the policies of insurance required under this Contract with the exception of Workers’ Compensation and Business Automobile Liability Insurance contain, or are endorsed to contain, the following provisions. i. The Agency, its officials, employees and volunteers must be covered as additional insured as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the Contractor; premises owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the Agency, its officials, employees or volunteers. All additional insured endorsements must be evidenced using separate documents attached to the certificate of insurance; 1 for each company affording general liability, and employers’ liability coverage. ii. The Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the Agency, its officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self- insurance maintained by the Agency, its officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. iii. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the Agency, its officials, employees or volunteers. iv. Coverage shall state that the Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability. c. Notice of Cancellation. Each insurance policy required by this Contract shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be nonrenewed, suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or limits except after 10 Calendar Days’ prior written notice has been sent to the Agency by certified mail, return receipt requested. d. Deductibles and Self-Insured Retention (S.I.R.) Levels. Any deductibles or self- insured retention levels must be declared to and approved by the Agency. At the option of the Agency, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retention levels as respects the Agency, its officials and employees; or the Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration and defense expenses. e. Waiver of Subrogation. All policies of insurance required under this Contract shall contain a waiver of all rights of subrogation the insurer may have or may acquire against the Agency or any of its officials or employees. f. Subcontractors. Contractor shall include all Subcontractors as insured under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each Subcontractor. Coverages for Subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated in these Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00). g. Acceptability of Insurers. Insurance must be placed with insurers that have a rating in Best’s Key Rating Guide of at least A-:VII. Insurers must also be authorized to 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 122 transact the business of insurance by the State of California Insurance Commissioner as admitted carriers as evidenced by a listing in the official publication of the Department of Insurance of the State of California and/or under the standards specified by City Council Policy No. 70. h. Verification of Coverage. Contractor shall furnish the Agency with certificates of insurance and original endorsements affecting coverage required by this clause. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be in forms approved by the Agency and are to be received and approved by the Agency before the Contract is executed by the Agency. i. Coverage and Limits. Contractor will maintain the types of coverage and minimum limits indicated below unless the Risk Manager or City Manager or Executive Manager approves a lower amount. These minimum amounts of coverage will not constitute any limitations or cap on Contractor’s indemnification obligations under this Contract. Agency, its officers, agents, and employees make no representation that the limits of the insurance specified to be carried by Contractor pursuant to this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor. If Contractor believes that any required insurance coverage is inadequate, Contractor will obtain such additional insurance coverage, as Contractor deems adequate, at Contractor’s sole expense. The full limits available to the named insured shall also be available and applicable to the Agency as an additional insured. j. Cost of Insurance. The Cost of all insurance required under this Contract shall be included in the Contractor’s Bid. 5-6 PATENTS FEES AND ROYALTIES. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Contractor shall pay, at no additional cost to the Agency, all applicable royalties and license fees arising from the Work. Contractor shall indemnify and defend all claims and lawsuits for infringement of patent, trademark, and copyright against the Agency and shall hold the Agency harmless from any loss. 5-7 SAFETY 5-7.1.1 General. ADD the following: 1. When conducting grading or excavation, place Contractor’s name and emergency telephone number adjacent to the Work at intervals and locations approved by the Engineer. The method of posting shall be approved by the Engineer. 2. The Contractor shall respond and initiate corrective action in accordance with OSHA and within 24 hours of the notice of the nonconforming Work that poses an imminent threat to person or property. 3. The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for the protection of workers and public, 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 123 and shall use danger signs warning against hazards created by such features of construction as protruding nails, hoists, well holes, and falling materials. ADD: 5-7.1.3 Health and Safety Plan (HSP). 1. The Contractor is ultimately responsible for the health and safety of Contractor’s employees. These specifications shall not be construed to limit Contractor’s liability nor to assume that the Agency, its employees, or designees shall assume any of Contractor’s liability associated with Site safety considerations. 2. Contractor shall have a HSP in effect at least 1 week prior to the commencement of the Work. The HSP shall comply with all OSHA and other applicable requirements. 3. The HSP shall specifically address procedures and protocols that shall be followed to monitor for or respond to the presence of hazardous atmosphere, possibility for engulfment, gasses due to organic soils or proximity to landfills, exposure to hazardous products such as may be released when grinding, cutting, or torching galvanized or painted surfaces or asbestos containing materials, contaminated soil, and groundwater. Identify response actions that shall be taken when these conditions are encountered. 4. The Agency shall not assume any role in determining the adequacy of the HSP on Contractor’s behalf. 5-7.3 Use of Explosives. ADD the following: 1. Explosives may be used only when authorized in writing by the Engineer. The Contractor shall prepare and submit an application for blasting permit to the City of Carlsbad Engineering Department and comply with the City’s blasting policy. 5-7.7 Security and Protective Devices. 5-7.7.1 General. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Security and protective devices shall consist of fencing, railing, steel plates, or other devices for the protection of workers or the public from hazards posed by open excavations or any work in progress. Security and protective devices shall remain in place until the Work is accepted. 2. Unless otherwise specified, no separate or additional payment will be made for security and protective devices. Payment shall be included in the Contract price for the various Bid items requiring such devices. 5-7.7.2 Security Fencing 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 124 1. Unless otherwise specified, no separate or additional payment will be made for security and protective devices. Payment shall be included in the Contract price for the various Bid items requiring such devices.5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers 5-7.8.1 General. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall protect transverse or longitudinal cuts, voids, trenches, holes, and excavations in the right-of-way that cannot be properly completed within 1 Working Day by adequately designed barricades and structural steel plates (plates) that shall support legal vehicle loads in such a way as to preserve unobstructed traffic flow. 2. For trench widths exceeding those in Table 5-7.8.2, a structural design shall be prepared by a California registered civil or structural engineer regularly engaged in the design of shoring systems. 3. The Contractor shall secure approval in advance from authorities concerning the use of any bridging proposed on the Work. 4. The Contractor shall shore the trench adequately to support the bridging and traffic loads. 5. The Contractor shall design plates for HS 20-44 truck loading in accordance with Caltrans Bridge Design Specifications Manual and evaluate soil conditions and ensure that the plate extends enough beyond the trench walls to support traffic loads. 6. The Contractor shall use the plates skid-resistant with a nominal COF of 0.35 as determined by California Test Method 342. If a different test method is used, the Contractor may utilize standard test plates with known coefficients of friction available from each Caltrans District Materials Engineer to correlate skid resistance results to California Test Method 342. 7. Plates shall provide complete coverage to prevent any person, bicycle, motorcycle, or motor vehicle from being endangered due to plate movement causing separations or gaps. 8. Alternative installation methods may be submitted in accordance with 3-8, “SUBMITTALS” for the Engineer’s approval. 9. Contractor shall install signage and postings with a 2 inch (50.8 mm) minimum letter height indicating the steel plate cover load limit, the Company’s name, and a 24-hour emergency contact phone number. See 601-1, “GENERAL.” 10. Contractor is responsible for the maintenance of the plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete ramps or any other approved device used to secure the plates. Contractor shall immediately mobilize necessary personnel and equipment after being notified by the Engineer, the Agency, or a member of the public of a repair needed for such items as plate movements, noise, anchors, and asphalt ramps. Failure to respond to the emergency request within 2 hours shall be grounds for the Agency to perform necessary repairs that shall be invoiced at the actual cost including overhead or $500 per incident, whichever is greater. Failure may also result in a “Stop Work” notice. 11. When plates are removed, Contractor shall repair any damage to the pavement with fine graded asphalt concrete mix or slurry seal satisfactory to the Engineer. 12. The pavement shall be cold planed to a depth equal to the thickness of the plate and to a width and length equal to the dimensions of the plate. The cold milling shall produce a flat surface that the plate shall rest on with no horizontal or vertical movement. Horizontal gaps 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 125 between the un-milled pavement and the plate shall not exceed 25 mm (1 ") and shall be filled with elastomeric sealant material which may, at the contractor's option, be mixed with no more that 50%, by volume, of Type I aggregate conforming to the requirements of tables 203-5.2 and 203-5.3. ADD 5-8 INDEMNIFICATION AND HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT 1. Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Agency, its affiliated and subsidiary entities, and its elected and appointed officials, officers, directors, managers, employees and agents (“Indemnified Parties”) from and against all claims asserted, liability established, or judgments for damages or injuries to any person or property, including to Contractor’s officers, employees, agents, or subcontractors, arising directly or indirectly out of the Work, which arise from, are connected with, or are caused or claimed to be caused by the acts or omissions of Contractor, its officers, employees, agents or subcontractors. Contractor’s duty to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless shall not include any claims or liabilities arising from the sole negligence or sole willful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties. Contractor further agrees that its duty to defend includes all attorney fees and costs associated with enforcement of this indemnification provision, defense of any claims arising from this Contract, and, where a conflict of interest exists or may exist between Contractor and Agency, the reasonable value of attorney fees and costs if Agency chooses, at its own election, to conduct its own defense or participate in its own defense of any claim related to this Contract. 2. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the Indemnified Parties against any challenges to the Award of the Contract to Contractor, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the Agency. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for the Indemnified Parties, if the Indemnified Parties request separate counsel. 3. Contractor shall also defend and indemnify the Indemnified Parties against any challenges to the Award of the Contract to Contractor, arising in whole or in part from alleged inaccuracies or misrepresentation by the Contractor, whether intentional or otherwise, and Contractor will pay all costs, including defense costs for the Agency. Defense costs include the cost of separate counsel for the Indemnified Parties, if the Indemnified Parties request separate counsel. 4. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, protect and hold the Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any dispute between Contractor and Contractor’s Subcontractors if the Indemnified Parties are made a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding. ADD 5-9 CONFLICT OF INTEREST 1. Establish and make known to Contractor’s employees appropriate safeguards to prohibit employees from using their positions for a purpose that is or gives the appearance of being motivated by desire for private gain for themselves or others and particularly those with whom they have family, business, or other relationships. Project personnel shall not accept gratuities or any other favors from Subcontractors or potential Subcontractors. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 126 2. Contractor is subject to all federal, state, and local conflict of interest laws, regulations, and policies applicable to public contracts and procurement practices (Government Code Sections 1090 et. seq. and 81000 et. seq., the Agency’s Ordinances, and the City of Carlsbad Municipal Code). If, in performing the Work, Contractor makes or participates in a “governmental decision” in accordance with Title 2, Section 18701, subdivision (a)(2) of the California Code of Regulations, or performs the same or substantially all the same duties for Agency that would otherwise be performed by an Agency employee holding a position specified in the Agency’s conflict of interest code, Contractor shall be subject to a conflict of interest code requiring the completion of 1 or more statements of economic interests disclosing Contractor’s relevant financial interests. 3. Statements of economic interests shall be made on Fair Political Practices Commission Form 700 and filed with the City of Carlsbad’s City Clerk. Contractor shall file a Form 700 (Assuming Office Statement) within 30 Calendar Days of the Agency’s written determination that Contractor shall be subject to a conflict of interest code and file a Form 700 (Annual Statement) on or before April 1st disclosing any financial interests held during the previous calendar year for which Contractor was subject to a conflict of interest code. 4. If the Agency requires Contractor to file a statement of economic interests as a result of the Work performed, Contractor shall be considered an “Agency Official” for conflict of interest purposes, including the prohibition against lobbying the Agency for 1 year following the expiration or termination of the Contract. 5. Contractor’s personnel employed on the Project shall not accept gratuities or any other favors from any Subcontractors or potential Subcontractors. Contractor shall not recommend or specify any product, supplier, or other Contractor with whom Contractor has a direct or indirect financial or organizational interest or relationship that would violate conflict of interest laws, regulations, or policies. 6. If Contractor violates any conflict of interest laws or any of these conflict of interest provisions, the violation shall be grounds for immediate termination of this Contract. Further, the violation subjects Contractor to liability to the Agency for all damages sustained as a result of the violation. ADD the following: 5-10 ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION 1. When specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall post all communications addressed to the Engineer concerning construction including RFIs, submittals, daily logs, and transmittals to the Project management website established for the Project. The Contractor shall maintain a list of scheduled activities including planned and actual execution dates for all major construction activities and milestones defined in the approved Schedule. The Contractor shall review and act on all communications addressed to the Contractor in the Project management website. The payment for electronic communications shall be included in the Contract Price. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 127 ADD the following: 5-11 STATUTORY REFERENCES 1. All references in these Agency Supplemental General Provisions (00 73 00) to any statute, rule or regulation are to the statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented, or replaced from time to time by the corresponding legislative or regulatory body. SECTION 6 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK ADD the following: 1. A Payment for the Construction Schedule shall be included in the Contract Price and no separate payment will be made, therefore. 6-2 PROSECUTION OF WORK ADD the following: 1. As soon as possible under the provisions of the Specifications, the Contractor shall backfill all excavations and restores to usefulness all improvements existing prior to the start of the Work. 2. When a Subcontractor fails to prosecute a portion of the Work in a manner satisfactory to the Agency, Contractor shall remove such Subcontractor immediately upon written request of the Agency, and shall request approval of a replacement Subcontractor to perform the Work in accordance with the Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act (Pub. Contract Code, § 4100 et seq.) at no added cost to the Agency. ADD the following: 6-2.1 Order of Work. 1. The Contractor shall incorporate the requirements of the city, utility companies or agencies having jurisdiction over the Work in accordance with 2-4 Cooperation and Collateral Work, including any phasing requirements identified on the Plans or Special Provisions. 2. The Contractor shall submit a phasing plan to the Engineer to accommodate accessibility to the public and Agency staff. Phasing plan must be approved before Work starts. Phasing plan will be considered part of the mobilization Bid item and shall include any revisions or implementation of the Plan. ADD the following: 6-2.2 Moratoriums. 1. When moratorium periods are specified in the Special Provisions, Contractor shall stop Work and completely demobilize all construction related activity, equipment, and materials within the stated limits prior to the beginning of the moratorium periods at no additional cost to the Agency. The Contractor shall complete any Work that has been started prior to the start of the moratorium. 2. Contractor shall restore and clean the Site prior to each moratorium. The Contractor shall not leave equipment, materials, or traffic control on the Site during the moratorium periods. Trenches shall be backfilled during moratorium periods. Temporary resurfacing or steel plate covers over trenches shall not be used. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 128 3. The payment for complying with moratorium requirements shall be included in the Contract Bid. Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional costs for repeated mobilization and demobilization to continue the Work after the moratorium periods. 6-3 TIME OF COMPLETION. 6-3.1 General. The Contractor shall complete the Work within the time specified in the Contract. If multiple completion milestones are listed, the Contractor shall complete each portion of the Work within the time specified in the Contract for such portion. Unless otherwise specified, the time of completion of this Contract shall be: Project Completion Date: The Contractor shall achieve Notice of Completion of the work, including correction of deficiencies and the completion of punch list items, within forty (40) Working Days from the date of commencement specified in the Notice to Proceed. ADD the following: 1. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, the time of completion of the Contract shall be expressed in Working Days. 2. The number of Working Days specified for the walk-through, preparation, and the completion of Punchlist items until acceptance shall be included in the stipulated Contract Time. 3. For pipeline Projects, the following shall be included in the stipulated Contract Time: a. Complete each street segment within 15 Working Days from the day the slurry seal or asphalt overlay is placed. Each completed segment shall include other incidental Work items (weed abatement, damaged asphalt pavement replacement, asphalt patching, resurfacing, striping, markings, raised pavement markers, and inlet markers). b. Where shutdowns of 16-inch and larger pipes are required, there is a shutdown moratorium from May until October. The Contractor shall plan and schedule Work accordingly. No additional payment or Working Days will be granted for delays due to the moratorium. 4. When specified in the Contract Documents, the PEP is included in the stipulated Contract Time and shall begin with the acceptance of the installation of the vegetation plan in accordance with Part 8 – LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION. 5. The Contractor shall obtain the written approval of the Engineer to perform any Work outside of normal Work hours. This approval must be obtained at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such Work. The Contractor shall pay any additional costs for inspection or testing of such Work. 6. Work that is required by the Engineer to occur outside of normal Work hours will be identified in the Special Provisions. 7. The Contractor shall not perform Work during moratoriums per 6-2.2 or during any periods of restriction identified in agency permits or Project environmental documents and shall include all such schedule constraints in the Construction Schedule. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 129 8. No additional payment or adjustment of Bid item prices or adjustment of Contract Time will be made for the Contractor’s inability to work outside of normal Work hours if Contractor’s request is denied by the Engineer or during prohibited periods. 9. Contractor’s schedule shall plan for a minimum of 2 weeks after final walk-through to receive a final punch list from the Agency. Punch list items can be worked on during this 2-week period. 6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME 6-4.1 General. ADD the following: 1. The Agency shall only grant an extension of time if the Extra Work or unforeseen condition impacts the Project’s critical path. All requests for an extension in Contract Time for any Extra Work or unforeseen event shall be demonstrated by using the CPM. No other scheduling method shall be used to calculate the Project’s schedule. 6-4.2 Extensions of Time. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. The Contract Time shall be modified only by Change Order. 2. Contractor shall immediately submit to the Agency a written request for a Change Order to modify the Contract Time, but in no event later than 1 Working Day after the occurrence and discovery of the events giving rise to the request. Contractor shall include in Contractor’s request a general description of the basis for and the estimated length of any extension and submit supporting data, including a time impact analysis setting forth the claimed Critical Path impacts to the Construction Schedule consistent with Section 1.14 (Change Orders, Delays, and Extensions of Time). 3. The Engineer shall not grant an extension of Contract Time unless Contractor demonstrates, through an analysis of the critical path, the following: a. The event causing the delay impacted the activities along the Project’s critical path. b. The increases in the time to perform all or part of the Project beyond the Contract Time arose from unforeseeable causes beyond Contractor’s control and without Contractor’s fault or negligence. c. All Project float has been used. 4. The Engineer shall issue a weekly document that stipulates the Contract Time. If Contractor does not agree with this document, Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review a written protest supporting Contractor’s objections to the document within 15 Working Days after receipt of the weekly document. Contractor’s failure to file a timely protest shall constitute Contractor’s acceptance of the Engineer’s weekly document. a. Contractor’s protest will be considered a claim for time extension and shall be subject to 2-10.1, “Claims.” 6-4.4 Written Notice and Report. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 130 1. Contractor’s failure to file with the Engineer a written request and report of cause within 24 hours will be considered grounds for refusal by the Agency to consider such request. 2. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the Engineer within 2 hours after the beginning of the delay, or when the Contractor has placed any workers or equipment on standby for any reason that the Contractor has determined to be caused by the Agency or by any organization that the Agency may otherwise be obligated by. The Contractor shall provide continuing daily written notice to the Engineer, each Working Day, throughout the duration of such period of delay. The initial and continuing written notices shall include the classification of each worker and supervisor and the make and model of all equipment placed on standby, the cumulative duration of the standby, the Contractor’s opinion of the cause of the delay and a cogent explanation of why the Contractor could not avoid the delay by reasonable means. Should the Contractor fail to provide the notice(s) required by this section the Contractor agrees that no delay has occurred and that it will not submit any claim(s) therefore. 3. The request for payment or extension must be made at least 15 Calendar Days prior to the specified completion date. Failure by the Contractor to provide notices and reports as specified in the Contract will be considered grounds for refusal by the Agency to consider such request. 6-6 SUSPENSION OF THE WORK 6-6.1 General. ADD the following: 1. The Agency reserves the right to shut down any trenching operation if Contractor is not proceeding within a reasonable period of time to restore the pavement and Site cleanup. A reasonable period of time is considered to be 5 to 10 Working Days after backfilling any 1 block, approximately 600 feet, of pipeline. The Engineer shall determine the period of time allowed which shall not be subject to dispute. 2. During periods when the Work is suspended, Contractor shall be prepared for any emergency Work that shall be supervised by Contractor’s representative. 3. Trenching operations are subject to suspension if the Contractor does not comply with the requirements for the maximum length of open trench specified in 306-3.5. 6-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT 6-7.1 General. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Prior to the Acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall be found in default of the Contract if: a. Contractor becomes insolvent, assign Contractor’s assets for the benefit of Contractor’s creditors, are unable to pay Contractor’s debts as they become due, or are otherwise financially unable to complete the Work. b. Contractor abandons the Work by failing to report to the Site and by failing to diligently execute the Work to completion. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 131 c. Contractor disregards written instruction from the Engineer or materially violates provisions of the Contract Documents. d. Contractor fails to execute the Work according to the Schedule approved by the Engineer. e. Contractor disregards laws or regulations of any public body having jurisdiction. f. Contractor commits continuous or repeated violations of regulatory or statutory safety requirements. g. Contractor fails to notify the Engineer upon discovery of items of Native American, Archaeological, or Paleontological interests. 2. Notices and other written communications regarding default between the Contractor, the Agency, and the Surety shall be transmitted in accordance with 5- 2, “SPECIAL NOTICES.” 6-8 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONVENIENCE. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. At any time, the Agency may at its sole discretion terminate this Contract in whole or in part. If the Agency decides to terminate this Contract for convenience, the Agency shall issue a written notice of termination for convenience in accordance with 5-2, “SPECIAL NOTICES.” Upon receipt of this notice, Contractor shall immediately proceed as follows: a. Stop Work immediately or in accordance with the Notice of Termination. b. Notify Subcontractors and Suppliers to immediately cease their Work and place no further subcontracts for materials, services, or facilities except as necessary to complete any authorized continued portion of the Contract. c. Terminate all subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the Work terminated. d. With approval by the Engineer, settle all outstanding obligations arising from the termination of subcontracts. This approval shall be final for the purposes of this section. e. As directed by the Engineer, transfer and deliver completed or partially completed drawings, plans, calculations, specifications, and any other documents and records that, if the Contract had been completed, would be required to be furnished to the Agency. f. Complete the performance of the Work not terminated. g. Take all necessary steps and actions to minimize all costs to the Agency as a result of the termination. h. Take any action that may be necessary or that the Engineer may direct for the protection and preservation of the property related to the Contract that is in Contractor’s possession and in which the Agency has or may acquire an interest. 6-8.1 Termination Cost. 1. The Agency shall determine and pay Contractor the fair and reasonable amounts for Contractor’s termination cost as follows: a. The Contract Price for completed services accepted by the Engineer not previously paid or adjusted for any saving of freight and other charges. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 132 b. The fair and reasonable cost of settling and paying termination settlements for terminated subcontracts that are chargeable to the terminated portion of the Contract. c. The Agency shall pay Contractor a prorated amount of profit for Work that Contractor performed. The Agency shall not pay for lost profit on Work that was not performed by Contractor. 6-8.2 Termination Settlement. 1. After termination, Contractor shall submit a final termination settlement proposal to the Engineer no later than 3 months from the effective date of termination, unless extended in writing by the Engineer. 2. If Contractor fails to submit the proposal within the time allowed, the Agency may determine and pay the fair and reasonable amount that may be due Contractor as a result of the termination. If Contractor does not agree that the amount determined by the Engineer is fair and reasonable, Contractor must notify the Engineer within 30 Calendar Days of receipt of payment. 6-8.3 Determination of Amount Due the Contractor. 1. In determining the amount due Contractor, the Agency shall deduct the following: a. The fair value of property destroyed, lost, stolen, or damaged that has become undeliverable to the Agency. b. Any claim which the Agency has against Contractor under the Contract. 6-8.4 Records and Documents Relating to Termination. 1. The Engineer will file an Agreement of Mutual Rescission of Contract with the Board. Once the Agreement is executed and a Notice of Completion is recorded, the Engineer will process the release of retention after 30 Calendar days. Unless otherwise specified or required by statute, Contractor shall maintain all records and documents relating to the terminated portion of the Contract for 3 years after final settlement. This includes all books and other evidence bearing on Contractor’s costs, expenses, and settlement under the Contract. Contractor shall make these records and documents available to the Agency, at Contractor’s office, at all reasonable times, without any direct charge. If approved by the Engineer, Contractor may maintain photographs, microphotographs, and other authentic reproductions instead of original records and documents. 6-8.5 The Agency’s Right to Terminate or Suspend for Loss of Project Funds. 1. The Agency may terminate or suspend the Contract at its sole discretion if the State of California or its agents render the funds being used to fund this Project unavailable. If the Agency chooses to suspend the Contract, that suspension shall last until funds are identified and approved by the Board, whichever is appropriate, to be used to complete this Project. If the Agency elects under this provision to terminate the Contract, then neither Party is entitled to compensation from the other Party for any costs arising from such termination. The Agency may also elect to terminate after invoking a suspension under this provision. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 133 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. Contractor’s failure to complete the Work within the time allowed shall result in damages being sustained by the Agency. Such damages are, and shall continue to be, impracticable and extremely difficult to determine. For each consecutive Working Day in excess of the time specified for the completion of the Work, as adjusted in accordance with 6-4, “DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME,” Contractor shall pay to the Agency, or have withheld from monies due it, the sum described in the table below, along with any other damages that may be sustained by the Agency during the Project, unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions. 2. The execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement between Contractor and the Agency that the liquidated damage amount described in the table below is the value of the damage caused by Contractor’s failure to complete the Work within the allotted time. Such sum shall not be construed as a penalty and may be deducted from Contractor’s payments if such delay occurs. Contract Value Liquidated Damage Daily Amount Less than $100,000 $1,000 $100,000 and more $2,500 3. Any progress payments made to Contractor after the specified completion date shall not constitute a waiver of payment for damages sustained by the Agency under this section. ADD the following: 6-10 RIGHT TO AUDIT 6-10.1 General. 1. The Agency retains the right to review, audit, reasonably access Contractor’s and all Contractor’s Subcontractor’s premises to review and audit Contractor’s compliance with the provisions of the Contract. This includes the right to inspect, photocopy, and retain copies, outside of Contractor’s premises, of all records with appropriate safeguards if such retention is deemed necessary by the Agency in its sole discretion. The Agency will keep this information in strictest confidence. 2. Contractor shall include the Agency’s right to audit in its subcontracts and ensure that these specifications are binding upon all Subcontractors. 6-10.2 Audit. 1. The right to audit includes the right to examine any and all books, records, documents, and any other evidence of procedures and practices that the Agency determines is necessary to discover and verify that Contractor are in compliance with all requirements under the Contract. 2. If there is a claim for additional compensation or for changes in Work, the right to audit also includes the right to verify all direct and indirect costs which are claimed to have been incurred, anticipated to be incurred, or for which a claim for additional compensation or for changes in the Work have been submitted. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 134 3. Contractor shall maintain complete and accurate records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices in the construction industry. Contractor shall also make available to the Engineer for review and audit all Project-related accounting records and documents and any other financial data. Upon the Engineer’s request, Contractor shall submit exact duplicates of originals of all requested records to the Engineer. 6-10.3 Compliance Required Before Mediation and Litigation. 1. As a condition precedent to proceeding with mandatory mediation and further litigation under 2-10.2, “Dispute Resolution Process” Contractor shall comply with the audit specifications within 60 Calendar Days of the Engineer’s notice to review and audit compliance. See 5-2, “SPECIAL NOTICES.” SECTION 7 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7-1.2 Methods of Measurement ADD the following: Units of Measurement. The system of measure for this contract shall be the U.S. Standard Measures. 7-2 LUMP SUM WORK 7-2.1 Schedule of Values (SOV). 1. Submit a SOV for the lump sum Bid items of the Work to the Engineer for review and approval at the pre-construction meeting. 2. The SOV shall: a. Subdivide the Work into its respective parts. b. Include values for all items comprising the Work. c. Serve as the basis for monthly progress payments. 3. The Engineer is the sole judge of acceptable numbers, details, and description of values established. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, a greater number of SOV items than proposed by Contractor is necessary, add the additional items identified by the Engineer. When requested by the Engineer, provide substantiating data in support of the SOV. 4. The Contractor shall incorporate the SOV into the cost loading function of the Schedule in accordance with 6-1, “CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK.” Monthly progress payment amounts for Lump Sum items shall be determined from the monthly updates of the Schedule activities. 5. The Contractor shall develop the SOV independently but simultaneously with the development of the Schedule activities and logic. Incorporate phase funding impacts, if applicable, into the Schedule. 6. The Contractor shall break down the Work not specifically included in the Bid as necessary for establishment of cost and Schedule activity. 7. Following acceptance of the SOV, the Contractor shall incorporate the changes (if any) into the cost loading portion of the Schedule. Where coordination of the Schedule and the SOV 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 135 requires changes made to 1 or both documents, the Contractor shall propose changes to the SOV and to the Schedule activities to satisfy the Schedule cost loading requirements. 8. The Contractor shall update and submit these listings in conjunction with the Schedule monthly submittals. 9. The Contractor shall incorporate issued Change Orders or Field Orders in the Schedule into the SOV as single units identified by the Change Order or Field Order number. 10. Changes to the Schedule which add activities not included in the original Schedule but included in the original Work (schedule omissions) shall have values assigned as accepted by the Engineer. Other activity values shall be reduced to provide equal value adjustment increases for added activities as accepted by the Engineer. 11. In the event that the Contractor and the Engineer agree to make adjustments to the original SOV because of inequities discovered in the original accepted SOV, increases and equal decreases to values for activities may be made. 12. The payment for the preparation of the SOV shall be included in the Contract Price. 7-3 PAYMENT 7-3.1 General. To paragraph (8), DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: If, within the time fixed by law, a properly executed notice to stop payment is filed with the Agency, due to the Contractor’s failure to pay for labor or materials used in the Work, all money plus 25 percent due for such labor or materials will be withheld from payment in accordance with applicable laws. At the expiration of 30 Calendar Days from the date of recording the NOC, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the Agency shall be paid to Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment. 1. Unless specified otherwise, the Contract Price includes use, consumer, and other taxes mandated by applicable legal requirements. The Contract Price is not subject to adjustment for tax increases. 2. As provided in California Public Contract Code Section 7105, if the Contract is not financed by revenue bonds, Contractor is not responsible for the cost of repairing or restoring damage to the Project when damage was proximately caused by an Act of God, in excess of 5% of the Contract Price, if the following occur: a. The damaged portion of the Project was built in accordance with the Contract requirements. b. There are no insurance requirements in the Contract for the damages. 3. Guarantee periods shall not be affected by any payment but shall commence on the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion. 7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment. To paragraph (5), DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 136 Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, Contractor shall have the option, at Contractor’s expense, to substitute for any money withheld by the Agency, securities equivalent to the amount being withheld. Securities eligible for such substitution are bank or savings and loans certificates of deposit or such securities which are eligible for investment pursuant to Government Code Section 16430. As to any such security or securities so substituted for monies withheld, Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of same and shall receive any accrued interest. Such security shall, at Contractor’s request and expense, be deposited with the Agency or with a State or Federally Chartered bank as the escrow agent who shall pay such monies to Contractor upon notification by the Engineer that payment can be made. Such notification shall be given at the expiration of 30 Calendar Days from the date of NOC, or as prescribed by law, provided however, that there shall be a continued retention of the necessary securities to cover such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the Contract to be further retained. ADD the following: 1. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the Contract Bid item and Change Order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the Contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. The Contractor shall have 30 Calendar Days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make a written statement disputing any Bid item or Change Order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all Contract Bid items and Change Order items. If the Contractor submits a written statement with supporting documents within 30 Calendar Days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 Calendar Days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 2-10.1.1, Initiation of Claim. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of the disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor’s claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 137 2. Final Payment and release of Retention shall be paid after Contractor submits the following: a. An affidavit that payrolls and bills for materials, equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Agency or the Agency’s property might be responsible for or encumbered by. Fewer amounts withheld by the Agency shall have been paid for or otherwise satisfied. b. A certificate evidencing that insurances required by the Contract Documents shall remain in force after Final Payment is currently in effect and shall not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least a 30 Calendar Days prior written notice has been given to the Engineer. c. Consent of Surety to Final Payment. d. If required by the Engineer, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, and security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract Documents. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Agency, Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Engineer to indemnify the Agency against such lien. e. If required in the Contract Documents, the successful completion and submittal of the required reports such as construction demolition, waste recycling, and hydrostatic discharge reports. f. Required documentation, record drawings, operations manuals, test reports, warranty documentation, and UL labels shall be submitted before requesting the release of retention. ADD the following: 7-3.2.1 Application for Progress Payment. 1. By the 5th day of each month, sign, fill out, and submit to the Engineer a partial payment estimate that identifies acceptable Work performed during the previous month, or since the last partial payment estimate was submitted. If requested by the Engineer, provide such additional data as may be required to support the payment estimate. Such data may include submission of signed field orders and satisfactory evidence of payment for equipment, materials, and labor, including payments to Subcontractors and Suppliers. 2. For application for progress payments, Contractor shall use the format required by the Agency. An electronic copy of the invoice form is available from the Engineer upon request. Progress payments shall be signed, and the date of the invoice shall be the date that the invoice is submitted. 3. The Agency shall not pay progress or partial payments until Contractor submits to the Engineer an updated Schedule. It is solely the Contractor’s responsibility to prepare and submit the Schedule updates. 4. Disputed or incorrect applications shall be returned to the Contractor within 7 Calendar Days with documentation describing the reason for the rejection of the payment request. ADD the following: 7-3.2.2 Amount of Progress Payments. 1. If an undisputed and properly submitted application for payment is received by the Engineer, the Agency shall pay Contractor within 30 Calendar Days after the Engineer receives the application for Payment consistent with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50. The Agency shall pay Contractor for the Work performed, including the payment for offsite stored 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 138 materials per section 7-3.3.1.2, through the period covered by the application for payment if the payment amount before Retention does not exceed the percentage of completion of the Work as set forth in the SOV. ADD the following: 7-3.2.3 Waiver of Claims at Final Payment. 1. Contractor’s acceptance of Final Payment constitutes a waiver of affirmative claims by Contractor, except those previously made in writing and identified as unsettled at the time of Final Payment, which are expressly reserved by Contractor from operation of its Release of Claims pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 7100 or other Applicable Law. ADD the following: 7-3.2.4 Withholding of Payment and Back Charge. 1. The Engineer may withhold payment for any of the following reasons: a. Defective or incomplete Work. b. Stop notices, wage orders, or other withholdings required by Applicable Law. c. Contractor’s failure to comply with 5-3.3, “Payroll Records” and the Contractor Registration and Electronic Reporting System requirements of the Contract Documents. d. Failure to submit monthly Construction Schedule updates. 2. The Engineer may back charge the Contractor for any of the following reasons: a. Defective or incorrect Work not remedied. b. Damage to Agency property or a third party’s property that was caused by Contractor. c. Liquidated Damages. d. Non-attendance at meetings without prior cancellation notice. e. Failed inspections or re-inspections paid by the Agency. 7-3.3 Delivered Materials DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will not be included in the progress estimate. ADD the following: 7-3.3.1 Payment for Stored Materials on Site. ADD the following: 7-3.3.1.1 General. 1. When authorized, Contractor may request payment for materials and equipment which has not been incorporated into the Work but will be at a later date and will be delivered and stored at the Project Site. 2. The material shall meet the Contract requirements and the material’s required test results and certifications shall be filed with the Engineer. 3. Only non-perishable materials for major items of Work or Materials Subject to Price Adjustment shall be considered for payment for on-site storage. However, each individual item has a value of more than 1% of the Contract Price and shall become a permanent part of the Work. 4. Materials cost shall be evidenced by the manufacturer’s paid invoice bearing the statement that Contractor has paid all invoices in full. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 139 5. The payments for the stored materials shall not exceed the invoice price or 60% of the Bid prices for the pay items into which the materials are to be incorporated, whichever is less, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 6. Apply for the payment for materials stored on a form provided by the Engineer and attach documentation to show the following: a. The amount paid on the invoice (or other record of production cost) for the stored items. b. The dollar amount of the material incorporated into each of the various Work items for the month. c. The amount that should be retained for stored materials. d. That Contractor has received the materials and equipment free and are clear of all liens, charges, secured interests, and encumbrances. e. That the materials and equipment are covered by the appropriate property insurance in accordance with the insurance provisions and other arrangements that protect the Agency’s interest. 7. Contractor shall provide the Engineer, upon request and prior to any partial payment, documentation which transfers full legal title to such materials to the Agency conditional only upon receipt of the Final Payment. Such transfer of title or any partial payment shall not constitute acceptance by the Agency of the materials nor shall it void the right to reject materials subsequently found to be unsatisfactory in accordance with SECTION 4 – CONTROL OF MATERIALS. This shall also not relieve Contractor of any obligation arising under the Contract Documents. 8. The payments for materials on-site are subject to retention as set forth in 7-3.2, “Partial and Final Payment.” 9. Contractor shall assume all risks associated with the loss or damage to the stored products for which payment has or has not been received. 10. Equipment and materials shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. The stored products shall be in a form ready for installation. The Agency shall not pay for raw materials or parts and pieces of equipment. 11. Any and all surplus materials that are not incorporated in the Work shall become Contractor’s property at no additional cost to the Agency. 12. Unless specifically provided in the Contract, payment for the materials on hand shall not be included when determining the percentage of Work completed. 13. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary, for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. ADD the following: 7-3.3.1.2 Payment for Stored Materials Offsite. 1. The payment of materials and equipment delivered and stored offsite shall be contingent upon Contractor’s compliance with the storage and protective maintenance requirements set 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 140 forth in the Contract Documents and all other requirements necessary to preserve equipment warranties for the benefit of the Agency. 2. The Agency reserves the right to refuse approval for the payment of any equipment or materials suitably stored offsite in its sole discretion, regardless of whether all conditions in the Contract Documents have been met. 3. Partial payment may be made for products eligible for offsite delivery and storage only upon Contractor’s presentation of a bill of sale, a paid invoice, or an affidavit certifying that the material is received by the Contractor free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and secured interest of any kind including offsite delivery. 4. Partial payment for products delivered and stored offsite shall be contingent upon Contractor’s compliance with the storage and protective maintenance requirements set forth in the Contract Documents and all other requirements necessary to preserve equipment warranties for the benefit of the Agency. 5. The cost of materials and equipment delivered but not incorporated into the Work will not be included in the progress estimate. 6. Costs associated with the delivery to and storage at an offsite facility shall be at Contractor’s expense regardless of the Engineer’s approval to deliver and store the materials. 7. Contractor shall provide written evidence to the Engineer of having made arrangements for unrestricted access by the Agency and the Agency’s authorized representatives to the materials wherever stored, including provisions for the Agency to take control and possession of such materials at any time and without restriction. Contractor shall furnish the Engineer a permit of entry, from the owner of the property, for at least 6 months after the NOC has been filed. The permit of entry shall contain information similar to the following: PERMIT OF ENTRY: Permission is granted to the Agency and its designated employees or agents to enter upon the property described in this permit for a period of not less than 6 months after the NOC has been filed for (Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia Projectfor the purpose of removing materials for which advance materials on hand payment has been made to (Contractor’s Name). The property is owned by (Owner’s Name) and is described as follows: (Address and Description of Property). (Include signature(s) and date(s) for owner and lessee or purchaser, and, if appropriate, attach a copy of a warehouse receipt or contract for storage. 8. The material shall be clearly marked and identified as being specifically fabricated, produced, and reserved for use on the Project. The Contractor shall provide payment documentation for the materials. 7-3.4 Mobilization. ADD the following: 1. Mobilization consists of Work necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to and from the Site; for establishment of all offices, buildings, storage yards, and other facilities necessary for the Work; and for all other Work and operations which shall be performed prior to beginning the Work and after completion of the Work on the various Contract items on the Site. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 141 2. Contractor shall properly design the Project parameters to incorporate construction mobility for moving on and off the Site in a manner that limits disturbance to the surrounding residences, businesses, and any other citizens. This includes the designated staging areas, loading areas, and assemblage areas. Contractor shall consider and address access rights of the public at all times. Prepare a mobilization plan that shall describe and govern Contractor’s mobilization activities. 3. When a Bid item has been provided for “Mobilization/Demobilization,” payment for mobilization Work shall be distributed over two (2) progress payments up to the Bid amount of the “Mobilization/Demobilization” Bid item but shall not exceed 3% of the Contract Price for each bid schedule. If Contractor’s Bid item for “Mobilization” exceeds 3% of the Contract Price, then anything above 3% of the Contract Price shall be paid as a part of the Final Payment. 4. The complete dismantling and removal of all of Contractor’s properties, temporary facilities, equipment, materials, construction wastes, and personnel at the Site referred to as demobilization is included in the payment for mobilization, unless there is a Bid item for demobilization. 5. If a separate Bid item has not been provided for mobilization, the payment for mobilization is included in the Contract Price. 7-3.5 Contract Unit Prices 7-3.5.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Unit Bid prices shall not be subject to adjustment regardless of quantity used or if none is used for the following Bid items: a. Mobilization & Demobilization b. General Conditions c. Erosion Control, SWPPP, Implementation and Maintenance d. Record Drawings e. Site Demolition f. Selective Site Demolition: Anchor Goals g. Fine & Finish Grading h. Remove and Replace Synthetic Turf Edge/Nailer Board i. Synthetic Turf j. Synthetic Turf Installation k. Supplemental Pad l. Supplemental Pad Installation m. Turf Ballast (2.5 lbs/sf) n. Turf Ballast (2.5 lbs/sf) Installation o. Additional Turf Materials p. Maintenance Equipment 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 142 2. Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, exceed the Bid quantity by more than 50 percent, payment for the quantity in excess of 150 percent of the Bid quantity will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8. The Extra Work per Section 2-8, basis of payment, shall not include fixed costs. Fixed costs shall be deemed to have been recovered by the Contractor through payment for 150 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. 3. Should the actual quantity of an item of Work covered by a Contract Unit Price, and constructed in conformance with the Plans and Specifications, be less than 50 percent of the Bid quantity, an adjustment in payment will not be made unless so requested in writing by the Contractor. If the Contractor so requests, payment will be made on the basis of an adjustment in the Contract Unit Price mutually agreed to by the Contractor and the Agency, or at the option of the Engineer, on the basis of Extra Work per Section 2-8; however, in no case will payment be less than would be made for the actual quantity at the Contract Unit Price nor more than would be made for 50 percent of the Bid quantity at the Contract Unit Price. ADD the following: 7-3.9 Field Orders. 1. The Agency shall pay Field Order items of the Work in accordance with the limits below if the cumulative total of Field Orders does not exceed the “Field Orders” Bid Item: Contract Price Maximum Field Order Amount Less than $100,001 $2,500 $100,001 to $1,000,000 $5,000 $1,000,001 to $5,000,000 $10,000 Greater than $5,000,000 $20,000 ADD the following: 7-3.10 Compensation Adjustments for Price Index Fluctuations. 1. Unless otherwise specified, the provisions of this section apply only to the paving asphalt used in the following: a. Asphalt Concrete Pavement b. Asphalt Pavement Repair c. Scheduled and Unscheduled Base Repair d. Slurry Seal or any other asphalt emulsion 2. The compensation for paving asphalt shall be increased or decreased for paving asphalt price fluctuations in accordance with 7-3.11 “Compensation Adjustments for Price Index Fluctuations” in the Caltrans Standard Specifications. 3. The adjustment in compensation shall also be subject to the following: a. Show the provided compensation adjustments separately on payment estimates. Contractor is liable to the Agency for decreased compensation adjustments and the Engineer may deduct the amount from moneys payable or that may become payable to Contractor. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 143 b. In the event of an overrun of Contract Time, adjustment in compensation for asphalt binder included in estimates during the overrun period shall be determined using the California Statewide Crude Oil Price Index in effect on the first business day of the month within the pay period in which the overrun began. c. In the event that the companies discontinue posting their prices for a field, the Engineer shall determine an index from the remaining posted prices. The Agency reserves the right to include in the index determination the posted prices of additional fields. 4. Contractor may opt out of the payment adjustments for price index fluctuations when specified in the Contract Documents by submitting a letter with the Bid. 7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK 7-4.1 General. ADD the following: 1. With every request for payment, Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a breakdown showing monthly and cumulative amounts of the Work performed under the Change Order by Contractor and Contractor’s Subcontractors. The reporting format shall be approved by the Engineer. 2. When the price for the Extra Work cannot be agreed upon, the Agency will pay for the Extra Work based on the accumulation of costs. 7-4.2 Basis for Establishing Costs. 7-4.2.1 Labor. ADD the following: 1. The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages of workers performing the Extra Work at the time the Extra Work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taxes, workers compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs, resulting from federal, state, or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. 2. The use of a labor classification which would increase the Extra Work cost will not be permitted unless the Contractor establishes the necessity for such additional costs. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers shall be reported only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor cost for foremen shall be proportionate to all their assigned work and only that applicable to Extra Work will be paid. 3. Non-direct labor costs, including superintendence, shall be considered part of the markup of Section 7-4.2.1(1). 4. The Agency reserves the right to request the following: a. Financial records of salaries for an employee. b. Wage rates/Certified Payroll. c. Bonuses and deductions. 5. Contractor shall list the labor rates of its personnel and Subcontractors who work on the Project. The payment for payroll records is included in the Contract Price. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 144 6. If Contractor’s proposal for Extra Work is based upon services and Work to be performed outside Normal Working Hours, the labor charges associated with the Extra Work shall consist of straight time wages and burdens plus the appropriate overtime or shift premium with no additional burdens, such as fringe benefits, on the premium portion. 7-4.2.2 Tool and Equipment Rental. DELETE in its entirety and SUBSTITUTE with the following: 1. No payment shall be made for the use of tools which have a replacement value of $200 or less. 2. Regardless of ownership, the rates and delay factors to be used in determining equipment rental costs shall not exceed those listed in the latest edition of the Caltrans publication entitled “Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates” preceding the date the Work is accomplished. The latest edition of the Caltrans publication is available at www.dot.ca.gov. The delay factors therein shall be used as multipliers of the rental rates for determining the value of costs for delay to the Contractor and Subcontractors, if any. The labor surcharge rates published therein are not a part of this Contract. 3. Contractor shall be entitled to a rental rate adjustment when Contractor can substantiate that the rental rates prevailing locally exceed the published rates by more than 15%. For equipment not listed in the Caltrans publication, rental rates shall not exceed listed rates prevailing locally at equipment rental agencies or distributors at the time the Work is performed. 4. Whenever possible, Extra Work shall be accomplished using equipment available on Site or owned by Contractor. If a specific piece of equipment shall be rented to be used exclusively for the Extra Work, the rental rate shall be the invoiced rate. The rental rates paid shall include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication, supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs and maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, insurance, and all incidentals. Necessary loading and transportation costs for equipment used on the Extra Work shall be included. 5. If rental equipment is not being used or used intermittently and could be returned to its rental source rather than holding it at the Work Site, the Contractor shall return the equipment at no expense to the Agency unless Contractor elects to keep it at the Work Site at Contractor’s expense. 6. The reported rental time for equipment already at the Work Site shall be the duration of its use on the Extra Work. This time shall begin when equipment is first used on Extra Work, plus the time required to move it from its previous site and back or from its previous site to a closer site. 7. All equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer, in good working condition, and suitable for the purpose for which it is to be used. 7-4.2.3 Materials. The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which such materials are locally available and delivered to the job Site in the quantities involved, plus sales tax, freight, and delivery. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 145 The Agency reserves the right to approve materials and sources of supply, or to supply materials to the Contractor if necessary, for the progress of the Work. No markup shall be applied to any material provided by the Agency. 7-4.2.4 Invoices. Vendors’ invoices for material, equipment rental and other expenditures shall be submitted with the request for payment. If the request for payment is not substantiated by invoices or other documentation, the Agency may establish the cost of the item involved at the lowest price which was current at the time of the report. 7-4.3 Markup. 7-4.3.1 Work by the Contractor. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor’s costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: Labor 20 Materials 15 Equipment Rental 15 Other Items and Expenditures 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this section, 1% shall be added as compensation for bonding. 7-4.3.2 Work by a Subcontractor. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: When all or any part of the Extra Work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 7-4.3.1 shall be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such Work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the Extra Work and a markup of 5 percent on Work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the Extra Work may be added by the Contractor. 7-4.4 Daily Reports. ADD the following: Payment for Extra Work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. When the price for the Extra Work cannot be agreed upon, the Contractor shall submit a daily report to the Engineer on forms approved by the Agency. Included are applicable delivery tickets, listing all labor, materials, and equipment involved for that day, and other services and expenditures when authorized. Payment for Extra Work will not be made until such time that the Contractor submits completed daily reports and all supporting documents to the Engineer. Failure to submit the daily report by the close of the next Working Day may waive any rights for 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 146 that day. An attempt shall be made to reconcile the report daily, and it shall be signed by the Engineer and the Contractor. In the event of disagreement, pertinent notes shall be entered by each party to explain points which cannot be resolved immediately. Each party shall retain a signed copy of the report. Reports by Subcontractors or others shall be submitted through the Contractor. The report shall: 1. Show names of workers, classifications, and hours worked. 2. Describe and list quantities of materials used. 3. Show type of equipment, size, identification number, and hours of operation, including loading and transportation, if applicable. 4. Describe other services and expenditures in such detail as the Agency may require. SECTION 8 – FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL 8-1 GENERAL a. END OF SECTION 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 147 00 74 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL PROVISIONS INTRODUCTION The Specifications contained in this 00 74 00 Agency Supplemental Technical Provisions take precedence over the specification language contained in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, "The Greenbook" latest edition and all errata. This specification addresses the unique conditions in Carlsbad that are not addressed in The Greenbook. Therefore, if there is a conflict, these Specifications shall control. The Greenbook may be purchased at Bidder/Contractors local technical bookstore or directly from the publisher. These Agency Supplemental General Provisions are available only for download from the online bidding portal with Contract Documents. The Agency does not provide hard copies. When used in the Contract Documents, statements or command phrases (active voice and imperative mood) refer to and are directed at the “Bidder” or “Contractor” as applicable. The Specifications are written to the “Bidder” before award and the “Contractor” after award. Before award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood as starting with “The Bidder shall.” Interpret the term “you” as “the Bidder” and interpret the term “your” as “the Bidder’s.” After award, interpret sentences written in the imperative mood starting with “The Contractor shall.” Interpret the term “you” as “the Contractor” and interpret the term “your” as “the Contractor’s. PART 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SECTION 200 – ROCK MATERIALS 200-2 UNTREATED BASE MATERIALS 200-2.1 General. ADD the following: 1. Aggregate base shall be Crushed Aggregate Base per Greenbook Section 200-2 and as specified in this section. 200-2.2 Crushed Aggregate Base. 200-2.2.1 General. ADD the following: Crushed Aggregate Base shall be free from organic matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base. 1. The aggregate shall not be treated with lime, cement or other chemical material before tests are performed. 2. Samples for testing shall represent every 500 cubic yards or one day's production, whichever is smaller. If the results of the aggregate grading tests do not meet the requirements for Percentage Passing Sieve as specified in Table 200-2.2.2, but meet the Quality Requirements as specified in Table 200-2.2.3, placement of the aggregate base may be continued for the 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 148 remainder of that day. However, another day's Work may not be started until test results indicate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material to be used in the Work will comply with the requirements specified for Percentage Passing Sieve. 3. If the results of both the aggregate grading and Sand Equivalent tests do not meet the requirements of Section 200-2.2, the aggregate base which is represented by these tests shall be removed. However, if requested by the Contractor, and approved at the sole discretion of the Engineer, the aggregate base may remain in place and the Contractor shall pay to the Agency $50 per cubic yard for such aggregate base left in place. The Agency may deduct this amount from any moneys due, or that may be come due, to the Contractor under the Contract. SECTION 206 – MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 149 PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 – EARTHWORK 300-1 CLEANING AND GRUBBING. DELETE 300-1.2 Root Pruning and Tree Trimming. 300-1.3 Measurement. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. Clearing and grubbing, if measured for payment, will be measured by the acre or lump sum. 300-1.4 Payment. DELETE the second sentence. 302-8 SEALCOAT FOR MISCELLANEOUS AREAS. 302-8.2.1 General. DELETE the second paragraph and REPLACE with the following: 1. Sealcoat material shall be diluted using clean, potable water in an amount not to exceed 20 percent of the total volume. 302-8.2.2. Spreading. DELETE the first paragraph and REPLACE with the following: 1. Sealcoat shall be applied when the atmospheric temperature is greater than 55°F (13°C) and if rain is not forecast for the period of 24 hours after application; or as specified by the Engineer. SECTION 314 – TRAFFIC STRIPING, CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS, AND PAVEMENT MARKERS 314-2 REMOVAL OF TRAFFIC STRIPING AND CURB AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS. 314-2.1 General. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. The Contractor shall remove by wet grinding all existing or temporary traffic markings and lines that may confuse the public. When temporary detour striping or markings are no longer required, they shall be removed prior to painting the new traffic stripes or markings. 2. The Contractor shall remove all existing markings and striping, either permanent or temporary, which are to be abandoned, obliterated or that conflict with the Plans by wet grinding methods. Removal of striping by high velocity water jet may be permitted when there is neither potential of the water and detritus from the high velocity water jetting to damage vehicles or private property nor to flow from the street into any storm drain or water course and when approved by the Engineer. 3. The Contractor shall vacuum all water and detritus resulting from high velocity water jet striping removal from the pavement immediately after the water jetting and shall not allow such materials to flow in the gutter, enter the storm drain system or to leave the pavement surface. Surface variation limitations for high velocity water jet striping removal shall be the same as for grinding. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 150 4. The Contractor shall not use dry or wet sandblasting in any areas. Alternate methods of paint removal require prior approval of the Engineer. Obliteration of traffic striping with black paint, light emulsion oil or any other masking method other than a minimum 30mm (0.10’) thick asphalt concrete overlay is not permitted. 314-2.2 and 314-2.3 314-3 REMOVAL OF PAVEMENT MARKERS. 1. striping. PART 4 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 400 – PROTECTION AND RESTORATION 400-2 PERMANENT SURVEY MARKERS. ADD the following: 1. The Contractor shall not cover or disturb permanent survey monuments or benchmarks without the consent of the Engineer. Where the Engineer concurs, in writing, with the Contractor that protecting an existing monument in place is impractical, the Contractor shall employ a licensed land surveyor or a registered civil engineer authorized to practice land surveying within the State of California (“Surveyor”) to establish the location of the monument before it is disturbed. The Contractor shall have the monument replaced by the Surveyor no later than 30 Calendar Days after construction at the site of the replacement is completed. The Surveyor shall file corner record(s) as required by Business and Professions Code Sections 8772 and 8773 et seq.. 2. When a change is made in the finished elevation of the pavement of any roadway in which a permanent survey monument is located, the Contractor shall adjust the monument frame and cover to the new grade within 7 Calendar Days of paving unless the Engineer shall approve otherwise. Monument frames and covers shall be protected during street sealing or painting projects or be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer. SECTION 401 – REMOVAL 401-2 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. Asphalt concrete pavement shall be removed to clean, straight lines. Removal performed by cold milling shall conform to 404. Adjacent AC/AB sawcut and removal associated with concrete construction shall be full depth and a minimum width of 12 inches from face of concrete edge and continue along the concrete scheduled for removal. Removal and disposal of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to the removal of concrete structure Bid item per this Section. Replacement of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to replacement of the concrete 401-3 CONCRETE AND MASONRY IMPROVEMENTS. 401-3.2 Concrete Curb, Walk, Gutters, Cross Gutters, Curb Ramps, Driveway and Alley Intersections. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 151 1. Concrete shall be removed to neatly sawed edges with saw cuts made through the entire thickness. Concrete sidewalk or driveway to be removed shall be neatly sawed in straight lines either parallel to the curb or at right angles to the alignment of the sidewalk. No section to be replaced shall be smaller than 30 inches (750 mm) in either length or width. All existing concrete shall be removed to the nearest joint. Concrete shall be removed to neatly sawed edges with saw cuts made to a depth deep enough to produce a clean straight break without loosening, cracking or damaging adjoining improvements. Curb and gutter shall be sawed on a neat line at right angles to the curb face. PCC and all other material unsuitable for use as fill, as determined by the Engineer, shall be removed from the right-of- way and disposed of by the Contractor at a site of his own choice and shall pay all costs incidental to the disposal. ADD the following: 401-3.2.1 Adjacent Asphalt Concrete (AC/AB) Sawcut and Removal. 1. Adjacent AC/AB sawcut and removal associated with concrete construction shall be full depth and a minimum width of 12 inches from face of concrete edge and continue along the concrete scheduled for removal. Removal and disposal of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to the removal of concrete structure Bid item per this Section. Replacement of adjoining AC/AB section shall be incidental to replacement of the concrete as specified in Section 303-5. SECTION 402 – UTILITIES 402-1 LOCATION. 402-1.1 General. DELETE the first paragraph and REPLACE with the following: 1. Known utilities and their respective owners are shown on the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions and their locations are based on available records. The accuracy and/or completeness of the utilities shown on the Plans is not guaranteed and actual locations must be confirmed by potholing. Where underground utilities are shown on the Plans, the Contractor shall assume every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. INSERT, after the first sentence of the third paragraph, the following: Subsurface installations shall be located at least 5 Working Days and at least 500 feet in advance of any construction heading and the results reported in written form to the Engineer. 402-2 PROTECTION. DELETE the first 3 paragraphs and REPLACE with the following: 1. The Contractor shall not interrupt the service function or disturb the support of any utility without authority from the utility owner or direction from the Engineer. Valves, switches, vaults, and meters shall be maintained readily accessible for emergency shutoff. Excavation of soils providing support to pressure pipeline thrust blocks may require isolation and de- pressurization of the pipeline prior to the installation of support devices and the Contractor shall coordinate such Work with the utility owner. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 152 2. Where a vertical separation distance of 12 inches cannot be attained between a proposed utility and an existing utility greater than 4 inches in diameter, place a 1-inch thick neoprene or silicone pad with Shore A durometer hardness of 50 to 70 (ASTM D2240) in contact with the top of the lower utility and backfill with Portland cement concrete sand conforming to 203-1.5.5 to 3 inches above the bottom of the upper utility. The width of the pad shall be equal to the width of the trench and the length shall extend 1 foot beyond the outer limits of the existing utility. 3. Where protection is required to ensure support of utilities located as shown on the Plans or in accordance with 402-1, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise specified, furnish and place the necessary protection at its expense. 4. Upon learning of the existence and location of any utility omitted from the Plans, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer in writing. When authorized by the Engineer, support or protection of the utility will be paid for as provided in 7-3 or 7-4. 402-4 RELOCATION. DELETE paragraphs 3 and 4 and REPLACE with the following: 1. When the Plans or Special Provisions provide for the Contractor to alter, relocate, or reconstruct a utility, all costs for such Work, including temporary utility service, shall be included in the Bid for the items of Work necessitating such Work. Temporary or permanent relocation or alteration of utilities requested by the Contractor for its convenience shall be its responsibility and it shall make all arrangements and bear all costs. 2. The Contractor will relocate service connections as necessary within the limits of the Work or within temporary construction or slope easements in accordance with the procedures and upon the approval of the utility owner. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange for the relocation of service connections as necessary between the meter and property line, or between a meter and the limits of temporary construction or slope easements. Payment for the relocation of such service connections shall be in accordance with 7-3 unless otherwise specified in the Bid. Payment will include disconnection of existing service connections from the utility main, capping or plugging existing outlets on the utility main, abandoning the service connection, and the restoration of all existing improvements which may be affected by the service connection relocation. The Contractor may agree with the owner of any utility to disconnect and reconnect private interfering service connections. Unless otherwise specified in the Bid, disconnection and reconnection of private services will be outside of the scope of the Work and the Agency will not be involved in any such agreement. 402-5 DELAYS DUE TO UTILITY CONFLICTS. DELETE paragraphs 1 through 4 and REPLACE with the following: 1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of its Construction Schedule insofar as it affects the protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. The notification shall be included as a part of the Construction Schedule in accordance with 6-1 which shall be revised upon the completion of utility potholing and evaluation for potential utility conflicts. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any subsequent changes in the Construction Schedule which will affect the time available for protection, removal, or relocation of utilities. 00 73 00 AGENCY SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 153 2. The Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to utility relocations or alterations if correctly located, noted, and completed in accordance with 402-1. 3. The Contractor may be given an extension of time for unforeseen delays attributable to unreasonably protracted interference by utilities in performing Work correctly shown on the Plans. 4. The Agency will determine the scope of Work for the removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunk line utility facilities within the area affected by the Work if such utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for any delay caused by the removal, relocation, or protection of such existing facilities. 402-6 COOPERATION. DELETE in its entirety and REPLACE with the following: 1. When necessary, the Contractor shall so conduct its operations as to permit access to the Work Site by the Agency or the utility owner and provide time for utility Work to be accomplished during the progress of the Work. 500-2 SUBMITTALS. END OF SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 154 SECTION 2 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. The Contractor shall perform Work and furnish materials, labor, tools, equipment or services that may be reasonably inferred as being required to produce the intended result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Agency. b. Visible, existing improvements for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the Work, shall be removed, and disposed of by the Contractor with the prior approval of the Engineer. c. The completed Work will provide the Agency with replacement of existing synthetic turf on the Poinsettia Community Park multi-purpose athletic field, as more fully described in the Drawings and the technical specifications. Provide all labor, material and equipment for the following: 1. Establish erosion control measures and temporary controls 2. Remove and recycle existing synthetic turf surfacing including infill 3. Regrade existing aggregate base to required planarity 4. Remove, salvage and reinstall existing soccer goal anchor assemblies 5. Modify existing edge anchor/nailer board 6. Furnish and install supplemental pad 7. Furnish and install synthetic turf 8. New synthetic turf surfacing, including lines and markings d. Project Location: Poinsettia Community Park, 6600 Hidden Valley Rd. Carlsbad, CA 92011. e. Alternates: 1. Alternates (Not used) 1.02 WORK NOT COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. Subsurface drainage lateral piping 1.03 PROVISIONS FOR FUTURE WORK (NOT USED) 1.04 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 1.05 WORK BY OTHERS (NOT USED) 1.06 WORK BY OWNER a. Replace any non-fixed field accessories, such as goals. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 155 01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE a. The Contract Price shall cover all Work required by the Contract Documents. All costs in connection with the proper and successful completion of the Work, including furnishing all materials, equipment, supplies, and appurtenances; providing all construction plant, equipment, and tools; and performing all necessary labor and supervision to fully complete the Work, shall be included in the unit and lump sum Bid prices. All Work not specifically set forth as a pay item in the Bid Form shall be considered a subsidiary obligation of Contractor and all costs in connection the Work shall be included in the Bid prices. b. All estimated quantities stipulated in the Bid Form or other Contract Documents are approximate and are to be used only (a) as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the Work and (b) for the purpose of comparing the Bids submitted for the Work. The actual amounts of Work done and materials furnished under unit price items may differ from the estimated quantities. The basis of payment for Work and materials will be the actual amount of Work done and materials furnished. Contractor agrees that it will make no claim for damages, anticipated profits, or otherwise on account of any difference between the amounts of Work actually performed and materials actually furnished and the estimated amounts therefor. c. Payment for each Bid Item shall be made in accordance with Sections 7-2 and 7-3 of the Agency Supplemental General Provisions and the Bid. All Work shown or described in the Contract Documents and necessary for the functioning of installed equipment or constructed facilities and the repair or replacement of damaged existing improvements in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be considered as included in the Bid Items. 1.02 BID ITEMS Schedule A A-1 Mobilization & Demobilization The Contract Lump Sum price paid for Mobilization & Demobilization, in accordance with the contract documents, and as described in conformance with the Greenbook Section 7-3.4, shall include full compensation for providing bonds and insurance, financing, establishing temporary construction yard, moving equipment to the project site for the establishment of facilities necessary for work on the project, applying for and obtaining all required permits, preparing and updating the construction schedule, material submittals, cleanup to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and for all other work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning work on the various contract items, including all related administration throughout 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 156 its duration, and demobilization. The total price bid for Mobilization & Demobilization shall include the cost of all mobilization and administration for the entire CONTRACT period. No separate payments shall be made for re-mobilization due to project phasing. A-2 General Conditions The Contract Lump Sum price bid for General Conditions shall include the cost of all ongoing expenses to operate the project site for the entire duration of the project including but not limited to operation of temporary facilities, temporary power, labor/equipment/material overhead costs, administrative costs, updating the monthly baseline construction schedule per the terms of the contract, Right of Way permit and Traffic Control if needed. No additional compensation will be allowed. General conditions will be paid in equal increments throughout the approved duration of the baseline construction schedule. Adjustments to the schedule of values and payment schedule may be made for any delays or extensions of the baseline construction schedule. A-3 Erosion Control, SWPPP, Implementation and Maintenance Payment for Storm Water Pollution Prevention and Erosion Control shall be at the contract price Lump Sum, in accordance with the contract documents, and as described in conformance with Section 3-12.6.3, and shall include full compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to determine Risk Level, prepare, develop, furnish, implement, maintain, and provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan as specified in 3-12.6.2 Best Management Practices (BMPs), as required in the Water Pollution Control, Best Management Practices (BMPs) and Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), City of Carlsbad requirements and as directed by the City, complete and in place, and no additional compensation will be allowed. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Engineer’s requested corrective actions may result in an order to suspend work until the condition is corrected. No additional compensation will be allowed as a result of such suspension. A-4 Record Drawings The contract Lump Sum price for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to keep on the job site and maintain daily, a clean, accurate, full-size and legible print set of Project plans that indicate all changes in work, modifications and existing conditions that are different from what is shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall record the location and elevations of all surface improvements in the City of Carlsbad. The survey shots shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Engineer, so minimum slopes can be verified. The Contractor shall record, by dimension and/or scale drawings, facilities as actually installed. All information necessary to maintain and/or service any concealed work shall be noted on the record drawings. Records shall be kept up to date. The Contractor shall make the Record Drawings available for review by the Engineer at any 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 157 time and shall provide a clean final copy to the City within two weeks of the contract completion date. A-5 Site Demolition The contract lump sum price shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals for doing all work associated with selective site demolition activities including, but not limited to, removal and lawful disposal or recycling of existing synthetic turf surfacing and infill materials, adhesives, and other synthetic turf system components, removal and disposal of damaged or designated portions of aggregate base, curbs, pavements, or flatwork as required, removal of storm drain cleanouts, surface drains, or other site furnishings in conflict with new work, removal of deleterious materials; and backfilling, compacting, and finish grading of voids created by demolition. Work shall also include the protection of existing utilities and improvements, including the existing concrete curb and synthetic turf anchor to remain, coordination with other trades, and implementation of dust and noise control measures. All materials shall be legally recycled in accordance with project requirements, and no other compensation will be allowed therefore. Please refer to Sheet LF-01. A-6 Selective Site Demolition: Anchor Goals The contract lump sum price shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals for doing all work associated with the removal and protection of anchored goals. Work shall include, but is not limited to, carefully removing existing anchored goals and associated anchoring hardware, storing and protecting goals during the course of construction, removal and lawful disposal of unsuitable or damaged anchoring materials. All removed materials not designated for reuse shall be legally disposed of, and all reusable goals shall be reinstalled in a safe and functional condition. No other compensation will be allowed therefore. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Supplemental Provisions. A-7 Fine & Finish Grading The contract price paid for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to furnish all labor, materials and equipment and perform all fine and finish grading and earthwork operations in accordance with the Contract Documents and Plans, and Greenbook Sections 300-2 and 300-3, as modified in the Special Provisions, including all dewatering, excavation, over-excavation, export, and disposal of surplus or unsuitable materials, scarification, water and moisture conditioning, fill, backfill, compaction, protection of existing utilities, and all other work necessary to complete excavations, or over-excavation, fill and backfill (remedial grading) to the lines and grades. No additional compensation will be allowed therefore. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Supplemental Provisions. 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 158 A-8 Remove and Replace Synthetic Turf Edge/Nailer BoardPayment for Remove and Replace Synthetic Turf Edge/Nailer Board (per the standard/detail and type/case, as specified on Detail 2/Sheet LF-3.01) will be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot, and shall include materials and delivery. All costs of prosecuting the work as described herein shall be included in the Contractors bid. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Supplemental Provisions. A-9 Synthetic Turf Payment for synthetic turf materials (per the standard/detail and type/case, as specified on Detail 2, 4, & 5/Sheet LF-3.01) will be paid for at the contract unit price per square foot, and shall include all synthetic turf, field markings and delivery. All costs of prosecuting the work as described herein shall be included in the Contractors bid. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Supplemental Provisions. A-10 Synthetic Turf Installation Payment for synthetic turf installation (per the standard/detail and type/case, as specified on Detail 2, 4, & 5/Sheet LF-3.01) will be paid for at the contract unit price per square foot, and shall include installation for all synthetic turf, field markings, and all other incidentals, labor, equipment, and work items. The work includes reinstalling goals in their designated locations with alignment, leveling, and securing goals, and restoring surrounding surfacing and grading to match adjacent conditions. No additional compensation shall be included for repairing, restoring, or replacing adjacent areas excavated or damaged for this item. Items shall be installed per the manufacturer’s specifications and includes warranties. All costs of prosecuting the work as described herein shall be included in the Contractors bid. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Supplemental Provisions. A-11 Supplemental Pad Payment for supplemental pad material (per the standard/detail and type/case, as specified on Detail 2, 4, & 5/Sheet LF-3.01) will be paid for at the contract unit price per square foot, and shall include delivery and materials. All costs of prosecuting the work as described herein shall be included in the Contractors bid. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Supplemental Provisions. A-12 Supplemental Pad Installation Payment for supplemental pad installation (per the standard/detail and type/case, as specified on Detail 2, 4, & 5/Sheet LF-3.01) will be paid for at the contract unit price per square foot, and shall include all other incidentals, labor, equipment, and work items. No additional compensation shall be included for repairing, restoring, or replacing adjacent areas excavated or damaged for this item. Item shall be installed per the manufacturer’s specifications. All costs of prosecuting 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 159 the work as described herein shall be included in the Contractors bid. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Supplemental Provisions. A-13 Turf Ballast (2.5 lbs/sf) Payment for turf ballast material (per the standard/detail and type/case, as specified on Detail 2, 4, & 5/Sheet LF-3.01) will be paid for at the contract unit price per pounds, and shall include delivery and materials. All costs of prosecuting the work as described herein shall be included in the Contractors bid. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Supplemental Provisions. A-14 Turf Ballast (2.5 lbs/sf) Installation Payment for turf ballast (per the standard/detail and type/case, as specified on Detail 2, 4, & 5/Sheet LF-3.01) will be paid for at the contract unit price per pounds, and shall include all other incidentals, delivery, labor, materials, equipment, and work items. No additional compensation shall be included for repairing, restoring, or replacing adjacent areas excavated or damaged for this item. Item shall be installed per the manufacturer’s specifications. All costs of prosecuting the work as described herein shall be included in the Contractors bid. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Supplemental Provisions. A-15 Additional Turf Materials The contract Lump Sum price for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to provide additional turf materials including delivery, green turf, white turf, yellow turf, supplemental pad and ballast. Refer to Section 32 18 24 Synthetic Turf Surfacing for additional information. All costs of prosecuting the work as described herein shall be included in the Contractors bid. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Supplemental Provisions. A-16 Maintenance Equipment The contract Lump Sum price for this bid item shall constitute full compensation to provide maintenance equipment tow behind sweeper, provide ground driven rotary brush for the cleaning and maintenance of the synthetic turf. Refer to Section 32 18 24 Synthetic Turf Surfacing for additional information. All costs of prosecuting the work as described herein shall be included in the Contractors bid. All work shall be done in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and Supplemental Provisions. 1.03 SUBMITTALS a. Informational Submittals: 1. Schedule of Values: Submit on Agency’s form. 2. Schedule of Estimated Progress Payments: i. Submit with initially acceptable Schedule of Values. ii. Submit adjustments thereto with Application for Payment. 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 160 3. Application for Payment. 4. Final Application for Payment. 1.04 CASH ALLOWANCES NO CASH ALLOWANCES 1.05 SCHEDULE OF VALUES (SOV) a. The Contractor shall prepare a separate SOV for each schedule of the Work under the Contract. b. Upon request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall provide documentation to support the accuracy of the SOV. c. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer for review a SOV within the time specified in the Contract Documents. d. When requested by the Engineer, the SOV shall divide each lump sum Bid item into its respective activities as listed in the Construction Schedule, and the sum of the costs apportioned to the activities comprising the Bid item shall equal the Bid item price. The Contractor shall add additional detail to the SOV when, in the opinion of the Engineer, such detail is necessary to represent the basis for payment. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a corrected Schedule of Values within 7 working Days of the Engineer’s request. e. The Contractor shall make adjustments to the approved SOV to account for Change Orders or Extra Work. The SOV entries for adjustments so made shall be approved by the Engineer. f. The Contractor shall submit a revised SOV with each payment request. g. Payment for the preparation of or revisions to the SOV shall be included in the Contract Price and no additional payment will be made therefor. h. Unit Price Work: Must reflect unit price quantity and price breakdown from conformed Bid Form. i. Lump Sum Work: 1. See Section 7-2. j. An unbalanced or front-end loaded schedule will not be acceptable. k. Summation of the complete SOV representing all the Work shall equal the Contract Price. l. The Contractor shall submit SOV electronically in a spreadsheet format compatible with latest version of MS Excel. 1.06 SCHEDULE OF ESTIMATED PROGRESS PAYMENTS a. Show estimated payment requests throughout Contract Times aggregating initial Contract Price. 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 161 b. Base estimated progress payments on initially acceptable progress schedule. Adjust to reflect subsequent adjustments in progress schedule and Contract Price as reflected by modifications to the Contract Documents. 1.07 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT a. Transmittal Summary Form: Attach 1 Summary Form with each detailed Application for Payment for each schedule and include Request for Payment of Materials and Equipment on Hand as applicable. Execute certification by authorized officer of Contractor. b. Use detailed Application for Payment Form provided by Engineer. c. Provide separate form for each schedule as applicable. d. Include accepted Schedule of Values for each schedule or portion of lump sum Work and the unit price breakdown for the Work to be paid on a unit priced basis. e. Include separate line item for each Change Order and Work Change Directive executed prior to date of submission. Provide further breakdown of such as requested by Engineer. f. Preparation: 1. Round values to nearest dollar. 2. Submit Application for Payment, including a Transmittal Summary Form and detailed Application for Payment Form(s) for each schedule as applicable and such supporting data as may be requested by Engineer. 1.08 PAYMENT a. Transmittal Summary Form: Attach 1 Summary Form with each detailed Application for Payment for each schedule . Execute certification by authorized officer of Contractor. b. Each month, the Engineer will make an approximate measurement of the Work performed to the closure date as basis for making monthly progress payments. The estimated value will be based on Contract Unit Prices, completed Change Order Work. Progress payments shall be made no later than 30 Calendar Days after the closure date. Five Working Days following the closure date, the Engineer shall complete the detailed progress pay estimate and submit it to the Contractor for the Contractor’s information. Should the Contractor assert that additional payment is due, the Contractor shall within 10 Calendar Days of receipt of the progress estimate, submit a supplemental payment request to the Engineer with adequate justification supporting the amount of supplemental payment request. Upon receipt of the supplemental payment request, the Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receipt, determine whether the supplemental payment request is a proper payment request. If the Engineer determines that the supplemental payment request is not proper, then the request shall be returned to the Contractor as soon as practicable, but not later than 7 Calendar Days after receipt. The returned request shall be accompanied by a document setting forth in writing the reasons why the supplemental payment request was not proper. Consistent with Public Contract Code Section 20104.50, the Agency shall make payments within 30 Calendar Days after receipt of an undisputed and properly submitted supplemental payment request from the Contractor. If payment of the undisputed supplemental payment request is not made 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 162 within 30 Calendar Days after receipt by the Engineer, then the Agency shall pay interest to the Contractor equivalent to the legal rate set forth in subdivision (a) of Code of Civil Procedure Code Section 685.010. c. After final inspection, the Engineer will make a Final Payment Estimate and process a corresponding payment. This estimate will be in writing and shall be for the total amount owed the Contractor as determined by the Engineer and shall be itemized by the Contract Bid item and Change Order item with quantities and payment amounts and shall show all deductions made or to be made for prior payments and amounts to be deducted under provisions of the Contract. All prior estimates and progress payments shall be subject to correction in the Final Payment Estimate. d. The Contractor shall have 30 Calendar Days from receipt of the Final Payment Estimate to make a written statement disputing any Bid item or Change Order item quantity or payment amount. The Contractor shall provide all documentation at the time of submitting the statement supporting its position. Should the Contractor fail to submit the statement and supporting documentation within the time specified, the Contractor acknowledges that full and final payment has been made for all Contract Bid items and Change Order items. e. If the Contractor submits a written statement with documentation in the aforementioned time, the Engineer will review the disputed item within 30 Calendar Days and make any appropriate adjustments on the Final Payment. Remaining disputed quantities or amounts not approved by the Engineer will be subject to resolution as specified in Section 2-10, Disputed Work. f. The written statement filed by the Contractor shall be in sufficient detail to enable the Engineer to ascertain the basis and amount of the disputed items. The Engineer will consider the merits of the Contractor’s claims. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish within a reasonable time such further information and details as may be required by the Engineer to determine the facts or contentions involved in its claims. Failure to submit such information and details will be sufficient cause for denying payment for the disputed items. 1.09 MOBILIZATION & DEMOBILIZATION Payment for mobilization, demobilization, and preparatory Work will be made at the stipulated lump-sum price Bid therefore in the Bid Schedule and includes full compensation for furnishing all insurance, bonds, licenses, labor, materials, utilities, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the Work involved in mobilization, demobilization, and preparatory Work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidental to preparing to conduct Work on and off the Project Site and other offsite facilities necessary for Work on the Project; for all other facilities, sureties, Work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning Work on various Contract items on or off the Project Site, excepting those specifically paid for under separate sections of these Specifications. The Contractor agrees 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 163 that the stipulated lump sum amount is sufficient for mobilization, demobilization and preparatory Work, as described in this section, and that the Contractor shall have no right to additional compensation for mobilization, demobilization, and preparatory Work. a. Progress payments for mobilization and preparatory Work will be made as follows: For the first progress payment (after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed), 70% of the amount Bid for mobilization and preparatory Work will be allowed. For the second and final progress payment. For the final progress payment, an additional 20% will be allowed for demobilization. Mobilization shall include preparatory Work and operations, including, but not limited to, those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies and incidentals to the Project Site, for the establishment of all facilities necessary for the Work, sureties and for all other Work and operations which must be performed or costs incurred prior to beginning and after completion of the Work excepting those specifically paid for under a separate Bid item. The dismantling and removal of temporary facilities, equipment, materials, construction waste and personnel shall be included in the final payment for demobilization. b. When a Bid item has been provided for “Mobilization & Demobilization,” the amount of the Bid item price shall not exceed 3% of the Contract Price. If the Bid item for “Mobilization” exceeds 1% of the Contract Price, the portion above 3% of the Contract Price shall be paid as a part of the Final Payment. 1.09 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING (NOT USED) PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 26 13 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 164 01 26 13 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. Request for Information: A document submitted by the Contractor requesting clarification of a portion of the Contract Documents, hereinafter referred to as an RFI. B. All documents to be submitted on PROCORE see section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) A. Contractor's Requests for Information (RFIs): Should Contractor be unable to determine from the Contract Documents the exact material, process, or system to be installed; or when the elements of construction are required to occupy the same space (interference); or when an item of Work is described differently at more than one place in the Contract Documents; the Contractor shall request that the Owner’s Representative make an interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents to resolve such matters. Contractor shall comply with procedures specified herein to make Requests for Information (RFIs). B. Submission of RFIs: Use appropriate form for pre-bid and post-bid inquiry. Make submission to Engineer with copy to Owner’s Representative. 1. Fields shall be completely filled in with all required information associated with the request. Incomplete forms will be rejected. 3. Each RFI shall be given a discrete, consecutive number. 4. Each page of the RFI and each attachments to the RFI shall bear the Project name, Project number, date, RFI number and a descriptive title. 5. Contractor shall sign all RFIs attesting to good faith effort to determine from the Contract Documents the information requested for interpretation. Frivolous RFIs shall be subject to reimbursement from Contractor to Owner for fees charged by Owner’s Representative, Owner’s Representative's consultants and other design professionals engaged by Owner’s Representative. C. Subcontractor-Initiated and Supplier-Initiated RFIs: RFIs from subcontractors and material suppliers shall be submitted through, be reviewed by, and be attached to an RFI prepared, signed, and submitted by Contractor. RFIs submitted directly by subcontractors or material suppliers will be returned unanswered to the Contractor. 01 26 13 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 165 1. Contractor shall review all subcontractor- and supplier-initiated RFIs and take actions to resolve issues of coordination, sequencing, and layout of the Work. 2. RFIs submitted to request clarification of issues related to means, methods, techniques, and sequences of construction or for establishing trade jurisdictions and scopes of subcontracts will be returned without interpretation. Such issues are solely the Contractor's responsibility. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for delays resulting from the necessity to resubmit an RFI due to insufficient or incorrect information presented in the RFI. D. Requested Information: Contractor shall carefully examine the Contract Documents to ensure that information sufficient for interpretation of requirements of the Contract Documents is not included. RFIs that request interpretation of requirements clearly indicated in the Contract Documents will be returned without interpretation. 1. In all cases in which RFIs are issued to request clarification of issues related to means, methods, techniques and sequences of construction, for example, pipe and duct routing, clearances, specific locations of Work shown diagrammatically, apparent interferences and similar items, the Contractor shall furnish all information required for the Owner’s Representative to analyze and/or understand the circumstances causing the RFI and prepare a clarification or direction as to how the Contractor shall proceed. 2. If information included with this type RFI by the Contractor is insufficient, the RFI will be returned unanswered. E. Unacceptable Uses for RFIs: RFIs shall not be used for the following purposes: 1. To request approval of submittals (use procedure specified in Section 01 33 00 – Submittals Procedures). 2. To request approval of substitutions. 3. To request changes that entail change in Contract Time and Contract Sum (comply with provisions of the General Provisions of the Contract, as discussed in detail during pre- construction meeting). 4. To request different methods of performing Work than those indicated in the Contract Drawings and Specifications (comply with provisions of the General Provisions of the Contract). 01 26 13 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 166 F. Disputed Requirements: In the event the Contractor believes that a clarification by the Owner’s Representative results in additional cost or time, Contractor shall not proceed with the Work indicated by the RFI until authorized to proceed by the Engineer and claims, if any, are resolved in accordance with provisions in the General Provisions of the Contract. G. RFI Log: Contractor shall prepare and maintain a log of RFIs, and at any time requested by the Owner’s Representative, the Contractor shall furnish copies of the log showing all outstanding RFIs. H. Review Time: Owner’s Representative will return RFIs to Contractor within 5 to 10 working days of receipt. RFIs received after 4 p.m. shall be considered received on the next regular working day for the purpose of establishing the start of the response period. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 167 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE (PROCORE) 1.01 PROCORE PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COLLABORATION SYSTEM SUMMARY a. Contractor shall use the owner provided project management collaboration software Procore (www.procore.com) to submit, track, distribute and collaborate on project documentation and action items. b. The intent of utilizing a web-based construction management application is to reduce cost and schedule risk, improve quality and safety, and maintain a healthy team dynamic by improving information flow, reducing non- productive activities, reducing rework and decreasing turnaround times. c. The use of Procore for project management does not relieve the contractor of any other requirements as may be specified in the contract documents. 1.02 SOFTWARE CAPABILITIES (including but not limited to) a. Daily Log i. Provide daily log entry from web and mobile with automatic capture of daily weather conditions. ii. Provide ability to attach photographs to entries directly from mobile. iii. Provide reporting capabilities to easily report on man-hours and activities for a certain time frame and contractor. b. Dashboards i. Provide a dashboard that shows the status of all currently assigned items with drill down capability to see the subject, assignee and due date of each item. c. Deficiency Tracking i. Provide a means for recording, assigning and confirming completion of any deficiency or observation noted during the course of construction. Must be accessible from web and mobile. d. Directory i. Provide a directory of all team member’s contact information that is accessible from web and mobile. e. Documents i. Provide a storage location for miscellaneous project documents with the ability to have a folder hierarchy and privacy settings on folders. ii. There should not be a storage limit. 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 168 iii. Provide download tracking. iv. Provide the ability to revision and check out files, with access to all previous revisions. f. Drawings i. Provide access to a system maintained current set of drawings on web and mobile, with access to all previous revisions as well. ii. Provide automatic hyperlinking capability for detail callouts. iii. Provide drawing markup capabilities on web and mobile. iv. Provide ability to link RFIs, Submittals, Punchlist Items, Photos and Project Documents to the drawings. v. Drawing Markups should be carried forward when new revisions are uploaded. vi. Markups and linked documentation should be able to be public or private. g. Financial Management i. Provide ability to manage contracts, payment applications and change orders through the software. ii. Provide ability to view contracts and change orders from web and mobile. h. Inspections i. Provide ability to create inspections from web and mobile. ii. Provide ability to create a deficiency item from an inspection that can be assigned and tracked to completion. i. Meetings i. Provide ability to create, edit and view meeting minutes from web and mobile. ii. Provide ability to create action items with assignees and due dates from a meeting item. j. Mobile Accessibility i. Provide native mobile applications for iOS and Android phones at least one on- site individual to provide real-time access to provide access to relevant project documentation, including as-built versions of Drawings and Specifications, RFIs, submittals, schedules, change orders, even when there is no internet access. Providing mobile access will improve communication, efficiency, and productivity for all parties. k. Photos i. Provide ability to upload and view photos from web and mobile. 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 169 ii. Provide ability to markup photos from mobile to clarify anything important in the photo. iii. Provide ability to link photos to specific locations on drawings. l. Punchlist i. Provide ability to create punchlist items from web and mobile and link them to specific locations on the drawings. ii. Provide ability to distribute punch list items to all contractors, for contractors to mark them as resolved with photographic proof of resolution via mobile, and for the items to be marked as complete via mobile or web. . m. Requests for Information (RFIs) i. Provide ability to create RFIs with assignees, due dates and attachments. ii. Provide ability for assignees to respond to RFIs both via the software and by responding to the system generated email. iii. Provide an auto-generated log of all RFIs. n. Schedule i. Provide ability to display schedules from typical scheduling software such as Microsoft Project, Primavera P3, Primavera P6 or Asta Powerproject. o. Specifications i. Provide ability to upload project specifications and manage them at the individual specification level. ii. Provide ability to view and search specifications on web and mobile. iii. Provide ability to upload revisions to individual specifications and maintain all revision history. iv. Provide an auto-generated current specification log that provides access to the current version of each specification. v. Provide ability to link specifications to submittals and view the specification from the submittal. p. Submittals i. Provide ability to upload a submittal register of all expected submittals. ii. Provide ability to create multi-step approval workflows for submittals, with reminder notifications for the current assignee. iii. Provide the ability to upload any file type without size restrictions. iv. Provide an auto-generated submittal log. 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 170 1.03 TECHNOLOGY a. Fully web based with mobile apps for Windows, iOS and Android phones. b. Accessible without logging in through a virtual private network (VPN). c. Works on the current version of Internet Explorer, Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox and Apple Safari browsers. d. Can generate emails automatically, and all attachments are included in the emails via download links to avoid emails not being delivered due to size. e. PDF output of forms such as RFIs, Submittals, Meetings, Change Orders, etc. should be available and customizable. 1.04 TRAINING AND SUPPORT a. The Contractor is required to create a free web-based Procore user account(s) and utilize web-based training / tutorials (as needed) to become familiar with the system. b. If unfamiliar or not otherwise trained with Procore, Contractor and applicable team members shall complete a free training certification course located at http://learn.procore.com/procore-certification-subcontractor. The software selected must provide training in the form of self-paced learning videos as well as interactive webinars. c. The Contractor is responsible for attaining their own Procore support, as needed, either through online training or reaching out to the Procore support team. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to regularly check Procore and review updated documents as they are added. There will be no cost to the Contractor for use of Procore. The software selected must provide support to all parties via email, phone and live chat at no additional charge. d. The contractor shall hold a kickoff meeting with the Owner and applicable consultants at the beginning of the project to discuss how the software will be used, routing & naming protocols, etc. 1.05 PROCEDURES a. RFIs and Submittals I. The Contractor will be responsible for submitting all RFIs and Submittals through the software and assigning them to the appropriate parties. II. Architects / Engineers / Consultants etc. are responsible for posting all responses to these items via the software, including all relevant attachments. III. The Contractor will distribute responses to all affected subcontractors and confirm agreement with the response by closing the item. b. Construction Documentation I. The Contractor will manage Drawings, Specifications and Documents in the software 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 171 to ensure that the current version of all applicable construction documentation is available to the entire team via web and mobile. II. The Contractor will ensure that all RFIs which modify the current drawings are posted to the drawings and available via web and mobile within 24 hours of the RFI being responded to. c. Contractor will record and distribute meeting minutes and action items via the software. d. Contractor will take daily site photos and make them publicly available. e. Punchlist III. All punch list items will be managed through the software. IV. Punchlist items will be created by the Contractor while walking with the Owner and applicable consultants. V. It will be at the Owner’s discretion whether or not Punchlist Items can be closed while a representative from the Owner or applicable consultant is not present. f. General 1.06 PRICING a. It is intended that the contractor will utilize the software for at least all functions identified in “Section 1.02 – Software Capabilities.” g. The cost of Procore Technologies services is paid in full by the Owner h. The software allows for unlimited users to ensure that all parties have access to the system. This project will utilize the Owner’s Procore (www.procore.com) online project management and document control platform. The intent of utilizing Procore is to reduce cost and schedule risk, improve quality and safety, and maintain a healthy team dynamic by improving information flow, reducing non-productive activities, reducing rework and decreasing turnaround times. The Contractor is required to create a free web-based Procore user account(s) and utilize web-based training / tutorials (as needed) to become familiar with the system. Unless the Engineer approves otherwise, the Contractor shall process all project documents through Procore because this platform will be used to submit, track, distribute and collaborate on project. If unfamiliar or not otherwise trained with Procore, Contractor and applicable team members shall complete a free training certification course located at http://learn.procore.com/procore-certification-subcontractor. The Contractor is responsible for attaining their own Procore support, as needed, either through the online training or reaching out to the Procore support team. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to regularly check Procore and review updated documents as they are added. There will be no cost to the Contractor for use of Procore. 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 172 It is recommended that the Contractor provide mobile access for Windows, iOS located at https://apps.apple.com/us/app/procore-construction-management/id374930542 or Android devices located at https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.procore.activities with the Procore App installed to at least one on-site individual to provide real-time access to current posted drawings, specifications, RFIs, submittals, schedules, change orders, project documents, as well as any deficient observations or punch list items. Providing mobile access will improve communication, efficiency, and productivity for all parties. The use of Procore for project management does not relieve the contractor of any other requirements as may be specified in the contract documents. Part 2 (NOT USED) Part 3 (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 173 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PROGRESS SCHEDULE a. A Progress Schedule shall be used to control the Work and to provide a definitive basis for determining Project progress. The Progress Schedule shall be prepared, maintained and updated by the Contractor and historical dates agreed monthly with the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit a preliminary Progress Schedule and a Progress Schedule for acceptance by the Engineer. These schedules shall be the Contractor’s working schedules and shall be used to plan, organize and execute the Work, record and report actual performance and progress, and show how the Contractor plans to complete all remaining Work as of the end of each progress report period. b. The Progress Schedule shall comprise all the detailed construction-related activities using the Critical Path Method (CPM). The Progress Schedule shall provide sufficient detail and clarity to reflect the intricacies and interdependencies of activities so the Contractor can plan, schedule, monitor, control and report on the progress of its work. In addition, it shall provide the Engineer and Agency a tool to monitor and follow the progress for all phases of the Work. c. The Contractor shall perform Work and furnish materials, labor, tools, equipment or services that may be reasonably inferred as being required to produce the intended result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents, at no additional cost to the Agency. d. Visible, existing improvements for which no specific disposition is made on the Plans, but which interfere with the Work, shall be removed and disposed of by the Contractor with the prior approval of the Engineer. e. Scheduling software shall be Primavera Project Manager (P6) or Microsoft Projects without exception. 1.02 PRE-CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING CONFERENCE a. The Engineer will conduct a pre-construction scheduling conference with the Contractor to review requirements for the schedules including SOV and schedule configuration. The conference shall be conducted sufficiently early to allow the Contractor to submit the preliminary Progress Schedule within 10 Calendar Days of the Effective Date of the Contract. b. At this meeting, the Contractor shall explain in detail the procedure to be used to develop the schedule activity. This procedure is subject to the review and acceptance of the Engineer. 1.03 PRELIMINARY PROGRESS SCHEDULE a. Following the pre-construction scheduling conference, the Contractor shall submit a preliminary Progress Schedule for review by the Engineer. The preliminary Progress Schedule shall show detailed construction-related activities for the 30 Calendar Days of the Project. The remainder of the Contract activities shall be shown as summary bars 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 174 within the milestones of the Work. If the Engineer has comments on the preliminary Progress Schedule, Contractor shall make the necessary changes and resubmit it within 10 Calendar Days. No progress payments will be made during the period specified above for the preliminary Progress Schedule until the preliminary Progress Schedule has been accepted by the Engineer. b. The preliminary Progress Schedule shall: 1. Illustrate a feasible schedule for completion of the Work within the time and milestones specified. 2. Provide an elementary example of the schedule in the format to be used for the Progress Schedule. 3. Include the activity code structure as described in paragraph 1.18 ACTIVITY CODES. c. Preliminary Progress Schedule Submittal Format: Contractor shall submit the preliminary Progress Schedule into Procore. A brief narrative shall accompany the submittal, describing Contractor’s scheduling approach to the Project. The narrative shall include a description of the Contract milestones, approach for construction activities during the period of the preliminary Progress Schedule, description of the general approach of the activities for the Work beyond the preliminary Progress Schedule period, a description of the Project’s Critical Path, identification of critical long-lead submittals, and planned outages. The narrative shall also incorporate activity codes, calendars, weather days, milestone constraints, and work breakdown structure in accordance with the requirements specified in this part. 1.04 PROGRESS SCHEDULE a. The Progress Schedule comprises all the construction-related activities for the Work and shall show the order in which the Contractor proposes to carry out the Work. Contractor shall include milestones, coordination necessitated by limited access and available work areas, and the availability and use of the labor force, material and equipment. Contractor shall use the Progress Schedule to plan, schedule and coordinate the Work including activities of Subcontractors, equipment vendors, and suppliers. b. The Progress Schedule shall be to the level of detail acceptable to the Engineer, and shall include the following: 1. Organization and structural breakdown of the Project; 2. Milestones and completion dates; 3. Type of Work to be performed and the labor trades involved; 4. Purchase, manufacture and delivery activities for major materials and equipment; 5. Preparation, submittal, and acceptance of shop drawings and material samples; 6. Deliveries of Agency-furnished equipment and/or materials; 7. Acceptances required by regulatory agencies and/or other third parties; 8. Assignment of responsibility for each activity; 9. Access requirements to Work areas; 10. Identification of interfaces and dependencies with preceding, concurrent and follow on Contractors; 11. Tests, submittal of test reports and acceptance of test results; 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 175 12. Planning for phased or total acceptance by Agency; including start up and commissioning; 13. Identification of any labor force, material and equipment restrictions. 14. Sequence of construction to maintain plant operations; 15. Planned outages. c. The activities included in the Progress Schedule shall be defined in Working Days. Durations shall be based on the labor (crafts), equipment, and materials required to perform each activity on a normal workday basis. Activity durations shall be 20 Working Days or less except in the case of non-construction activities such as procurement of materials, delivery of equipment, and concrete curing. All durations shall be the result of definitive labor force and resource planning by Contractor to perform the Work, in consideration of contractually defined on Site Work conditions and Contractor’s planned means and methods. d. When the Progress Schedule is accepted by the Engineer, the Engineer will save a copy of the Progress Schedule as the baseline schedule, and will use it for analysis of Contractor’s progress. e. The Contractor shall update the Progress Schedule monthly. 1.05 ELECTRONIC PROGRESS SCHEDULE FORMAT AND REPORTING a. The Progress Schedule shall be created using Primavera P6 scheduling software or Microsoft Projects. Contractor shall use Engineer’s file-naming format throughout the Project. 1. Electronic schedule files shall be saved with .XML or .XER file extensions. 2. Primavera Project Manager settings for “Baseline Type” shall be used in the following manner: i. Select <None> as the baseline type for the Preliminary Schedule Submittal. ii. Once the Preliminary and Project Schedule are accepted, the baseline type shall be named <Initial Plan>. iii. Each subsequent Project Schedule update shall set the baseline type to <Last Performance Update>. 3. The data date for schedule calculation in the preliminary Progress Schedule and Progress Schedule shall be set as the date of the Notice to Proceed unless otherwise specified by the Engineer. 1.06 COST LOADING a. Except for manufacturer lead-time, each Progress Schedule activity that has an actual cost shall have a cost value assigned to it. Equipment or material delivery activities bearing cost shall be separate activities. Each activity’s assigned cost shall consist of all costs associated with that activity including all Project management, superintendence, overhead and profit costs. The sum of all activity costs shall be equal to the current Contract value at all times, including approved Change Orders. The Contractor shall certify 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 176 that the costs are not unbalanced and that the value assigned to each activity represents the Contractor’s total cost to perform that activity. b. If the Engineer or Agency determines cost data does not meet the requirements for a balanced bid breakdown, the Contractor shall submit documentation substantiating any cost allocation questioned. Cost allocations will be considered unbalanced if activity on the Progress Schedule has been assigned a disproportionate allocation of direct costs, overhead and profit. If documentation of the cost data does not, in the opinion of the Engineer substantiate cost allocations, the Progress Schedule will be returned to the Contractor for action. c. Unit Price items required to be paid on a unit cost basis as identified in the Bid Form and the Measurement and Payment section shall be incorporated into the Progress Schedule and measured and updated as specified in this part and as specified in the Measurement and Payment section. d. The Contractor shall produce Cash Flow Projection reports and graphics from the Primavera application. e. Cost-loaded data shall be the basis for monthly payment applications and shall be included with monthly updates of the Progress Schedule. 1.07 RESOURCE LOADING a. The Contractor shall build a resource (labor force) library within Primavera and assign resources to each applicable Progress Schedule activity. Resource-loading shall determine the activity duration based on the assigned resource. The Contractor shall submit a resource analysis report produced from Primavera in the form of a series of graphics showing the principal trades. The report shall show the number of worker-days of effort for each month over the life of the Contract. The labor force requirements forecast shall be updated monthly and shall include the actual labor force used by trade as of the current report period and the labor force required to complete the Work. 1.08 COORDINATING PROGRESS SCHEDULE WITH OTHER CONTRACT SCHEDULES a. Where Work is to be performed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent upon work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts, the Progress Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts. Agency will provide the schedules of other contracts for preparation and updating of the Progress Schedule. Contractor shall revise the Progress Schedule as required by changes in schedules of other contracts. b. In case of interference between the operations of different Contractors, the Agency will determine the work priority of each Contractor and the sequence of work necessary to expedite the completion of the entire Project. In all such cases, the decision of Agency shall be accepted as final. 1.09 SUBMITTALS a. The Progress Schedule and associated reports shall be submitted to the Engineer for acceptance within the period of the preliminary Progress Schedule specified in 1.05(3). If 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 177 the Progress Schedule is not submitted, no progress payments will be made after the due date until the Progress Schedule has been submitted. b. Printouts and electronic layouts required as part of the Progress Schedule submittal and monthly updates are as follows: 1. Summary Schedule: 1-page milestone and summary schedule, sorted by total float, early-start, early-finish; 2. Detailed Project Schedule: organized by WBS or area of Work; sorted by total float, early-start, early-finish; 3. Critical Path Schedule: sorted based on the total float, early-start, early-finish; 4. 60-Calendar-Day Look Ahead Schedule: sorted by total float, early-start, early- finish; 5. Activities in Progress: organized by WBS or area of Work; sorted by total float, early-start, early-finish; 6. Cash Flow Trending Report: presented in an S-Curve format based on original planned early start and late start forecasted expenditures. In addition, the historical actual data point(s) are to be graphed within the S-Curve graphic report; 7. Monthly payment projections; 8. Out-of-sequence Report: tabular report showing Work performed out-of- sequence. c. Contractor shall submit additional layouts if directed by Engineer. d. The submittal shall include the following: 1. Narrative report summarizing the Contract milestones, Critical Path, Project approach including phasing or use of crews, significant submittal and fabrication items, coordination or interface requirements, Agency-provided items, and list of Subcontractors and vendors. 2. Graphic reports including Critical Path report (longest path), summary schedule report, total float report by early-start early-finish, look-ahead report grouped by work breakdown structure or Project phasing, and cash flow projection. Cash flow projections include estimated cumulative cost curves based on early and late start dates and projection of monthly payments over the life of the Project e. The schedule, Critical Path, and look-ahead schedules shall be submitted in Procore; f. The Progress Schedule file shall be submitted in an executable format. 1.10 MONTHLY SCHEDULE UPDATES a. Monthly Progress Schedule updates shall be submitted for the duration of the Contract on a date agreed to by the Agency, Engineer, and Contractor. If monthly Progress Schedule updates are not submitted by the due date, progress payments will be withheld until the required information is submitted. 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 178 b. The updated schedule shall be reviewed each month in a meeting with Engineer to verify: 1. Actual start dates, 2. Actual completion dates, 3. Activity percent completion, 4. Revised logic (as-built and projected) and changes in activity durations, cost assigned, 5. Cost influence of Change Orders, if any, 6. Revisions due to extension of time. c. Prior to each meeting, Contractor shall prepare a complete and accurate report of current procurement and construction progress through the end of the update period, and a depiction of how Contractor plans to continue the Work to meet all Contract completion dates. All network changes and status data agreed to during each update meeting shall be considered as accepted by both parties unless written notice of any exceptions is given within 5 Calendar Days after the meeting. d. For major network changes that cannot be agreed to during an updating meeting, Contractor shall submit the proposed changes for Engineer’s acceptance prior to inserting such changes into the network. Submittals may be in the form of marked up networks, fragnets, or schedule abstracts, provided they are submitted with a letter of transmittal. A fragnet is defined as a sequence of new activities and/or activity revisions that are proposed to be added to the existing schedule to demonstrate how Project events have an impact on the schedule. 1.11 DATA DATE a. The data date is the re-settable date in P6 that serves as the end of a reporting period. The reporting period will be recorded on a monthly basis, e.g., January 1st through January 31st with the 31st as the data date. If required for coordination purposes by the Agency, the Engineer will provide specific data dates to be used by the Contractor. 1.12 REVIEW PROCESS a. Engineer will review Contractor’s preliminary Progress Schedule and full Progress Schedule submittals within 15 Calendar Days after receipt of all required information. b. At the request of Agency or Engineer, Contractor shall participate in any meetings necessary to reach a mutual agreement and acceptance of the preliminary Progress Schedule, Progress Schedules, or Cash Flow Projections. c. If any of the required submittals are returned to Contractor for corrections or revisions, they shall be resubmitted within 10 Calendar Days after the return mailing date. Resubmittals shall include all information and media included in the first submittal. Review and response by Engineer will be given within 10 Calendar Days after receipt of each resubmittal. d. Schedules shall show Contract completion of the Work on the Contract completion date and with zero or positive total float even if the Contractor plans to finish early. In no event shall acceptance of the schedule be a basis for a claim for delay against Agency or Engineer 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 179 by Contractor for an early finish. A Progress Schedule containing activities with negative float or that extend beyond the Contract completion date will not be acceptable. e. Acceptance of the Progress Schedule by Engineer does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for accomplishing the Work by the Contract completion date. Omissions and errors in the accepted Progress Schedule shall not relieve the Contractor of obligations under the Contract. Acceptance by Engineer in no way makes Engineer or Agency an ensurer of the Schedule's success or liable for time or cost overruns. Engineer and Agency disclaim any obligation or liability by reason of acceptance of the Progress Schedule by the Engineer. 1.13 RESPONSIBILITY OF SCHEDULE COMPLIANCE a. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current Progress Schedule that the Critical Path is delayed and the Contract completion date will not be met, Contractor shall mitigate the delay by taking some or all of the following actions at no additional cost to Agency. 1. Increase construction labor force in such quantities and crafts as will bring the Project back on schedule within the completion dates and milestones. 2. Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, Working Days per week, and the amount of construction equipment, or any combination of the foregoing, to substantially eliminate the backlog of Work. 3. Re-schedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrence of activities and to comply with the schedule date(s). b. Within 5 Working Days of the Engineer’s request, Contractor shall submit a recovery schedule and written statement of the steps intended to remove or arrest the delay to the Critical Path in the schedule. If the Contractor fails to submit the required information or should fail to take measures acceptable to the Engineer, the Engineer with Agency concurrence may direct Contractor to increase labor force, equipment and scheduled Work hours to remove or arrest the delay to the Critical Path and the Contractor shall promptly provide such level of effort at no additional cost to Agency. c. In the event Contractor fails to follow the updated or revised recovery schedule, Agency may elect to withhold progress payments until Contractor complies with the revised schedule. d. Should Contractor’s efforts not remove or arrest the delay to the Critical Path of the accepted schedule, then Agency shall be entitled to supplement Contractor’s workforce and equipment to remove and arrest any delay, and shall be entitled to deduct all costs and expenses associated with the supplemental workforce and equipment from payments due to the Contractor. If insufficient Contract funds remain, Agency may recover such funds from Contractor and its Surety. 1.14 CHANGE ORDERS, DELAYS, AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME a. When Change Orders or delays are experienced by Contractor and Contractor requests an extension of time, Contractor shall submit a written time impact analysis to the Engineer illustrating the influence of each change or delay to the current Contract Schedule completion date. Each time impact analysis shall include a fragment incorporating the Change Order or delay into the Progress Schedule to demonstrate how 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 180 Contractor was delayed. The Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with the preparation of any time impact analysis for inexcusable or concurrent delays. For critical (longest) path delays or delays to contractual milestones approved as excusable by the City, the Contractor will be paid up to a maximum fee of $1,000 per time impact analysis submittal to be added to the Contract via change order after acceptance of the CPM schedule with time impact analysis. Any time impact analysis request without merit will not be approved, and hence, will not be reimbursed via change order. b. Each time impact analysis shall demonstrate the estimated time impact based on the events of the change or the delay; the date the change was given to Contractor or the delay incurred, the status of construction at that point in time, and the event time computation of all activities affected by the change or delay. The event times used in the analysis shall be those included in the latest update of the Progress Schedule or as adjusted for the events of delay. c. Each time impact analysis shall be uploaded as a submittal/resubmittal via Procore within 5 Working Days of delay occurrence or direction to proceed with a change is given to Contractor. No time extensions will be considered if the time impact analysis is not submitted within the specified time. d. The Engineer will review Contractor’s time impact analysis. Contractor shall furnish such justification and supporting evidence as the Engineer deems necessary to determine whether Contractor is entitled to an extension of time. Engineer’s review of each time impact analysis will be made within 5 Working Days of receipt of the time impact analysis and additional information as required by the Engineer, unless subsequent meetings and negotiations are necessary. If the Engineer does not respond within 5 working days the time impact analysis is deemed rejected. e. The Contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in paragraph 15. Time extensions will be granted only to the extent that equitable time adjustments for the activity or activities affected exceed the total or remaining float along the Critical Path at the time of actual delay. Delays in activities which are not on the Critical Path and do not affect Contract completion dates, will not be considered for an extension of time. 1.15 CAUSES FOR EXTENSIONS OF TIME a. Additional positive total float in the Progress Schedule generated by efficiencies of Agency or Contractor is a shared commodity to be reasonably used by either party, and belongs exclusively to the Project. The Contractor is not entitled to any additional compensation for completion of the Project prior to expiration of the Contract Times. b. Agency-Initiated Changes. Agency initiated changes to the Contract Work that absorb float time will not be considered for an extension of time. Agency-initiated changes that affect the Critical Path of the Progress Schedule shall be grounds for extending or shortening completion dates. Use of float time for Contractor initiated changes will require Agency’s concurrence. Contractor’s changes, however, shall give way to Agency- initiated changes competing for the same float time. c. Outside Contractor’s Control. Events outside of the Contractor’s control that affect the Critical Path of the Progress Schedule will be considered for an extension or reduction of the Contract Times. 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 181 d. Weather Delays. Engineer will obtain weather data during construction from a reputable source, and will maintain weather records. 1. Engineer will determine Contractor’s entitlement to an extension of the Contract Time as a result of weather delays. Extensions of time will be granted at the discretion of the Engineer for circumstances not covered by the flow chart. 2. Any weather-related extension of Contract Time shall be non-compensable. Efficiencies gained as a result of favorable weather within a calendar month, where the number of days of normally anticipated weather days is less than expected, shall contribute to the Project float and shall not affect the Contract Times. 3. Application for a weather-related extension of time shall be submitted to the Engineer, and shall state the extension requested and be supported by the relevant weather data. 1.16 AS-BUILT SCHEDULE a. As a condition precedent to release of final payment, the last update to the Progress Schedule submitted shall be identified by the Contractor as the “As-Built Schedule.” The “As-Built Schedule” shall reflect the exact manner in which the Project was actually constructed (including actual start and completion dates, activities, sequences, and logic) and shall be signed and certified by the Contractor’s Project manager. 1.17 SCHEDULE SOFTWARE SETTINGS AND RESTRICTIONS a. Contractor shall consult with Engineer for acceptable Microsoft Projects or Primavera Project Manager software settings and restrictions. The following shall apply unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 1. Schedule Options: i. Shall be defined only to “Use expected finish dates”; ii. Scheduling progressed activities to be set to “Use only retained logic,” not progress override option; iii. Critical Path activities defined as Total Float less than or equal to zero; iv. Calculating start-to-start lag from “early start” dates; and computing total float as “finish float = late finish – early finish”; v. Calendar to be set for scheduling relationship lag as “Predecessor Activity Calendar.” 2. Activity progress shall be shown using Remaining Duration. Date format shall be DDMMYY. 3. Default activity type shall be set to “Independent Task.” 4. Date/time activity constraint(s), other than those required by the Contract, will not be allowed unless accepted by Engineer. Contractor shall identify proposed constraints and explain the constraint purpose in the Narrative Report. 5. Lags shall not be used in the creation of an activity that will perform the same function, e.g., concrete cure time. Lag durations contained in the Project Schedule shall not have a negative value. Contractor shall identify any lag proposed and explain the purpose of the lag in the Narrative Report. 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 182 6. Actual Start and Finish dates shall not be automatically updated by default mechanism that may be included in the CPM scheduling software system. Actual Start and Actual Finish dates on the CPM schedule shall be updated by actual Work progression. 1.18 ACTIVITY CODES a. The Primavera (P6) activity codes and WBS to be confirmed or revised by the Engineer are listed below. Confirmation or revision of the activity codes and WBS will be provided to the Contractor within 3 Working Days of the Effective Date of the Contract. Use of the Engineer prescribed activity codes and WBS is mandatory. b. “Project Codes” as defined by Primavera P6 is reserved for the Agency. Only “Activity Codes” at Project Level will be permitted for Contractor use. Activity Code Code Value Description Phase 0005 Construction Phase Construction Phase A BC D E Milestones Administrative Submittals Construction Activities Closeout Phase Submittals SUB R&A F&D Submittals Review & Approve Fabricate & Deliver Other Codes to be prescribed by Engineer or requested by Contractor for Project specific criteria. 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 183 1.19 ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIPS a. Relationships between activities shall be identified with the following information: 1. Predecessor and successor activity ID. 2. Relationship types: • FS Finish to start • SS Start to start • FF Finish to finish • SF Start to finish – This relationship is not allowed, unless authorized by Engineer. 1.20 PROJECT CALENDARS a. Project Calendars shall use Working Days as the planning unit for the schedule. Use of Global Calendars is reserved for Agency. Each calendar shall be set to start on Mondays with holidays in accordance with Agency policy. The following calendars shall be used for each activity except as otherwise accepted by Engineer: 1. 5-Day x 8 Hour Workweek (with holidays) shall be used for 5-day 40-hour workweek activities: Monday through Friday. All holidays and non-work days shall be assigned to this calendar. This calendar shall be used for all normal work activities, submittals, and fabricate and delivery activities. This calendar shall be the default calendar for the Project unless otherwise specified. 2. 5-Day x 10-Hour Workweek (with holidays) shall be used for 5-day 50-hour workweek activities: Monday through Friday. All holidays and non-work days shall be assigned to this calendar. 3. 6-Day x 10-Hour Workweek (with holidays) shall be used for 6-day 60-hour workweek activities. Monday through Saturday. All holiday and non-work days shall be assigned to this calendar. 4. 7-Day Calendar (no holidays) shall be used for 7-day workweek activities. No non- work days shall be entered into this calendar. 5. Additional Calendars may be assigned depending on need. However, Contractor shall consult with the Engineer before other calendars are entered and/or used in the Project schedule. b. The workday to calendar day correlation shall be based on a single shift and 5-day work week with adequate allowance for holidays, adverse weather, and all other special requirements of the Work. Contractor may, at his option, propose alternate baseline calendars to allow a second shift and/or a single shift on Saturdays subject to the concurrence and acceptance of Agency. Under no circumstances will a schedule be accepted which allows regularly scheduled Work on Sundays. 1.21 FLOAT a. Contractor shall not use float suppression techniques, including preferential sequencing (arranging Critical Path through activities more susceptible to Agency caused delay); lag logic restraints; zero total or free float constraints; extended activity times; or imposing constraint dates other than as required by the Contract. Float suppression will be cause 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 184 for rejection of the preliminary Progress Schedule or full Progress Schedule and its updates. 1.22 MANDATORY MILESTONES a. The Contract duration shall be equal to the time period between the Notice to Proceed and the completion milestone. The following milestones are mandatory. 1. Project Award Milestone 2. Notice to Proceed Milestone 3. Completion is forty (40) working days from Notice to Proceed b. The following additional milestones are to be considered and incorporated into the Progress Schedule in accordance with the Contract terms, if applicable. 1. Permit constraints 2. Facility shut down or outage milestone requirements 3. Applicable phasing milestones 4. Other milestones deemed appropriate by the Engineer. PART 2 EXECUTION 2-1.1 Preconstruction Meeting After, or upon, notification of Contract award, the Engineer will set the time and location for the Preconstruction Meeting. Attendance of the Contractor’s management personnel responsible for the management, administration, and execution of the Project is mandatory for the meeting to be convened. Failure of the Contractor to have the Contractor’s responsible Project personnel attend the Preconstruction Meeting will be grounds for default by Contractor per Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-7. No separate payment will be made for the Contractor’s attendance at the meeting. The Notice to Proceed will only be issued on or after the completion of the Preconstruction Meeting. 2-1.2 Preparation and Review of the Baseline Construction Schedule The Contractor shall prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule as a CPM Schedule in the precedence diagram method (activity-on-node) format. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall depict a workable plan showing the sequence, duration, and interdependence of all activities required to represent the complete performance of all Project Work as well as periods where Work is precluded. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall begin with the projected date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed and conclude the date of final completion per the Contract duration. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include detail of all Project phasing, staging, and sequencing, including all milestones necessary to define beginning and ending of each phase or stage. 2-1.2.1 Time-Scaled Network Diagram As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a complete time-scaled network diagram showing all of the activities, logic relationships, and milestones comprising the schedule. 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 185 2-1.2.2 Tabular Listing As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a tabular listing of all of the activities, showing for each activity the identification number, the description, the duration, the early start, the early finish, the late start, the late finish, the total float, and all predecessor and successor activities for the activity described. 2-1.2.3 Bar Chart As a part of the Baseline Construction Schedule the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the Critical Path. 2-1.2.4 Schedule Software The Contractor shall use commercially available software equal to the Windows 2000 compatible “Suretrak” program by Primavera or “Project” program by Microsoft Corporation to prepare the Baseline Construction Schedule and all updates thereto. The Contractor shall submit to the Agency a digital file with all network information contained on it, in a format readable by a Microsoft Windows 2000 system. The Agency will use a “Suretrak,” “Project” or equal software program for review of the Contractor’s schedule. Should the Contractor elect to use a scheduling program other than the “Suretrak” program by Primavera or “Project” program by Microsoft Corporation, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer 3 copies of the substituted program that are fully licensed to the Agency and 32 class hours of on-site training by the program publisher for up to 8 Agency staff members. The classes shall be presented on Mondays through Thursdays, inclusive, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. The on-site training shall be held at 1635 Faraday Avenue, Carlsbad, California. The dates and times of the on-site training shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval 5 Working Days before the start of the on-site training. The on-site training shall be completed prior to the submittal of the first Baseline Construction Schedule. 2-1.2.5 Schedule Activities Except for submittal activities, activity durations shall not be shorter than 1 Working Day nor longer than 15 Working Days, unless specifically and individually allowed by the Engineer. The Baseline Construction Schedule shall include between 100 and 500 activities, including submittals, interfaces between utility companies and other agencies, Project milestones and equipment and material deliveries. ’s plan for Project execution, to accurately describe the Project Work, and to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress and of time impacts. Each activity’s description shall accurately define the work planned for the activity and each activity shall have recognizable beginning and end points. 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 186 2-1.2.6 Float Float or slack time within the schedule is available without charge or compensation to whatever party or contingency first exhausts it. 2-1.2.7 Restraints to Activities Any submittals, utility interfaces, or any furnishing of Agency supplied materials, equipment, or services, which may impact any activity’s construction shall be shown as a restraint to those activities. Time periods to accommodate the review and correction of submittals shall be included in the schedule. 2-1.2.8 Late Completion A Baseline Construction Schedule showing a Project duration longer than the specified Contract duration will not be acceptable and will be grounds for determination of default by Contractor, per Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-4. 2-1.2.9 Early Completion The Baseline Construction Schedule will show the Contractor’s plan to support and maintain the Project for the entire contractual time span of the Project. Should the Contractor propose a Project duration shorter than Contract duration, a complete Baseline Construction Schedule must be submitted, reflecting the shorter duration, in complete accordance with all schedule requirements of Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-1. The Engineer may choose to accept the Contractor’s proposal of a Project duration shorter than the duration specified; provided the Agency is satisfied the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule is reasonable and the Agency and all other entities, public and private, which interface with the Project are able to support the provisions of the shortened Baseline Construction Schedule. The Agency’s acceptance of a shortened duration Project will be confirmed through the execution of a Contract Change Order revising the Project duration and implementing all contractual s including liquidated damages in accordance with the revised duration. 2-1.2.10 Engineer’s Review The Construction Schedule is subject to the review of the Engineer. The Engineer’s determination that the Baseline Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions shall be a condition precedent to issuance of the Notice to Proceed by the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that the Construction Schedule does not meet the requirements of these specifications the Contractor shall correct the Construction Schedule to meet these specifications and resubmit it to the Engineer. Failure of the Contractor to obtain the Engineer’s determination that the initial Construction Schedule proposed by the Contractor complies with the requirements of these supplemental provisions within 30 Working Days after the date of the Preconstruction Meeting shall be grounds for termination of the Contract per Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-4. Days used by the Engineer to review the initial Construction Schedule will not be included in the 30 Working Days. 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 187 The Engineer will review and return to the Contractor, with any comments, the Baseline Construction Schedule within 15 Working Days of submittal. The Baseline Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 2-1.2.10.1 through 2-1.2.10.3. 2-1.2.10.1 “Accepted” The Contractor may proceed with the Project Work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 2-1.8.1. 2-1.2.10.2 “Accepted with Comments” The Contractor may proceed with the Project Work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 2-1.8.1. 2-1.2.10.3 “Not Accepted” The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the corrections and changes of the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 2-1.8.1. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued by the Engineer if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required and marked “Accepted” or “Accepted with Comments” by the Engineer. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the Contract under the provisions of Supplemental General Provisions Section 2-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT if the changes of the comments are not submitted as required and marked “Accepted” by the Engineer. 2-1.3 Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions The Contractor shall meet with the Engineer during the last week of each month to agree upon each activity’s schedule status and shall submit monthly updates of the Baseline Construction Schedule confirming the agreements no later than the fifth Working Day of the following month. The monthly update will be submitted on hard (paper) copy and electronic media conforming to Section 6-1.3.3 Electronic Media per the submittal requirements of Section 1.05 (Electronic Progress Schedule Format and Reporting) and ill include each item and element of Sections 2-1.2 through 2-1.2.9 and 2-1.3.1 through 2-1.3.7. 2-1.3.1 Actual Activity Dates The actual dates each activity was started and/or completed during the month. After first reporting an actual date, the Contractor shall not change that actual date in later updates without specific notification to the Engineer with the update. 2-1.3.2 Activity Percent Complete For each activity underway at the end of the month, the Contractor shall report the percentage determined by the Engineer as complete for the activity. 2-1.3.3 Electronic Media The schedule data disk shall be a digital file, labeled with the Project name and number, the Contractor’s name and the date of preparation of the schedule data disk. The schedule data disk 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 188 shall be readable by the software specified in Section 6-1.2.4 “Schedule Software” and shall be free of file locking, encryption or any other protocol that would impede full access of all data stored on it. 2-1.3.4 List of Changes A list of all changes made to the activities or to the interconnecting logic, with an explanation for each change. 2-1.3.5 Change Orders Each monthly update will include the addition of the network revisions reflecting the Change Orders approved in the previous month. The network revisions will be as agreed upon during the review and acceptance of the Contractor’s Change Orders. 2-1.3.6 Bar Chart Each monthly update will include a chart showing individual tasks and their durations arranged with the tasks on the vertical axis and duration on the horizontal axis. The bar chart shall use differing texture patterns or distinctive line types to show the Critical Path. 2-1.4 Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule The Engineer will review and return the Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 Working Days of submittal. The Updated Construction Schedule will be returned marked as per Sections 6-1.4.1 through 6-1.4.3. Any Updated Construction Schedule marked “Accepted with Comments” or “Not Accepted” by the Engineer will be returned to the Contractor for correction. Upon resubmittal the Engineer will review and return the resubmitted Updated Construction Schedule to the Contractor, with any comments, within 5 Working Days. Failure of the Contractor to submit a monthly Updated Construction Schedule will invoke the same consequences as the Engineer returning a monthly Updated Construction Schedule marked “Not Accepted.” 2-1.4.1 “Accepted” The Contractor may proceed with the Project Work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed, and will receive payment for the schedule in accordance with Section 2-1.8.1. 2-1.4.2 “Accepted with Comments” The Contractor may proceed with the Project Work upon issuance of the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor must resubmit the schedule incorporating the comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 2-1.8.1. 2-1.4.3 “Not Accepted” The Contractor must resubmit the Updated Construction Schedule to the Engineer incorporating the corrections and changes noted in the Engineer’s comments prior to receipt of payment per Section 6-1.8.2. The Contractor, at the sole option of the Engineer, may be considered as having defaulted the Contract under the provisions of Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 189 6-7 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR DEFAULT if the changes of the comments are not submitted and marked “Accepted” by the Engineer re the last day of the month in which the Updated Construction Schedule is due. If the Contractor fails to submit the corrected Updated Construction Schedule as required the Contractor may elect to proceed with the Project at its own risk. Should the Contractor elect not to proceed with the Project, any resulting delay, impact, or disruption to the Project will be the Contractor’s responsibility 2-1.5 Late Completion or Milestone Dates Should the Schedule Update indicate a completion or contractually required milestone date later than the properly adjusted Contract or milestone duration, the Agency may withhold liquidated damages for the number of Calendar Days late. Should a subsequent “Accepted” Schedule Update remove all or a portion of the delay, all or the allocated portion of the previously held liquidated damages shall be released in the monthly payment to the Contractor immediately g the “Accepted” schedule. 2-1.6 Interim Revisions Should the actual or projected progress of the Work become substantially different from that depicted in the Project Schedule, independently of and prior to the next monthly update, the Contractor will submit a revised Baseline Construction Schedule, with a list and explanation of each change made to the schedule. The Revised Construction Schedule will be submitted per the submittal requirements of Section 1.05 (Electronic Progress Schedule Format and Reporting) and per the schedule review and acceptance requirements of Agency Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-1, including but not limited to the acceptance and payment provisions. As used in this section “substantially different” means a time variance greater than 5 percent of the number of Calendar Days of duration for the Project. 2-1.7 Final Schedule Update The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Final Schedule Update when 100% of the Construction Work is completed. The Contractor’s Final Schedule Update must accurately represent the actual dates for all activities. The Final Schedule Update shall be prepared and reviewed per Sections 6- 1.3. Preparation of Schedule Updates and Revisions and 6-1.4 Engineer’s Review of Updated Construction Schedule. Acceptance of the Final Schedule Update is required for completion of the Project and release of any and all ds retained per Section 9-3.2. 2-1.8 Measurement and Payment of Construction Schedule The Contractor’s preparation, revision and maintenance of the Construction Schedule are incidental to the Work and no separate payment will be made for them. END OF SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 190 1 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL a. Submittals will be submitted through Procore per Section 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination. b. Each submittal shall be consecutively numbered. Resubmittals shall be labeled with the original submittal number followed by an ascending alphabetical designation (e.g., ‘4-A’ would indicate the first resubmittal of the fourth submittal). Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal on the Contractor’s letterhead which shall contain the following: 1. Agency Project title and Contract number. 2. Specification section number(s) pertaining to material submitted for review. 3. Submittal number. 4. Description of the contents of the submittal. 5. Identification of any deviation from the Contract Documents on the transmittal and by redline on the shop or working Drawings. 6. Contractor’s certification statement. 7. Printed name and signature of submitter, title and date. c. The Contractor shall place the following certification statements on all submittals and shall subscribe to one of the following: "I certify that the materials, equipment or construction procedure(s) contained in this submittal meet all requirements shown or specified in the Contract Documents with no exceptions.” Or "I certify that the materials, equipment or construction procedure(s) contained in this submittal meet all requirements shown or specified in the Contract Documents, except for the following deviation(s):” d. Shop Drawings and engineering data (submittals) covering all equipment and all fabricated components and building materials which will become a permanent part of the Goods and Special Services under this Contract shall be submitted to Engineer for review, as required. Submittals shall verify compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall include Drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and the operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and supports required; the performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other materials and equipment. e. Each submittal shall cover items from only one section of the specification unless the item consists of components from several sources. Contractor shall submit a complete initial submittal including all components. When an item consists of components from several sources, Contractor's initial submittal shall be complete including all components. 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 191 f. All submittals, regardless of origin, shall be approved by Contractor and clearly identified with the name and number of this Contract, Contractor's name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and Contract Drawings. Each copy of all submittals, regardless of origin, shall be stamped or affixed with an approval statement of Contractor. Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item in the Goods and Special Services. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified and inapplicable data crossed out. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be indicated on all Drawings and other descriptive data. g. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the completeness of each submittal. Contractor's stamp or affixed approval statement of a submittal, is a representation to Engineer that Contractor accepts sole responsibility for determining and verifying all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that Contractor has reviewed and coordinated each submittal with the requirements of the Goods and Special Services and the Contract Documents. h. All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be identified as deviations on each submittal and shall be tabulated in Contractor's letter of transmittal using Procore. Such submittals shall, as pertinent to the deviation, indicate essential details of all changes proposed by Contractor (including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation) and all required piping and wiring diagrams. i. For electronic submittals, drawings and the necessary data shall be submitted electronically to Engineer as specified below. Submittal documents shall be in black and white unless color is required for the review of the submittal. All electronic files shall be in PDF as generated by Adobe Acrobat Professional latest version. The PDF file(s) shall be fully indexed using the Table of Contents, searchable with thumbnails generated. PDF images must be at a readable resolution. For most documents, they should be scanned or generated at 300 dots per inch (dpi). Optical Character Recognition (OCR) capture must be performed on these images so that text can be searched, selected and copied from the generated PDF file. The PDF documents shall have a bookmark created in the navigation frame for each major entry (“Section” or “Chapter”) in the Table of Contents. Thumbnails shall be generated for each page or graphic in the PDF file. The opening view for each PDF document shall be as follows: 1. Initial View: Bookmarks and Page 2. Magnification: Fit In Window 3. The file shall open to the Contractor’s transmittal letter, with bookmarks to the left. The first bookmark shall be linked to the Table of Contents. PDF document properties shall include the submittal number for the document title and the Contractor’s name for the author. j. Electronic submittal to PROCORE file sizes shall be limited to 50 GB. When multiple files are required for a submittal, it’s recommended to upload the files to the Documents tool within PROCORE. 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 192 k. The Contractor shall post submittals and retrieve the Engineer’s submittal review comments through the Engineer’s (Consulting Engineer’s) Project website accessible through the Internet. Instruction on procedures for posting and retrieving submittals will be provided after award of the Contract. l. Facsimiles (fax) will not be acceptable. Engineer will not accept submittals from anyone but Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. 1.02 ENGINEER’S REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS a. Engineer's review of submittals covers only general conformity to the Drawings and Specifications, external connections, and dimensions that affect the layout; it does not indicate thorough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material, equipment, device, or item covered. Engineer's review shall not relieve Contractor of sole responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations in the Drawings and data, nor of Contractor's sole responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. b. Engineer's submittal review period shall be 15 Working Days and shall commence on the first Working Day following receipt of the submittal or resubmittal in Engineer's office. The time required to mail the submittal or resubmittal back to Contractor shall not be considered a part of the submittal review period. c. When the Drawings and data are returned with review status "REJECTED" or "REVISE AND RESUBMIT," the corrections shall be made as instructed by Engineer. If submittals are made electronically, the corrected Drawings and data shall be resubmitted through the Project website. Resubmittals by facsimile or e-mail will not be accepted. When the Drawings and data are returned with review status "APPROVED AS NOTED," "APPROVED," or "FOR RECORD COPY," no additional copies need be furnished unless specifically requested by Engineer. 1.03 RESUBMITTAL OF DRAWINGS AND DATA a. Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each resubmittal. Contractor shall verify that all corrected data and additional information previously requested by Engineer are provided on the resubmittal. b. When corrected copies are resubmitted, Contractor shall direct specific attention to all revisions in writing and shall list separately any revisions made other than those called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Requirements specified for initial submittals shall also apply to resubmittals. A unique identification that indicates the initial submittal and correct sequence of each resubmittal will be assigned by Project website during the resubmittal. c. If more than 1 resubmittal is required because of failure of Contractor to provide all previously requested corrected data or additional information, Contractor shall reimburse Agency for the charges of Engineer for review of the additional resubmittals. This does not include initial submittal data such as shop tests and field tests that are submitted after initial submittal. 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 193 d. Resubmittals shall be made within 10 Working Days of the date of the letter returning the material to be modified or corrected, unless within5 Working Days Contractor submits an acceptable request for an extension of the stipulated time period, listing the reasons the resubmittal cannot be completed within that time. e. The need for more than 1 resubmittal, or any other delay in obtaining Engineer's review of submittals, will not entitle Contractor to extension of the Contract Times unless delay of the Work is the direct result of a change in the Work authorized by a Change Order or failure of Engineer to review and return any submittal to Contractor within the specified review period. 1.04 COLOR SELECTION a. Contractor shall submit samples of colors and finishes for all accepted products before Engineer will coordinate the selection of colors and finishes with Agency. Engineer will prepare a schedule of finishes that include the colors and finishes selected for both manufactured products and for surfaces to be field painted or finished and will furnish this schedule to Contractor within 5 Working Days after the date of acceptance of the last color or finish sample. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AND MANUALS a. Adequate operation and maintenance information shall be supplied for all equipment requiring maintenance or other attention. The equipment supplier shall prepare a Project specific operation and maintenance manual for each type of equipment indicated in the individual equipment sections or the equipment schedule. b. Parts lists and operating and maintenance instructions shall be furnished for other equipment not listed in the individual equipment sections or the equipment schedule. c. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following: 1. Equipment function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 2. Assembly, installation, alignment, adjustment, and checking instructions. 3. Operating instructions for startup, routine and normal operation, regulation and control, shutdown, and emergency conditions. 4. Lubrication and maintenance instructions. 5. Guide to troubleshooting. 6. Parts lists and predicted life of parts subject to wear. 7. Outline, cross section, and assembly drawings; engineering data; and wiring diagrams. 8. Test data and performance curves, where applicable. d. The operation and maintenance manuals shall be in addition to any instructions or parts lists packed with or attached to the equipment when delivered, or which may be required by Contractor. e. Three hard copies of each manual shall be submitted to Engineer prior to the date of shipment of the equipment. When the O&M manuals are returned with the review status "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION," the corrections shall be made as instructed by the 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 194 Engineer, and 2 copies of the corrected portion(s) and 1 complete corrected copy of the O&M manual returned to the Engineer. After review by Engineer, is complete 4 hard copies and 1 electronic copy of each operation and maintenance manual shall be prepared and delivered to Engineer not later than 10 Working Days prior to placing the equipment in operation. The electronic copy shall be submitted through the Project website, and will be reviewed for content and organization and assigned a review status by the Engineer. When corrections are required, a corrected version of the electronic copy shall be resubmitted. Procedures for submission of the electronic copy will be provided after award of the Contract. When review of the electronic copy by the Engineer is complete, 3 copies of each electronic O&M manual shall be delivered on USB Flash Drive to the Engineer. Each USB Flash Drive shall contain only 1 copy of 1 manual. f. Manuals shall be submitted in electronic format to the Engineer prior to the date of shipment of the equipment. The manuals shall be submitted and the Engineer’s review comments retrieved, through the Project website accessible through the Internet. Instruction on procedures for posting and retrieving O&M submittals and review comments will be provided after award of the Contract. When the O&M manuals are reviewed "RETURNED FOR CORRECTION,” the corrections shall be made as instructed by the Engineer or Consulting Engineer, and corrected manuals resubmitted to the Engineer or Consulting Engineer. When review by the Engineer is complete, 3 copies of each electronic O&M manual shall be delivered on USB Flash Drive to the Engineer. Each USB Flash Drive shall contain only 1 copy of 1 manual. Delivery of the final O&M shall be made 10 Working Days prior to placing the equipment in operation. g. All material shall be marked with Project identification, and inapplicable information shall be marked out or deleted. h. Shipment of equipment will not be considered complete until all required manuals and data have been received. 1.06 HARD COPY OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS a. Hard copies submitted for review shall be temporarily bound in heavy paper covers bearing suitable identification. All manuals and other data shall be printed on heavy, first quality 8 1/2 x 11 inch paper, with standard 3-hole punching. Drawings and diagrams shall be reduced to 8 1/2 x 11 inches or 11 x 17 inches. Where reduction is not practicable, larger drawings shall be folded separately and placed in envelopes, which are bound into the manuals. Each envelope shall be suitably identified on the outside. Each volume containing data for 3 or more items of equipment shall include a table of contents and index tabs. The final hard copy of each manual shall be prepared and delivered in substantial, permanent, 3-ring or 3-post binders in heavy paper covers with a table of contents and suitable index tabs. 1.07 ELECTRONIC OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS a. Electronic manuals shall be in Adobe Acrobat’s PDF, and shall be prepared at a resolution between 300 and 600 dpi, depending on document type. OCR capture shall be performed 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 195 on these documents. OCR settings shall be performed with the “original image with hidden text” option in Adobe Acrobat Exchange. b. File size shall be limited to 500 MB, unless authorized by the Engineer. When multiple files are required the least number of files possible shall be created. File names shall be in the format OMXXXXX-YYYZ-V.pdf, where XXXXX is the 5-digit number corresponding to the specification section, YYY is a 3-digit O&M manual number, e.g., 001, Z is the letter signifying a resubmittal, A, B, C, etc, and V is a number used only when more than one 10 MB file is required for an O&M manual. c. Documents prepared in PDF format shall be processed as follows: d. Pages shall be searchable (processed for optical character recognition) and indexed when multiple files are required. 1. Of material to update the manual provided by the manufacturer. Pages shall be rotated for viewing in proper orientation. 2. A bookmark shall be provided in the navigation frame for each entry in the Table of Contents. 3. Embedded thumbnails shall be generated for each completed PDF file. 4. The opening view for PDF files shall be as follows: 5. Initial View: Bookmarks and Page 6. Page Number: Title Page (usually Page 1) 7. Magnification: Set to Fit in Window 8. Page: Single Page 9. Where the bookmark structure is longer than 1 page, the bookmarks shall be collapsed to show the chapter headings only. 10. When multiple files are required the first file of the series (the parent file) shall list every major topic in the Table of Contents. The parent file shall also include minor headings bookmarked based on the Table of Contents. Major headings, whose content is contained in subsequent files (children) shall be linked to be called from the parent to the specific location in the child file. The child file shall contain bookmark entries for both major and minor headings contained in the child file. The first bookmark of any child file shall link back to the parent file and shall read as follows "Return to the Equipment Name Table of Contents," e.g., Return to the Polymer Feed System Table of Contents. 11. Drawings shall be bookmarked individually. 12. Files shall be delivered without security settings to permit editing, insertion and deletion 1.08 LABELING a. As a minimum, the following information shall be included on all final O&M manual materials, including USB Flash Drive, cases, and hard copy manuals: Equipment name and/or O&M title spelled out in complete words. Project Name. Agency Project/Contract Number. 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 196 Specification Section Number. Example: “Section 15 55 00” Manufacturer’s name. File Name and Date. PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 197 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hazardous materials procedures. B. Environmental protection procedures. C. Dust and air pollution control procedures. D. Smoke/odor control procedures. E. Welding and burning mitigation procedures. F. Cultural resources procedures. 1.03 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROCEDURES A. Identified Hazardous Materials: NOT USED B. Unidentified Hazardous Materials: 1. In the event that Contractor encounters on the project site material reasonably believed to be asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or other hazardous materials which have not been rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately stop work in the area affected and report the condition to Engineer. 2. Work in the affected area shall not be resumed except by written agreement between Owner’s Representative and Contractor, if in fact the material is asbestos, PCB, or other hazardous materials and has not been rendered harmless. 3. Work in the affected area shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos, PCB, or other hazardous materials, or when such materials have been rendered harmless. 4. Owner’s Representative will ensure that the identified hazardous waste and/or hazardous materials are handled and disposed in the manner specified by the State of California Hazardous Substances Control Law (Health and Safety Code Division 20, Chapter 6.5). 1.04 "HOT WORK" PROCEDURES A. "Hot Work" Procedures: When Work involves welding, soldering, heating, and other activities involving production of sparks or use of open flame, Contractor shall apply to Engineer for "Hot Work" permit, using form and following procedures as directed by Engineer. 01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 198 1. Provide a fire watch for minimum of 30 minutes after welding, soldering, and heating stops. 2. Provide heat and flame protection for all adjacent surfaces. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PROCEDURES A. Hazardous Materials: See Article below titled "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROCEDURES" and requirements specified in Section 01 35 43 – Environmental Procedures. 1. Except as otherwise specified, in the event the Contractor encounters on the site material reasonable believed to be asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or other hazardous materials which have not been rendered harmless, the Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition in writing to Engineer. 2. Work in affected areas shall not thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of the Owner’s Representative and Contractor if in fact the material is asbestos, PCB, or other hazardous materials and has not been rendered harmless. 3. Work in affected areas shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos, PCB, or other hazardous materials, or when such materials have been rendered harmless. B. Protection of Natural Resources: It is intended that the natural resources within the Project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work performed under this Contract be preserved in their existing condition or be restored to an equivalent or improved condition upon completion of the work. 1. Confine construction activities to areas defined by the public roads, easements, and work area limits shown on the drawings. 2. Return construction areas to their pre-construction elevations except where surface elevations are otherwise noted to be changed. 3. Maintain natural drainage patterns. Conduct construction activities such that ponding of stagnant water conducive to mosquito breeding habitat will not occur at any time. C. Land Resources Protection: Do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees or shrubs outside the work area limits. Do not remove, deface, injure, or destroy trees within the Project area without permission from the Engineer. Such improvements shall be removed and replaced, if required, by the Contractor at no change in Contract Time and Contract Sum. D. Landscaping Protection: Protect trees that are located near the limits of Project area which may possibly be defaced, bruised, or injured or otherwise damaged by the Contractor's 01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 199 operations. No ropes, cables or guys shall be fastened to or be attached to any existing nearby trees or shrubs for anchorages. 1. Pruning: Notify and receive direction from Engineer in the event that pruning would be needed. 2. Repair and restoration: Repair or replace trees or other landscape feature scarred or damaged by equipment or construction operations as specified below. Repair and restoration plan shall be reviewed and approved by Engineer prior to its initiation. E. Temporary Construction: 1. Remove all signs of temporary construction facilities such as haul roads, work areas, structures, foundations of temporary structures, stockpiles of excess or waste materials, or any other vestiges of construction as directed by the Engineer. 2. Level all temporary roads, parking areas and any other areas that have become compacted or shaped. 3. Unpaved areas where vehicles have been operated shall receive suitable surface treatment or shall be periodically wetted down to prevent construction operations from producing dust damage and nuisance to persons and property, at no change in Contract Time and Contract Sum. 4. Keep haul roads clear at all times of any object which creates an unsafe condition. Promptly remove any contaminants or construction materials dropped from construction vehicles. Do not drop mud and debris from construction equipment on public streets. Sweep clean turning areas and pavement entrances as necessary. F. Water Resources: Comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local Codes, ordinances, statutes, and regulations pertaining to discharge (directly or indirectly) of pollutants to underground and natural waters. 1. Perform all Work under the Contract in a manner that any adverse environmental impacts are reduced to a level that is acceptable to Engineer and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Refer to Division 2 – Site Construction, earthwork Sections, and Civil Drawings for specific requirements on control of stormwater and disposal of water from dewatering activities. G. Oily Substances: At all times, special measures shall be taken to prevent oily or other hazardous substances from entering the ground, drainage areas or local bodies of water in such quantities as to affect normal use, aesthetics or produce a measurable impact upon the areas. All soil or water that is contaminated with oily substances due to Contractor's 01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 200 operations shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations, at no change in Contract Time and Contract Sum. 1.06 DUST AND AIR POLLUTION CONTROL PROCEDURES A. Dust and Air Pollution Control Procedures, General: Employ measures to prevent or minimize creation of dust and air pollution. Contractor shall appoint a dust control monitor to oversee and implement all measures specified in this Article. 1. Unpaved areas shall be wetted down, to eliminate dust formation, a minimum of twice a day to reduce particulate matter. When wind exceeds 15 mph, site shall be watered down more frequently. 2. Store all volatile liquids, including fuels or solvents in closed containers. 3. No on-site burning of debris, lumber and other scrap shall be permitted. 4. Properly maintain equipment to reduce gaseous pollutant emissions. 5. Exposed areas, new driveways and sidewalks shall be seeded, treated with soil binders, or paved as soon as possible. 6. Cover stockpiles of soil, sand, and other loose materials. 7. Cover trucks hauling soil, debris, sand, or other loose materials. 8. Sweep project area at least once daily. 1.07 SMOKE/ODOR CONTROL PROCEDURES A. Smoke/Odor Control: Protect primary fresh air intakes to existing buildings from exhaust from internal combustion engines, paint and solvent fumes and other noxious fumes and vapors. 1. Implement control methods such as snorkels from engines exhausts to 50 feet away from air intakes. Provide carbon filters on air intakes as necessary, including periodic replacement of filters to ensure effectiveness. 2. All other activities generating fumes shall be limited to minimum distance of 50 feet from air intake grilles. 3. If fume-generating procedures must occur within 50 feet of an air intake, Contractor shall do the following: a. Notify Engineer at least 14 days in advance of such activities. b. Perform Work when it least impacts the Owner’s Representative (evenings, weekends, or particularly windy days). 01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 201 c. Provide carbon filter media, plastic barriers, or other control methods to ensure fresh air only enters into the building ventilation system. B. Non-Smoking Site: Make project site a non-smoking environment 1.08 CULTURAL RESOURCES PROCEDURES A. Cultural Resources Procedures: 1. Project does not encroach upon known archaeological sites. However, it is conceivable that unrecorded archaeological sites could be discovered during construction. 2. In the event that artifacts, human remains, or other cultural resources are discovered during subsurface excavations at locations of the Work, the Contractor shall protect the discovered items, cease work for a distance of 35 feet radius in the area, notify the Construction Manager and Engineer and comply with applicable laws. 3. Owner may retain an Archaeologist to monitor and recover data and artifacts during period that work has ceased. 4. All items found which are considered to have archaeological significance are the property of the Owner. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 41 13 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND ABBREVIATIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 202 01 41 00 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Codes, ordinances, laws, and regulations applicable to Work under the Contract. 1.2 AUTHORITY AND PRECEDENCE OF CODES, ORDINANCES AND STANDARDS A. Authority: All codes, ordinances and standards referenced in the Drawings and Specifications shall have the full force and effect as though printed in their entirety in the Specifications. B. Precedence: 1. Where specified requirements differ from the requirements of applicable codes, ordinances and standards, the more stringent requirements shall take precedence. 2. Where the Drawings or Specifications require or describe products or execution of better quality, higher standard or greater size than required by applicable codes, ordinances and standards, the Drawings and Specifications shall take precedence so long as such increase is legal. 3. Where no requirements are identified in the Drawings or Specifications, comply with all requirements of applicable codes, ordinances and standards of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 APPLICABLE CODES, LAWS, AND ORDINANCES A. Applicable Codes, Laws, and Ordinances: As listed below. Refer also to Section 01 10 00 - Summary of the Project regarding permits and licenses. B. Building Codes: 1. Performance of the Work shall meet or exceed the minimum requirements of (latest version) of California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, including the following: a. CCR Title 24, Part 1: 2022 California Building Standards Administrative Code b. CCR Title 24, Part 2: 2022 California Building Code (CBC), (Based on 2021 International Building Code (IBC) Volumes 1 through 3, with State of California Amendments. c. CCR Title 24, Part 3: 2022 California Electrical Code (CEC); (Based on 2020 NFPA, NEC) d. CCR Title 24, Part 9: California Fire Code, (Based on 2021 IFC) 01 41 13 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND ABBREVIATIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 203 e. CCR Title 24, Part 4: 2022 California Mechanical Code (CMC); (Based on 2021 Uniform Mechanical Code (UMC) CCR Title 24, Part 5: 2022 California Plumbing Code (CPC); (Based on 2021 Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC). f. CCR Title 24, Part 6: 2022 California Energy Code. g. CCR Title 24, Part 11: 2022 California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen Code). h. CCR Title 24, Part 12: California Referenced Standards Code. i. Carlsbad Municipal Code 2. Performance of the Work shall also comply with applicable requirements of current editions of California Code of Regulations (CCR) as follows: a. CCR Title 8 – Industrial Relations. b. CCR Title 19 – Public Safety. c. CCR Title 22 – Social Security. 3. As applicable, performance of the Work shall comply with requirements of the following standards, in compliance with California Building Code (CBC) Section 3504.1: a. NFPA 72 – National Fire Alarm Code, with State of California Amendments. Note: See UL Standard 1971 for "Visual Device." b. NFPA 253 – Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems. c. NFPA 13 – Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. 4. References on the Drawings or in the Specifications to "code", "Code" or "building code" similar terms, not otherwise identified, shall mean the codes specified above, together with all additions, amendments, changes, and interpretations adopted by code authorities of the jurisdiction having authority over the Project. 5. The applicable edition of all codes shall be that adopted at the time of issuance of permits by the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). C. Date of Laws and Ordinances: The applicable date of laws and ordinances shall be that of the date of performance of the Work. 1. Work shall be accomplished in conformance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations of Federal, State, County, City, County and special district agencies and jurisdictions having authority over the Project. 2. Performance of the Work shall be accomplished in conformance with all rules and regulations of public utilities, utility districts and other agencies serving the facility. 3. Where such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations require more care or greater time to accomplish Work, or require better quality, higher standards or greater size of 01 41 13 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND ABBREVIATIONS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 204 products, Work shall be accomplished in conformance to such requirements with no change to the Contract Time and Contract Sum, except where changes in laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations occur subsequent to the execution date of the Agreement. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 205 01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS a. The Contractor is responsible to obtain all local, state and federal permits and licenses required to perform the Work. Payment for obtaining and complying with permits and licenses including, but not limited to, general construction permits, building permits, grading permits, encroachment permits, haul route permits, excavation permits, drilling permits, water discharge permits, temporary easements, licenses, inspection fees, and Federal, State and local taxes shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be included in prices Bid for Work for which such costs are appurtenant. b. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all costs incurred for permits necessitated by its operations such as, but not limited to, permits required for sewage bypass pumping or discharge; Night Work; overload; blasting or demolition or for any permit related to the operation of equipment used in such Work. c. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits for the disposal of all waste or surplus materials removed from the Project. The cost of the permit(s) shall be included in the price for the Bid items requiring the permits and no additional compensation will be allowed for them. d. The Contractor shall provide a copy of the permit or license to the Agency prior to performing the Work requiring the permit or license. e. Contractor shall pay for all fees applicable to Contractor’s operations. f. Contractor shall not begin Work until all permits applicable to the Work are obtained. Permits shall be maintained in valid status until acceptance of the Work by the Agency. g. The Contractor shall pay all business taxes or license fees that are required for the Work. 1. To the extent that there is a change in the type or cost of any permits, fees, licenses, or inspections after Contract award, there shall be an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price on account of such change under the Extra Work provisions. 2. The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by Applicable Laws. The Contractor is not entitled to damages or additional payment for delays attributable to the acquisition of permits. 3. The Contractor shall pay the Agency for regulatory fees, fines, or penalties imposed on the Agency arising from the Contractor’s failure to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. h. The Contractor shall obtain, pay for, and comply with required permits, licenses, work permits, and authorizations from appropriate agencies, including the following: 1. Licenses i. Before submitting Bids, Contractors shall be licensed in accordance with provisions of Chapter 9, Division 3, of the Business and Professions Code. 01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 206 ii. City of Carlsbad Business License. 2. State and Federal permits: i. Excavation and Dirt Moving Permit from Cal/OSHA ii. Safety permit from California Division of Industrial Safety 3. Other permits i. City Haul Route Permit ii. Oversize Load Permit iii. Written authorization from private property owners for property utilized for staging i. The Agency will obtain for the Contractor, the following: 1. CEQA Notice of Exemption 1.02 HAUL ROUTE PERMIT a. The Contractor shall prepare a Project specific haul route plan detailing the streets intended for use in delivery of materials and import and export of soil. Contractor will be limited to the routes approved by the City of Carlsbad according to the approved haul route plan contained in the permit. 1.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS a. The Contractor shall prepare Project specific traffic control plans, and haul route plan and use such plans to obtain a traffic control permit from the City of Carlsbad Development Services Department. 1.04 RAILROAD (NOT USED) 1.05 STORMWATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP)/ GENERAL PERMIT PROJECTS LESS THAN ONE ACRE (TIER 1 and TIER 2 or Maintenance ONLY Projects that may be over an acre) A. Water Pollution Prevention. The Contractor shall plan for and implement temporary construction BMPs to mitigate the water quality impacts of land disturbance and non- storm water discharges related to construction activities in accordance the Agency’s current Municipal Stormwater Permit and Carlsbad Municipal Code Chapter 15.12. BMPs are the schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, maintenance procedures and other management practices employed during construction activities to prevent or reduce pollution of bodies of water protected by the federal Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.) and the state Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (Water Code, § 13000 et seq.), which include oceans, lagoons, lakes, streams and other sensitive water bodies and water courses. Construction BMPs also include physical devices and structural construction control measures designed to prevent soil erosion from occurring on the Work Site, or that are designed to prevent sediment from leaving the Work Site, both of which are referred to hereafter as “Water Pollution.” BMPs are also intended to protect the health, safety and welfare of the public and to prevent damage to adjoining public and private property resulting from construction activities. 01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 207 B. Pollution prevention practices and the minimum BMPs are required during all 12 months of the year. BMPs and other erosion control practices must be implemented as the most important “first line of defense.” The Agency has adopted the CASQA ‘Stormwater Best Management Practices Handbook: Construction,’ latest edition, as its preferred source for adopting construction BMPs. All BMPs must correspond to the BMP Fact Sheets included in the CASQA Construction Handbook. With the approval of the Engineer, or designee, the Agency may accept comparable BMPs from reputable alternative sources. As used in this section, “Engineer” shall have the same meaning as “Construction Manager.” C. The Contractor shall utilize the Agency’s Tier 1 or Tier 2 SWPPP templates and include all applicable elements provided in the template. The SWPPP templates are available on the Agency’s website at [PROJECT ENGINEER insert website address here]. Tier 1 and Tier 2 SWPPP templates include standard storm water prevention construction notes, a Project information block, a Storm Water Compliance Statement, Agency approval block and a BMP Checklist Table. The BMP Checklist Table is intended to help the Contractor select appropriate BMPs best suited to the Project and the Work. Additionally, the SWPPP shall include a Site plan showing the proposed Project Site and depicting the areas of proposed construction and proposed locations of construction BMPs. The Tier 1 and Tier 2 SWPPP plans shall be submitted as additional sheets to the construction plan set. D. The Engineer may require Contractor to adopt additional BMPs if the Engineer determines the selected BMP(s) are ineffective or incapable of preventing Water Pollution from escaping the Work site. Tier 1 and Tier 2 SWPPPs must be combined with proper and timely installation of the BMPs, thorough and frequent inspections, maintenance, and documentation. The Contractor shall ensure that the selected BMPs are appropriately incorporated into the Site design and, if required by the Engineer, must employ a qualified professional to ensure proper installation and maintenance of the BMPs. E. The Engineer may suspend the Work, consistent with Supplemental General Provisions Section 6-6, at the Contractor’s cost, that create Water Pollution or otherwise violate water quality standards required by the federal Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.) and the state Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (Water Code, § 13000 et seq.) if the Engineer determines that the Contractor has failed to satisfy all requirements of this section. If the Contractor violates any provisions of this subsection, or if Water Pollution occurs in the Work Site for any reason, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer. F. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Agency if there is a non-stormwater discharge to the storm drain conveyance system resulting from the Work or Project-related activities. In addition, the Contractor shall, within 24 hours, submit a written report to the Engineer describing the incident and corrective actions taken. If for any reason the Engineer detects Water Pollution, before notification by the Contractor, this written report shall also include an explanation of why the Contractor had not timely notified the Engineer. 01 41 26 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 208 G. Implementation Costs. Preparation, implementation and management of Water Pollution prevention activities are incidental to the items of Work and Agency shall not make additional payment to Contractor for these costs. PROJECTS GREATER THAN ONE ACRE (TIER 3) – Not Maintenance Only Projects NOT USED PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 209 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 PAYMENT a. Payment for field office will be made at the price Bid and will include full compensation for installing and removing the field office, relocating it as may be necessary to facilitate the Project, obtaining all permits, property rental, providing utilities including, but not limited to, high speed internet service, electrical, telephone, potable water and sanitary facilities, and maintenance. The rate will be paid throughout the duration of the Contract that the field office, complete with all facilities and utilities, is available to the Engineer and on the Project except when the Engineer has ordered that the field office be removed from the Project. 1.02 FIELD OFFICE (NOT USED) 1.03 WATER a. All water required for and in connection with the Work to be performed shall be provided by and at the expense of Contractor. No separate payment for water used or required will be made and all costs in connection with the water shall be included in the Bid. b. All water required for and in connection with the Work to be performed shall be furnished by and at the expense of Contractor through meters installed on hydrants. Contractor shall supply all necessary tools, hose, and pipe, or otherwise transport the water to the point of use, and shall make its own arrangements with the appropriate water department as to the amount of water required and the time when the water will be needed. Indiscriminate use of water so furnished will not be permitted. Special hydrant wrenches shall be used for opening and closing fire hydrants. In no case shall pipe wrenches be used for this purpose. 1.04 POWER a. Contractor shall provide all power for heating, lighting, operation of Contractor's plant or equipment, or for any other use by Contractor. Temporary heat and lighting shall be maintained until the Work is accepted. b. Construction Operations. Each Contractor shall provide all power for operation of its plant and equipment, or for any other use, except building heating and lighting. All building heating and lighting shall be provided under Contract. c. Temporary Lighting and Heating. Contractor under Contract shall provide temporary heat and light for all buildings, to protect the Work and maintain suitable working conditions. Temporary heat and light shall be maintained until Work under Contract has been accepted by Agency. d. When operational, the permanent heating and ventilating system and the permanent lighting system shall be used by Contractor under Contract to provide temporary heat and light. Before use of the permanent heating and ventilation system in the buildings, 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 210 Contractor shall install a filter with MERV of 8 at each return air grille in the system and remove the filter at end of construction. e. Temporary heat shall be provided when the temperature falls below 50°F (10°C) and as otherwise required to maintain reasonable working conditions and protect all Work, materials, and equipment against damage from dampness or cold, to dry out the structure, or to maintain proper conditions for the installation and curing of materials. f. Heating equipment and fuels shall be suitable for the particular purpose and shall include adequate safety devices. Combustion type heaters shall not be used without proper venting nor in areas where such equipment might introduce a hazard. Heat from Owner's existing facilities shall not be used. g. All enclosed areas shall be ventilated (using forced-draft equipment when necessary) as required to maintain proper conditions for workers and the Work and to avoid any accumulation of hazardous dust or fumes. 1. Contractor at its own expense shall make authorized connections to the existing power sources and shall extend temporary service lines to the required areas. Temporary wiring shall conform to Article 305 of the NEC. 2. Contractor shall at all times provide adequately against waste and needless use of power. Electrical power shall be used only in such quantities as will not interfere with Owner's requirements, and care shall be taken not to overload the existing facilities. Contractor shall provide any additional or temporary electrical power or power of other voltages it may require for prosecution of the Work. h. These provisions shall not be construed as a guarantee by Agency of the uninterrupted continuation of power, and interruptions beyond the control of Agency shall not be reason for claims for additional costs nor for extensions of time. Contractor shall provide, at no additional cost to Agency, any necessary power required for prosecution of the Work during such interruptions. 1.05 SANITARY FACILITIES a. Contractor shall furnish temporary sanitary facilities at the Site, as provided in the Contract, for the needs of all construction workers and others performing Work or furnishing services on the Project. b. Sanitary facilities shall be of reasonable capacity, properly maintained throughout the construction period, and obscured from public view to the greatest practical extent. If toilets of the chemically treated type are used, at least 1 toilet will be furnished for each 20 persons, with a minimum of 1 ADA unit. Contractor shall enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the Site. 1.06 VOICE AND DATA SERVICES NOT USED1.07 CONSTRUCTION AIDS a. Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and operate all construction aids required by it and its Subcontractors in the performance of the Work, except as otherwise provided in the Contract. 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 211 b. Contractor under Contract shall provide construction aids necessary for the performance of Work by other Contractors on the Project. Such construction aids shall be suitable for conditions encountered and shall include: 1. Elevators and hoists 2. Cranes 3. Temporary enclosures 4. Swing staging 5. Scaffolding 6. Temporary stairs 1.08 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC a. Contractor shall conduct its Work to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. Whenever it is necessary to cross, obstruct, or close roads, driveways, and walks, whether public or private, Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private travel, and shall give reasonable notice to owners of private drives before interfering with them. Such maintenance of traffic will not be required when Contractor has obtained permission from the Agency and tenant of private property, or from the authority having jurisdiction over public property involved, to obstruct traffic at the designated point. Contractor shall obtain all required traffic control plans and permits. b. In making open-cut street crossings, Contractor shall not block more than one-half of the street at a time. Whenever possible, Contractor shall widen the shoulder on the opposite side to facilitate traffic flow. Temporary surfacing shall be provided as necessary on shoulders. Contractor shall obtain all required traffic control plans and permits. c. Temporary Bridges. Contractor shall construct substantial bridges at all points where it is necessary to maintain traffic across pipeline construction. Bridges in public streets, roads, and highways shall be acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction thereover. Bridges erected in private roads and driveways shall be adequate for the service to which they will be subjected. Bridges shall be provided with substantial guardrails and with suitably protected approaches. Foot bridges shall be at least 4 feet wide, provided with handrails and uprights of dressed lumber. Bridges shall be maintained in place as long as the conditions of the Work require their use for safety of the public. When necessary for the proper prosecution of the Work in the immediate vicinity of a bridge, the bridge may be relocated or temporarily removed for such period as Engineer may permit. d. Detours. Where required by the authority having jurisdiction thereover that traffic be maintained over any Construction Work in a public street, road, or highway, and the traffic cannot be maintained on the alignment of the original roadbed or pavement, Contractor shall, at its own expense, construct and maintain a detour around the Construction Work. Each detour shall include a bridge across the pipe trench and all necessary barricades, guardrails, approaches, lights, signals, signs, and other devices and 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 212 precautions necessary for protection of the Work and safety of the public. Contractor shall obtain all required traffic control plans and permits. 1.09 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS a. Contractor shall obtain all required traffic control plans and permits. b. All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which are closed to traffic shall be protected by effective barricades on which shall be placed acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall be located at the nearest intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. c. All open trenches and other excavations shall have suitable barricades, signs, and lights to provide adequate protection to the public. Obstructions, such as material piles and equipment, shall be provided with similar warning signs and lights. d. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated with warning lights from sunset to sunrise. Material storage and conduct of the Work on or alongside public streets and highways shall cause the minimum obstruction and inconvenience to the traveling public. e. All barricades, signs, lights, and other protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity with applicable statutory requirements and, where within railroad and highway rights-of-way, as required by the authority having jurisdiction thereover. 1.10 FENCES a. All existing fences to remain and affected by the Work shall be maintained by Contractor until completion of the Work. Fences which interfere with construction operations shall not be relocated or dismantled until written permission is obtained from the owner of the fence, and the period the fence may be left relocated or dismantled has been agreed upon. Where fences must be maintained across the construction easement, adequate gates shall be installed. Gates shall be kept closed and locked at all times when not in use. b. On completion of the Work across any tract of land, Contractor shall restore all fences to their original or to a better condition and to their original locations. 1.11 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY a. Contractor shall protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all underground pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground construction uncovered (or covered) or otherwise affected by its construction operations. All pavement, surfacing, driveways, curbs, walks, buildings, utility poles, guy wires, fences, and other surface structures affected by construction operations, together with all sod and shrubs in yards, parkways, and medians, shall be restored to their original condition, whether within or outside the easement. All replacements shall be made with new materials. b. No trees shall be removed outside the permanent easement, except where authorized by the Engineer or Consulting Engineer. Whenever practicable, Contractor shall tunnel beneath trees when on or near the line of trench. Hand excavation shall be employed as necessary to prevent injury to trees. Trees left standing shall be adequately protected against damage from construction operations. 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 213 c. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to streets, roads, highways, shoulders, ditches, embankments, culverts, bridges, and other public or private property, regardless of location or character, which may be caused by transporting equipment, materials, or workers to or from the Work Site or any part of it, whether by Contractor or its Subcontractors. Contractor shall make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with the owner of, or the agency or authority having jurisdiction over, the damaged property concerning its repair or replacement or payment of costs incurred in connection with the damage. d. All fire hydrants and water control valves shall be kept free from obstruction and available for use at all times. 1.12 DAMAGE TO EXISTING PROPERTY a. Contractor will be held responsible for any damage to existing structures, Work, materials, or equipment because of its operations and shall repair or replace any damaged structures, Work, materials, or equipment to the satisfaction of, and at no additional cost to, Agency. b. Contractor shall protect all existing structures and property from damage and shall provide bracing, shoring, or other work necessary for such protection. c. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to streets, roads, curbs, sidewalks, highways, shoulders, ditches, embankments, culverts, bridges, or other public or private property, which may be caused by transporting equipment, materials, or workers to or from the Work Site. Contractor shall make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with the agency having jurisdiction over the damaged property concerning its repair or replacement. 1.13 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION a. All trees and other vegetation which must be removed to perform the Work shall be removed and disposed of by Contractor; however, no trees or cultured plants shall be unnecessarily removed unless their removal is indicated on the Drawings. All trees and plants not removed shall be protected against injury from construction operations. b. Trees considered by Engineer to have any significant effect on construction operations are indicated on the Drawings and those which are to be preserved are so indicated. c. Contractor shall take extra measures to protect trees designated to be preserved, such as erecting barricades, trimming to prevent damage from construction equipment, and installing pipe and other Work by means of hand excavation or tunneling methods. Such trees shall not be endangered by stockpiling excavated material or storing equipment against their trunks. d. When injuring or removal of trees designated to be preserved cannot be avoided, or when removal and replacement is indicated on the Drawings, each tree injured beyond repair or removed shall be replaced with a similar tree of the nearest size possible. e. All trimming, repair, and replacement of trees and plants shall be performed by qualified nursery workers or horticulturists. 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 214 f. Contractor shall take extra measures to protect plant material within the identified HMP area from being damaged by construction activities, such as erecting barricades, to prevent damage from construction equipment. Such sensitive plant material shall not be endangered by stockpiling excavated material or storing equipment in the HMP or in the identified HMP Buffer area. 1.14 SECURITY a. Contractor shall be responsible for protection of the Site, and all Work, materials, equipment, and existing facilities thereon, against vandals and other unauthorized persons. b. No claim shall be made against Agency by reason of any act of an employee or trespasser, and Contractor shall make good all damage to Agency’s property resulting from Contractor's failure to provide security measures as specified. c. Security measures are the SOLE responsibility of the contractor and include security of the site after hours and on weekends. Security actions may include fencing, barricades, lighting, watchman services, site cameras, and other measures as required to protect the Site. 1.15 ACCESS ROADS NOT USED1.16 PARKING a. Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable parking areas for the use of all workers and others performing Work or furnishing services in connection with the Project, as required to avoid any need for parking personal vehicles where they may interfere with public traffic, Agency’s operations, other Agencies’ operations, or construction activities. 1.17 NOISE CONTROL a. Contractor shall take reasonable measures to avoid unnecessary noise. Such measures shall be appropriate for the normal ambient sound levels in the area during working hours. All construction machinery and vehicles shall be equipped with practical sound- muffling devices, and operated in a manner to cause the least noise consistent with efficient performance of the Work; and in compliance with applicable city ordinance and The project’s Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Program. b. During construction activities on or adjacent to occupied buildings, and when appropriate, Contractor shall erect screens or barriers effective in reducing noise in the building and shall conduct its operations to avoid unnecessary noise which might interfere with the activities of building occupants. 1.18 DUST CONTROL a. Contractor shall take reasonable measures to prevent unnecessary dust. Earth surfaces subject to dusting shall be kept moist with water or by application of a chemical dust suppressant. When practicable, dusty materials in piles or in transit shall be covered to prevent blowing dust. 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 215 b. Buildings or operating facilities which may be affected adversely by dust shall be adequately protected from dust. Existing or new machinery, motors, instrument panels, or similar equipment shall be protected by suitable dust screens. Proper ventilation shall be included with dust screens. 1.19 TEMPORARY DRAINAGE PROVISIONS a. Contractor shall provide for the drainage of storm water and such water as may be applied or discharged on the Site in performance of the Work. Drainage facilities shall be adequate to prevent damage to the Work, the Site, and adjacent property and be compliant with the project’s Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. b. Existing drainage channels and conduits shall be cleaned, enlarged, or supplemented as necessary to carry all increased runoff attributable to Contractor's operations. Dikes shall be constructed as necessary to divert increased runoff from entering adjacent property (except in natural channels), to protect Agency’s facilities and the Work, and to direct water to drainage channels or conduits. Ponding shall be provided as necessary to prevent downstream flooding. 1.20 EROSION CONTROL a. Contactor shall be compliant with the project’s Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. b. Contractor shall prevent erosion of soil on the Site and adjacent property resulting from its construction activities. Effective measures shall be initiated prior to the commencement of clearing, grading, excavation, or other operation that will disturb the natural protection. c. Work shall be scheduled to expose areas subject to erosion for the shortest possible time, and natural vegetation shall be preserved to the greatest extent practicable. Temporary storage and construction buildings shall be located, and construction traffic routed, to minimize erosion. Temporary fast-growing vegetation or other suitable ground cover shall be provided as necessary to control runoff. 1.21 POLLUTION CONTROL a. Contactor shall be compliant with the project’s Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. b. Contractor shall prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary wastes, sediment, debris, and other substances resulting from construction activities. No sanitary wastes shall be permitted to enter any drain or watercourse other than sanitary sewers. No sediment, debris, or other substance shall be permitted to enter sanitary sewers, and reasonable measures shall be taken to prevent such materials from entering any drain or watercourse. 1.22 PEST CONTROL a. Contractor shall conform with the City of Carlsbad’s 2017 Integrated Pest Management (IPM) Plan 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 216 1.23 RODENT CONTROL a. Contractor shall conform with the City of Carlsbad’s 2017 Integrated Pest Management (IPM) Plan PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 55 00 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 217 01 55 00 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for vehicular access to Work areas. B. Requirements for construction parking. 1.2 PROTECTION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Protection of Adjacent Facilities: Contractor shall restrict Work to limits indicated on the Drawings and as specified in Section 01 10 00 – Summary of the Project. Protect existing, adjacent facilities from damage, including soiling and debris accumulation. 1.3 SITE ACCESS A. Site Access: Use of designated existing streets and driveways for construction traffic is permitted. Contractor shall prepare a haul route plan and obtain approval from City of Carlsbad and any other applicable Agency prior to site mobilization. Review access routes with Engineer and comply with Engineer's directions. 1. Tracked vehicles shall not use paved areas. 2. Provide unimpeded access for emergency vehicles. Maintain 24 foot width driveways with turning space between and around combustible materials. 3. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants free of obstructions. 4. Clean and restore paving and other site features after construction use. B. Traffic Control: 1. Contractor shall comply with all traffic regulations, including speed limits. Contractor shall pay all parking and traffic fines. 2. Employ trained and equipped flag persons to regulate traffic when construction operations or traffic encroach on vehicular and pedestrian traffic lanes. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Provide signage, cones, and other suitable devices to direct traffic. Use flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. 1.4 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A. Traffic Signs and Signals: Provide temporary signs and signals as required by Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Relocate signs and signals as necessary during construction. 01 55 00 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 218 1.5 CONSTRUCTION PARKING A. Construction Parking: Contractor shall prepare a parking plan and obtain approval from Engineer and comply with directions of Engineer. 1. Provide parking in designated locations for construction purposes. 2. Do not park on public roadways unless approved by local police and fire authorities. Overnight parking is prohibited. 3. Maintain clear access ways and parking for emergency vehicles, as required by local police and fire authorities. 4. Do not park on streets of adjoining residential community. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 219 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Format and content of operation and maintenance manuals. 1. Data requirements for materials and finishes. 2. Data requirements for equipment and operating systems. B. Submission of operation and maintenance manuals. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Documentation: Preparation of operation and maintenance data shall be done by persons: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of the described products. 2. Familiar with requirements of this Section. 3. Skilled in technical writing to the extent required to communicate essential data. 4. Skilled as drafters that are competent to prepare required drawings. 1.3 FORMAT AND CONTENT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Format for Operation and Maintenance Data Manuals: Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual. Comply with the general requirements specified below and comply with specific requirements for types of products in Articles following. See Article titled "SUBMISSION OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS" for number of copies of manuals. B. Operation and Maintenance Data Organization: Organize operation and maintenance data in 3-ring binders and organize the contents of each binder following the organization of the Contract Specifications. 1. Organize the group of binders and the contents of individual binders in sequence according to the Section numbers and titles as listed in the Table of Contents of the Project Manual. Number the binders consecutively; coordinate with Paragraph below titled "Tables of Contents." 2. Organize each binder with color-coded tabbed dividers for each distinct product and system, with typed inserts in tabs identifying the product or system. 3. Organize the contents of each tabbed division according to the Article headings in PART 2 – PRODUCTS in each product Specification Section. a. Within each tabbed division, organize the information according to major component parts of equipment and systems, as applicable, and to facilitate locating information. 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 220 b. Separate operation and maintenance data for each product under separate tabbed divisions, where feasible. c. Within each tabbed division, include a cover sheet identifying the specific products and component parts included in the tabbed division. 4. If the products of more than one Specification Section are included in the binder, provide separate, heavy cover stock dividers to separate information for each Section. C. Binders: 8-1/2 x 11 inch, standard three-ring binders with heavy duty vinyl covers with hard cardboard backing, black color, clear view cover, with provision on binder spine for inserting identification card; Maximum binder ring size shall be 3-inches. Use multiple binders as necessary to avoid overfilling. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed card inserted on binder spine and cover, stating OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA, the Project name, and the general subject matter of the contents of the binder. E. Title Page: In each volume (binder) of operation and maintenance data, include a title page with the following: 1. Name of the Project. 2. Names, addresses and telephone numbers of the responsible design professionals (Owner’s Representative and consultant of Owner’s Representative or Owner, as applicable). 3. Name, address, and telephone numbers of Contractor, including names of contact persons. F. Table of Contents: In each volume (binder) of operation and maintenance data, include a listing of the contents of the volume. In a separate, first binder, provide a master Table of Contents of operation and maintenance data, identifying the product and systems, the applicable Specification Section number and title, and the operation and maintenance data binder number. G. Schedule of Products and Systems: In the first volume of the set of operation and maintenance data, include a schedule of products and systems, indexed to the Table of Contents of the volumes (binders), and cross-referenced to the Contract Drawings and Specifications. H. Operation and Maintenance Data: In each tabbed division of operation and maintenance data for each product or system, provide the following: 1. On a cover page for each tabbed division, provide the following: a. Identify by name, address and telephone number, the manufacturer, supplier, and installer. Include names of contact persons, if known. b. Identify by name, address and telephone number, local sources of supplies, replacement parts and factory-authorized service. 2. Within each tabbed division, include complete operation and maintenance data as published by the product manufacturer where feasible. Otherwise, present all data 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 221 neatly typewritten on 20 pound, correspondence quality bond paper. Strike-through information on printed literature where not applicable. 3. Supplement the manufacturer's printed data with neatly typewritten text and professionally drafted diagrams as necessary to suit the particular installation for the Project and to fully explain operation and maintenance procedures. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. I. Drawings: Supplement operation and maintenance data to illustrate configurations and relationships of component parts of equipment and systems, and to show control and flow diagrams, as applicable. 1. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings. 2. Neatly fold drawings to size of text pages and provide reinforced, punched binding edge. Add binding strip as necessary to avoid punching through drawing content. J. Additional Data: As specified in individual product Specification Sections. K. Warranty and Guaranty: Include copy of each warranty, guaranty, bond, and service contract issued. Provide information sheet identifying: 1. Proper procedures in event of failure. 2. Instances that might affect validity of warranties or bonds. L. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS): For products requiring MSDS, according to CCR Title 8, include copy of each applicable Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for products delivered to the site and incorporated into the completed construction. 1.4 DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Data for Building Products, Applied Materials and Finishes: Include product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations. Provide information for re-ordering custom manufactured Products. B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. C. Data for Moisture Protection and Weather-Exposed Products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair. D. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product Specification Sections. 1.5 DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR EQUIPMENT AND OPERATING SYSTEMS A. Data for Equipment and Operating Systems: Include description of each unit or system, and component parts. 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 222 1. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. 2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions. 3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests. 4. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer, as applicable. 5. Provide diagrams by controls manufacturer for control systems, as applicable and as installed. B. Operating Procedures: Include: 1. Start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. 2. Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. 3. Summer and winter operating instructions. 4. Special operating instructions. C. Maintenance Requirements: Include: 1. Routine maintenance procedures and guide for trouble-shooting. 2. Disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions. 3. Alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. D. Servicing and Lubrication: Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. E. Parts Data: Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams as necessary for service and maintenance. 1. Include complete nomenclature and catalog numbers for consumable and replacement parts. 2. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in stock by Owner. F. Software: All programming codes, access codes and other data necessary for operation, maintenance, future functioning, and modifications of microprocessor-controlled products, independent of Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM). G. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product Specification Sections. 1.6 DATA REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRIC AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS (NOT USED) 1.7 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Instruction of Owner's Personnel: As specified in Section 01 79 00 – Demonstration and Training. B. Basis for Instruction: Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. C. Instructional Material: Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction. 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 223 1.8 SUBMISSION OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Submittal: Submit three hard copies and one (1) PDF scan of entire document to Owner through Construction Manager prior to submission of final Application for Payment. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 78 33 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND BONDS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 224 01 78 33 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND BONDS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. General administrative and procedural requirements for preparation and submission of warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturer's standard warranties on products and special Project warranties. 1. Refer to the General Provisions and General Conditions of the Contract for terms of Contractor's special warranty of workmanship and materials. 2. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS AND SECTIONS A. Section 01 33 00 – Submittals Procedures: General administrative requirements for submittals, applicable to warranties and bonds. B. Section 01 78 23 – Operation and Maintenance Data: Operating and maintenance data binders, to include copies of warranties and bonds. C. Product Specifications Sections in Divisions 2 through 33: Special Project warranty requirements for specific products or elements of the Work; commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Warranty: Assurance to Owner by Contractor, installer, supplier, manufacturer, or other party responsible as warrantor, for the quantity, quality, performance and other representations of a product, system service of the Work, in whole or in part, for the duration of the specified period of time. B. Guaranty: Assurance to Owner by Contractor or product manufacturer or other specified party, as guarantor, that the specified warranty will be fulfilled by the guarantor in the event of default by the warrantor. C. Standard Product Warranty: Preprinted, written warranty published by product manufacturer for particular products and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. D. Special Project Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into Contract Documents, to extend time limits provided by standard warranty or to provide greater rights for Owner. 01 78 33 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND BONDS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 225 E. Guaranty Period: As defined in the General Provisions of the Contract guaranty period shall be synonymous with "warranty period", "correction period" and similar terms used in the Contract Specifications. 1.4 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTIES A. Warranties and Guaranties, General: Provide all warranties and guaranties with Owner named as beneficiary. For equipment and products, or components thereof, bearing a manufacturer's warranty or guaranty that extends for a period of time beyond the Contractor's warranty and guaranty, so state in the warranty or guaranty. B. Provisions for Special Warranties: Refer to General Provisions of the Contract for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of workmanship and materials. C. General Warranty and Guaranty Requirements: Warranty shall be an agreement to repair or replace, without cost and undue hardship to Owner, Work performed under the Contract which is found to be defective during the guaranty period (warranty or guaranty) period. Repairs and replacements due to improper maintenance or operation, or due to normal wear, usage and weathering are excluded from warranty requirements unless otherwise specified. D. Specific Warranty and Guaranty Requirements: Specific requirements are included in product Specifications Sections of Divisions 2 through 33, including content and limitations. E. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer’s disclaimers and limitations on product warranties and guaranties shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for warranty and guaranty requirements for the Work that incorporates such products, nor shall they relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and installers required to countersign special warranties with Contractor. F. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has been found defective, remove, and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such defect or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. G. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has been found defective and has been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. H. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has been found to be defective, replace or reconstruct the Work to a condition acceptable to Engineer, complying with applicable requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs for replacing or reconstructing defective Work regardless of whether Owner has benefitted from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. 01 78 33 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND BONDS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 226 I. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to Owner shall be in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available under law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. 1. Rejection of Warranties: Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. J. Warranty as Condition of Acceptance: Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment shall be required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. 1.5 PREPARATION OF WARRANTY AND BOND SUBMITTALS A. Project Warranty and Guaranty Forms: Forms for special Project warranties and guaranties are included at the end of this Section. Prepare written documents utilizing the appropriate form, ready for execution by the Contractor, or the Contractor and subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Submit a draft to Engineer for approval prior to final execution. 1. Refer to product Specifications Sections of Divisions 2 through 33 for specific content requirements, and particular requirements for submittal of special warranties. 2. Prepare standard warranties and guaranties, excepting manufacturers' standard printed warranties and guaranties, on Contractor's, subcontractor's, material supplier's, or manufacturer's own letterhead, addressed to Owner as directed by Construction Manager. 3. Warranty and guaranty letters shall be signed by all responsible parties and by Contractor in every case, with modifications only as approved in advance by Engineer to suit the conditions pertaining to the warranty or guaranty. B. Manufacturer's Guaranty Form: Manufacturer’s guaranty form may be used instead of special Project form included at the end of this Section. Manufacturer's guaranty form shall contain appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. 1. If proposed terms and conditions restrict guaranty coverage or require actions by Owner beyond those specified, submit draft of guaranty to Engineer for review and acceptance before performance of the Work. 2. In other cases, submit draft of guaranty to Engineer for approval prior to final execution of guaranty. C. Signatures: Signatures shall be by person authorized to sign warranties, guaranties, and bonds on behalf of entity providing such warranty, guaranty, or bond. D. Co-Signature: All installer's warranties and bonds shall be co-signed by Contractor. Manufacturer's guaranties will not require co-signature. 01 78 33 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND BONDS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 227 1.6 FORM OF WARRANTY AND BOND SUBMITTALS A. Form of Warranty and Bond Submittals: Prior to final Application and Certificate for Payment, collect and assemble all written warranties and guaranties into binders and deliver binders to Owner, as directed by Construction Manager, for final review and acceptance. 1. Prior to submission, verify that documents are in proper form and contain all required information and are properly signed by Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer, as applicable. 2. Organize warranty and guaranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the Table of Contents of the Project Manual. 3. Include Table of Contents for binder, neatly typed, following order and Section numbers and titles as used in the Project Manual. 4. Bind warranties, guaranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3- ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, with clear front and spine to receive inserts, and sized to receive 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch paper. 5. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid or plastic covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tabs to identify products or installation, and Section number and title. 6. Include on separate typed sheet, if information is not contained in warranty or guaranty form, a description of the product or installation, and the name, address, telephone number and responsible person for applicable installer, supplier, and manufacturer. 7. Identify each binder on front and spine with typed or printed inserts with title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS", the Project title or name, and the name of the Contractor. If more than one volume of warranties, guaranties and bonds is produced, identify volume number on binder. 8. When operating and maintenance data manuals are required for warranted construction, include additional copies of each required warranty and guaranty in each required manual. Coordinate with requirements specified in Section 01 78 23 – Operation and Maintenance Data. 1.7 TIME OF WARRANTY AND BOND SUBMITTALS A. Submission of Preliminary Copies: Unless otherwise specified, obtain preliminary copies of warranties, guaranties, and bonds within ten days of completion of applicable item or Work. Prepare and submit preliminary copies for review as specified herein. B. Submission of Final Copies: Submit fully executed copies of warranties, guaranties, and bonds within ten days of date identified in Notice of Completion but no later than three days prior to date of final Application for Payment. 01 78 33 PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND BONDS Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 228 C. Date of Warranties and Bonds: Unless otherwise directed or specified, commencement date of warranty, guaranty and bond periods shall be the date established in the Notice of Completion. 1. Warranties for Work accepted in advance of date stated in Notice of Completion: When a designated system, equipment, component parts or other portion of the Work is completed and occupied , by separate agreement with Contractor, prior to completion date established in the Notice of Completion, submit properly executed warranties to Owner, as directed by Engineer, within ten working days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. List date of commencement of warranty, guaranty or bond period as the date established in the Notice of Completion. 2. Warranties for Work not accepted as of date established in the Notice of Completion: Submit documents within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as beginning of warranty, guaranty, or bond period. D. Duration of Warranties and Guaranties: Unless otherwise specified or prescribed by law, warranty and guaranty periods shall be not less than the guaranty period required by the General Provisions of the Contract but in no case less than one year from the date established for completion of the Project in the Notice of Completion. See product Specifications Sections in Divisions 2 through 33 of the Project Manual for extended warranty and guaranty beyond the minimum one year duration. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 229 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements for Project record documents to be submitted for Contract closeout. 1.2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Project Record Documents, General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for the reference by Engineer and Owner during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Record information continuously as Work progresses. Do not conceal Work permanently until all required information is recorded. 1. Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. 2. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 3. Legibly and to scale, mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the work. 4. Mark new information that is important to the Owner's operation and maintenance of the Work but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. Record actual construction, including: a. Measured depths of foundations and footings encountered, measured in relation to finish First Floor datum. b. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent ground improvements. c. Field changes of dimension and detail. d. Details not on original Contract Drawings. Application of copies of details produced and provided by Owner’s Representative during construction will be accepted. e. Permanent Room names and Room numbers. 5. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 230 6. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set. 7. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. C. Record Specifications: Record changes made by Addenda and Change Orders. In PART 2 – PRODUCTS in each Section, legibly mark and record in red ink actual Products installed or used, including: 1. Manufacturer's name and product model or catalog number. 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized. D. Submission: 1. Project Record Documents shall be kept current and will be reviewed for completeness by Engineer as condition for certification of each Progress Payment Application. 2. Submit marked record documents to Engineer prior to final Application for Payment, for approval. Submit 2 sets of documents xerographically reproduced on white bond paper. 3. Submit ‘As-Built Certification’ on a monthly basis by inspector Must accompany progress payment form provided in specifications. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 231 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment installed under the Contract. 3. Demonstration and training visual presentation media and notes. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: Submit two copies of outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. 1. Submission of instruction program shall be scheduled to allow sufficient time for receipt, review, and acceptance of instruction program by Owner, through Engineer and shall be not less than 3 weeks prior to proposed date of first training session. 2. At completion of training, submit two complete training manual(s) to Owner, through Engineer, for Owner's use. B. Qualification Data: For persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of Owner, and other information specified. C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time. D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test. E. Demonstration and Training Video Presentations: Submit one (1) digital copy via flash drive/USB storage device and upload one (1) digital copy within seven days of end of each training module. 1. Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name and address of videographer. c. Name of Owner. 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 232 d. Name of Contractor. e. Date video was recorded. f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and elevation or story of construction. 2. Transcript: Prepared on 8-1/2 by 11 inch (215 by 280 mm) paper, punched and bound in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered binders. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include a cover sheet with same label information as the corresponding videotape. Include name of Project and date of videotape on each page. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance. B. Instructor Qualifications: Factory-authorized service representative and other qualified instructors, complying with requirements in Section 01 45 00 – Quality Control, experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training. C. Photographer/Videographer Qualifications: A professional photographer who is experienced photographing construction projects. D. Pre instruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination. Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction. 2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. 3. Review required content of instruction. 4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordination of Instruction Schedule: Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations. Coordinate with Owner through Engineer. 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 233 B. Coordination of Instructors: Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. Allow for 20 working days notice to Owner through Engineer C. Coordination with Operation and Maintenance Data: Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Owner. 1. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data have been reviewed by Owner or other responsible design professional and accepted by Owner through Engineer. 2. Coordinate review of operation and maintenance data to make operation and maintenance data available at least 30 days prior to date scheduled for initial training session. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and equipment. B. Schedule of Training Sessions: Arrange to have training conducted on consecutive days, with no more than 6 hours of training scheduled for any one day. Concurrent classes will not be acceptable. C. Training Modules, General: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Develop an instruction program that includes individual training sessions for each system and operating products not part of a system, as required by Division 2 through 33 Specification Sections. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. D. Training Module Content: Training modules shall progress logically. Each training module shall be comprised of time spent both in the classroom and at specific location of subject equipment or system. As a minimum, cover the following subjects for each item of equipment and system: 1. Familiarization: a. Review catalog, parts lists, drawings, etc., which have been previously provided for the plant files and operation and maintenance manuals. b. Check out the installation of the specific equipment items. c. Demonstrate the unit and indicate how all parts of the specifications are met. d. Answer questions. 2. Safety: a. Using material previously provided, review safety references. b. Discuss proper precautions around equipment. 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 234 3. Operation: a. Using material previously provided, review reference literature. b. Explain all modes of operation (including emergency). c. Check out Owner's personnel on proper use of equipment and controls. 4. Preventive Maintenance: a. Using material previously provided, review preventive maintenance (PM) lists including: 1) Reference material. 2) Daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual jobs. b. Demonstrate how to perform Preventative Maintenance tasks. c. Demonstrate to Owner's personnel what to look for as indicators of equipment problems. 5. Corrective Maintenance: a. List possible problems. b. Discuss repairs point out special problems. c. Open up equipment and demonstrate procedures, where practical. 6. Parts: a. Show how to use previously provided parts list and order parts. b. Check over spare parts on hand. Make recommendations regarding additional parts that should be available. 7. Local Representatives: a. Where to order parts: Name, address, telephone. b. Service problems: 1) Who to call. 2) How to get emergency help. 8. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: a. Review any other material submitted. b. Update material, as required. E. Classroom Training for Operations Personnel: 1. Using projected drawings and photographs, describe and discuss equipment locations in plant and present operational overview of systems. Thoroughly discuss operating and maintenance manuals. 2. Describe purpose and plant function of equipment and systems. 3. Describe operating theory of equipment. 4. Describe start up, shutdown, normal operation and emergency operating procedures, including discussion of system integration and electrical interlocks, if any. 5. Identify and discuss safety items and procedures. 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 235 6. Describe routine preventative maintenance, including specific details on lubrication and maintenance of corrosion protection of the equipment and ancillary components. 7. Describe operator detection, without test instruments, of specific equipment trouble symptoms. 8. Describe required equipment performance test procedures and intervals. 9. Describe routine disassembly and assembly of equipment if applicable (as determined by Owner on case by case basis) for purposes such as operator inspection of equipment. F. Classroom Training for Maintenance and Repair Personnel: 1. Theory of operation. 2. Description and function of equipment. 3. Start up and shutdown procedures. 4. Normal and major repair procedures. 5. Equipment inspection and troubleshooting procedures including the use of applicable test instruments and the "pass" and "no pass" test instrument readings. 6. Routine and long-term calibration procedures. 7. Safety procedures. 8. Preventative maintenance such as lubrication; normal maintenance such as belt, seal, and bearing replacement; and up to major repairs such as replacement of major equipment part(s) with the use of special tools, bridge cranes, welding jigs, etc. G. Field Training for Operations Personnel: 1. Identify locations of equipment components and controls. 2. Review of component functions and theory of operation. 3. Identifying piping and flow options. 4. Identifying valves and explain their functions at various settings. 5. Identifying instrumentation: a. Location of primary element. b. Location of instrument readout. c. Discuss purpose, basic operation, and information interpretation. 6. Discuss, demonstrate, and perform standard operating procedures and round checks, including system start up and shutdown procedures. 7. Review and perform safety procedures. 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 236 8. Perform the required equipment exercise procedures. 9. Discuss and perform preventative maintenance activities. 10. Identify and review safety items and perform safety procedures, if feasible. H. Field Training for Maintenance and Repair Personnel: In addition to field training specified above for operations personnel, include the following: 1. Describe normal repair procedures. 2. Perform routine disassembly and assembly of equipment, if applicable, for inspections and tests. 3. Perform routine maintenance and repair tasks, including mechanical and electrical operations for troubleshooting, adjustments, and calibration. I. Presentation Media: 1. Presentations shall utilize computer-generated, projected graphics utilizing Microsoft PowerPoint software, including animation as appropriate to enhanced presentation and viewer interest. Graphics shall include text and still and moving images. PowerPoint presentation shall be suitable for incorporation into video record of instruction. 2. Each session shall include mock-ups, samples, and other visual aids as appropriate. 3. Each session shall include printed handouts and notes for each participant. 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 237 4. Produce sufficient printed materials to provide minimum of 5 unused copies for Owner's use in subsequent training programs. J. Video Record: Each training session shall be recorded and reproduced digitally to both a flash drive/USB storage device and uploaded digitally to the Owner. USB storage device shall be labeled with legible, permanent computer-printed labels. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Preparation: 1. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a combined training manual. 2. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. 3.2 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner (through Construction Manager) for number of participants, instruction times, and location. B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 1. Contractor will furnish a qualified instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements. 01 79 00 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 238 2. Owner' will furnish through Engineer to Contractor names and positions of participants. C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner through Engineer, with at least ten working days advance notice. D. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a written performance-based test. E. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and deliver to Owner through Engineer. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use. END OF SECTION 01 81 13 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 239 01 81 13 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. General requirements and procedures for compliance during construction with requirements of CCR Title 24, Part 11: 2022 California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen Code), or latest version. B. Contractor shall be responsible for completion and transmission to Owner’s Representative through Construction Manager documents developed during construction (submittals) necessary for completion and verification of the Application Checklist for Building Standards Code (BCS), in compliance with CALGreen Code or latest version. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Chain-of-Custody Certificates: Certificates signed by manufacturers certifying that wood used to make products was obtained from forests certified by an FSC-accredited certification body to comply with FSC STD-01-001, "FSC Principles and Criteria for Forest Stewardship." Certificates shall include evidence that manufacturer is certified for chain of custody by an FSC-accredited certification body. B. Rapidly Renewable Materials: Materials made from agricultural products that are typically harvested within a ten-year or shorter cycle. Rapidly renewable materials include products made from bamboo, cotton, flax, jute, straw, sunflower seed hulls, vegetable oils, or wool. C. Regionally Manufactured Materials: Materials that are manufactured within a radius of 500 miles from the Project location. Manufacturing refers to the final assembly of components into the building product that is installed at the Project site. D. Regionally Extracted, Harvested, or Recovered Materials: Materials that are extracted, harvested, or recovered and manufactured within a radius of 500 miles from the Project site. E. Recycled Content: The recycled content value of a material assembly shall be determined by weight. The recycled fraction of the assembly is then multiplied by the cost of assembly to determine the recycled content value. 1. "Post-consumer" material is defined as waste material generated by households or by commercial, industrial, and institutional facilities in their role as end users of the product, which can no longer be used for its intended purpose. 2. "Pre-consumer" material is defined as material diverted from the waste stream during the manufacturing process. Excluded is reutilization of materials such as rework, regrind, or scrap generated in a process and capable of being reclaimed within the same process that generated it. 01 81 13 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 240 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. CALGreen Compliance Submittals: Make sustainable design-related submittals as specified in Division 2 through 33 Sections. 1. Comply with general requirements for submittals specified in Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures. 2. Prepare and submit Checklist for California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen) including specific items specified in Article 3.1, below. 3. Sustainable design (CALGreen) submittals are in addition to submittals specified in other Sections. 4. Make submittals as Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format (PDF) electronic files. 1.4 CONFERENCES A. Coordination Meetings: Comply with general requirements for project meetings specified in Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination. Conduct two onsite CALGreen Coordination Meetings. 1. Initial Coordination Meeting: Conduct pre-construction meeting to review CALGreen Implementation Plan. This includes mandatory participation by critical subcontractors. 2. Second CALGreen Coordination Meeting: Conduct Contract Closeout meeting to exchange outstanding documentation and to confirm final performance data. PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.1 CHECKLIST FOR CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE (CALGREEN) A. Completion of Checklist for California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen): Contractor shall complete this checklist for materials and equipment, with additional input from Owner’s Representative for design-related requirements. B. Construction Waste Reduction, Disposal and Recycling: In compliance with CALGreen 5.408.1. C. Finish Materials Pollutant Control: 1. Adhesives, sealants, and caulks: Comply with CALGreen 5.504.4.1, including South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1168 for VOC limits and CALGreen Tables 5.504.4.1 and 5.504.4.2. 01 81 13 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS Date Printed: Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: May 2023 Page 241 2. Paints and coatings: Comply with CALGreen 5.504.4.3, including South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule 1116 for VOC limits, unless more stringent requirements are specified. 3. Carpet system: Comply with CALGreen 5.504.4.4, including testing and product requirements of CALGreen 5.504.4.4. a. If used, carpet cushion shall comply with Carpet and Rug Institute Green Label Program. b. Adhesives used for carpet installation shall comply with requirements of CALGreen Table 804.4.1. 4. Composite wood products: Comply with CALGreen 5.504.4.5, including limitations on formaldehyde content in CALGreen Table 5.504.4 and in compliance with California Air Resources Board (CARB) Air Toxic Control Measure (ATCM) for Formaldehyde Emissions from Composite Wood Products. 5. Resilient flooring system: Comply with CALGreen 5.504.4.6, including compliance with material list or product registry under 2009 Edition, California CHPS (Collaborative for High Performance Schools) (CA-CHPS) or certification under Floor Score Program of the Resilient Floor Covering Institute, for Tier 1. END OF SECTION Appendix A City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 APPENDIX A SUPPLEMENTAL PROVISIONS FOR SYNTHETIC TURF REPLACEMENT - POINSETTIA CONTRACT NO. CIP 4614 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents October 1, 2025 DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 10 00 Site Preparation DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE 03 30 00 Sitework Concrete DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT 11 68 24 Exterior Athletic Equipment DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK 31 22 16 Field Subgrade Establishment DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 18 24 Synthetic Turf Surfacing DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES 33 46 16 Field Subsurface Drainage 33 46 23 Field Permeable Aggregate TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 02 10 00 SITE PREPARATION Page 2 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work specified in this section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Removal and off-site recycling of existing synthetic turf and infill materials from the field area. 2. The existing turf and infill shall be removed from the site and recycled in its entirety, including separation of sand and rubber infill components, fiber and backing with the stated intent that no portion of the removed turf and infill enters the waste stream and is disposed of in landfills. Vendor shall provide documentation and chain of custody documentation as to the ultimate location of removed and recycled materials. 3. Demolition and removal of other items as shown on the plans and as required for the construction activities. 4. Protecting from harm objects selected to remain. 5. The Contractor shall take all precautions to protect the existing permeable aggregate base materials to remain during the removal of the existing synthetic turf. Construction traffic should be limited to areas of the existing synthetic turf rather than on the surface of the permeable aggregate base. 6. The Contractor shall re-grade and compact the permeable aggregate base areas to remain that are damaged, disturbed and displaced by the turf removal activities, including an edge transition to accommodate supplemental pad. 7. The Contractor shall remove, salvage and reinstall existing soccer goal anchor assemblies. 8. No specific areas requiring removal and replacement of permeable aggregate materials have been identified on the contract documents. However, if areas are encountered during finish grading, removal and replacement of the base section including removal and disposal of existing aggregate, geotextile fabric, drainage systems and subgrade soils may be directed by the City. 9. The Contractor shall establish planarity for the entire field surface. For field adjustments where permeable aggregate top course material is not used, washed plaster sand may be used as specified. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 11 68 24 – Exterior Athletic Equipment B. Section 31 22 16 – Field Subgrade Establishment C. Section 32 18 23 – Synthetic Turf D. Section 33 46 16 – Field Subsurface Drainage E. Section 33 46 23 – Field Permeable Aggregate 1.03 EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS A. Refer to drawings for existing condition information. B. Owner not responsible for changes in the topography after survey record drawing verification was made or for accuracy of survey information. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 02 10 00 SITE PREPARATION Page 3 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 C. Carefully maintain benchmarks, monuments and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed, replace as directed. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to familiarize themselves with all records of existing utilities in area of site work. D. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate utility agencies for identification of underground utility location. 1.04 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL A. All work shall conform to City of Carlsbad Erosion and Sedimentation Control requirements including installation of siltation control such as filter fabric fences check dams, Baker tanks, etc. Contractor shall prepare and submit any and all required SWPPP plans or approvals to the California Regional Water Quality Control Board for the proposed work and site. 1.05 EXISTING UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall call for utilities locate prior to commencing with demolition activities. B. The Contractor shall coordinate all existing utilities prior to proceeding with demolition activity. Protect any active pipes encountered; notify Engineer of their existence and record on "as-built" drawings. 1.06 DUST CONTROL A. Protect persons and property from damage and discomfort caused by dust. Water as necessary to quell dust. 1.07 ROADWAY PROTECTION A. Provide wheel-cleaning stations to clean wheels and undercarriage of trucks before leaving site, as necessary to prevent dirt from being carried onto public streets. If streets are fouled, they must be cleaned immediately in conformance with City of Carlsbad requirements, as applicable. This requirement applies to all vehicle movements for the entire period of construction. 1.08 TRAFFIC REGULATION A. Conduct operations in such a manner to avoid unnecessary interference to existing traffic. Minimize heavy vehicle traffic to and from site during peak traffic hours. Do not park vehicles in traffic lanes. Provide flagmen as required. Conform to City of Carlsbad traffic control requirements. B. Contractor shall be responsible for all traffic control and emergency call outs resulting from Contractor operations. C. Maintain fire lanes, roadways and alleys to existing buildings continuously, as City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 02 10 00 SITE PREPARATION Page 4 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 required by the fire department having jurisdiction. D. Existing walkways and roadways leading past the construction shall remain clear and safe at all times. Provide barriers, flashing lights, walkways, guardrails and night lighting as required for safety and control. 1.09 DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUT A. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing, setting and marking all line, grade, and location stakes, including offsets and general construction staking, together with clearing limits. B. There shall be on site at all times, when work-requiring control is being performed, all necessary equipment, supplies, and instruments related thereto. A qualified layout engineer, surveyor, or technical specialist must be assigned to the Contractor’s crew for this work. This equipment and personnel must be available at no additional cost to the Owner for the purpose of verifying layout and certifying the accuracy of work on the site. C. The Contractor is responsible for preserving all benchmarks and stakes and replacing any that are displaced or missing as a result of the Contractor’s operations. D. The Contractor is responsible for review of all Owner and city records relative to the existing underground utilities. The Contractor is responsible to avoid damaging these facilities and shall repair all recorded utilities at no additional cost to the Owner. E. The Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative immediately of underground utilities encountered, which are not shown on the Owner’s record. PART 2 – MATERIALS 2.01 TOP COURSE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE A. Aggregate to be open-graded, fractured, friction course. To ensure free drainage, material to be clean with minimal fines. The compacted top course permeable aggregate minimum infiltration rate shall be 20 inches per hour when the material is compacted to a minimum density of not less than 98% of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. B. Top course material to be 100% fractured crushed rock material. A quarry source is required for this material. C. Gradation: Aggregate to meet the following particle size limitations: City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 02 10 00 SITE PREPARATION Page 5 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 3/4" 100 1/2" 90 - 100 3/8" 70 - 90 No. 4 30 - 60 No. 8 20 - 40 No. 30 5 - 15 No. 100 2 – 5 No. 200 (Wet Sieve) 0 - 3.0 No. 270 (Wet Sieve) 0 – 1.5 D. Alternate materials such as a 3/8” C Mix may be considered upon submittal provided they can be graded to required tolerance and allow vertical infiltration at a minimum 20 inches per hour. 2.02 WASHED PLASTER SAND A. Washed plaster sand shall be installed in areas where the finished surface of the top course permeable aggregate requires fill adjustment of less than 3/8” depth in the areas where the existing permeable aggregate has been displaced. Material shall be installed at such depth to meet and match the top of the existing, adjacent permeable aggregate areas. B. Gradation: Sand to meet the following particle size limitations: Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight No. 4 100 No. 8 95-100 No. 30 75-85 No. 100 0-4 No. 200 (Wet Sieve) 0 - 2 No. 270 (Wet Sieve) 0 - 1 2.03 C-MIX A. C-mix aggregate may be utilized in areas where the finished surface of the top course permeable aggregate requires fill adjustment of less than 3/8” depth in the areas where the existing permeable aggregate has been displaced. Material shall be installed at such depth to meet and match the top of the existing, adjacent permeable aggregate areas. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 02 10 00 SITE PREPARATION Page 6 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 B. Gradation: C-Mix to meet the following particle size limitations: Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 1/2" 100 3/8" 90-95 No. 4 50-60 No. 8 40-50 No. 16 30-35 No. 30 15-25 No. 50 5-10 No. 100 0-3 No. 200 (Wet Sieve) 0 - 2 2.04 RECYCLED PLASTIC EDGE ANCHOR A. Includes all materials required to provide a secure recycled plastic edge for establishment of Permeable Aggregate grade and anchoring of synthetic turf. B. A recycled plastic lumber nailer board shall be installed per the details to secure the turf. Product shall be manufactured from 100% recycled materials, consisting of HDPE Plastic Lumber. Material should be dimensional lumber in lengths no shorter than 6’. 1. Where attachment is scheduled to concrete curbing, provide minimum 2”x4” nominal dimensional lumber. C. Manufacturer’s reference: Product is available from RESCO Plastics, Inc., Coos Bay, Oregon. (800) 266-5097. D. Concrete Anchoring: Concrete wedge anchor, zinc plated, 3/8” x5” length, partially threaded, with zinc plated washer and nut. E. Steel power-load driven or ram-set Concrete Anchor Nail, minimum shank diameter 5/32”, minimum head/washer diameter 3/8”, sufficient length to insure a minimum 2” embedment. Individual anchors shall develop a minimum 450 lb. shear, 350 lb. tension in 4,000 psi concrete at 2” embedment. Anchor nails shall be certified for exterior/outdoor applications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD LAYOUT AND ENGINEERING A. The General Contractor shall be responsible for the layout of all the demolition work required to construct all work in accordance with the drawings and specifications. 3.02 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Provide, erect and maintain barricades, coverings, or other types of protection City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 02 10 00 SITE PREPARATION Page 7 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 necessary to prevent damage to existing trees indicated to remain in place. B. Do not shut off or cap utilities without prior notice. Coordinate work with Division 1 requirements. Maintain storm drains and sewers open for free drainage: 1. Provide storm drain inlet protection at catch basins in accordance with plans. C. Objectionable noises: Limit use of air hammers and other noisy equipment as much as possible. Conform to Owner requirements regarding noise control. D. Maintain vehicular and pedestrian traffic routes: 1. Ensure minimum interference with roads, sidewalks, and adjacent facilities. 2. Do not close or obstruct streets, sidewalks, alleys or passageways without permission from Owner. 3. If required by Owner or city, provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways. 3.03 DEMOLITION A. Completely remove and dispose of the existing synthetic turf surfacing system. Care shall be taken when removing the existing turf system so that damage does not occur to the existing permeable aggregate base that is to remain. Every effort shall be made to recycle existing turf and infill materials to the greatest extent practical. B. Sawcut and remove existing concrete paving where indicated. Legally dispose off site. C. Carefully dismantle and remove items, if any, to be salvaged. The salvaged items shall then be labeled, bundled, and delivered to a storage site specified by the Owner’s Representative. 3.04 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS A. The Contractor in a manner consistent with all government regulations shall dispose the refuse resulting from synthetic turf removal. 1. Do not leave refuse material on the project site, shoved onto abutting private properties, or buried in embankments or trenches on the project site. 2. Maintain hauling routes clean and free of debris resulting from work of this section. 3.05 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION & SALVAGE A. Carefully mark or flag items to be returned or reused for inspection by the Engineer prior to commencing demolition work. Coordinate functional testing of such operable equipment as valves, gates, electrical components. B. Where indicated, neatly separate components to be salvaged for return or reuse City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 02 10 00 SITE PREPARATION Page 8 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 from assemblies or equipment to remain or be demolished in their entirety by an approved means including cutting, grinding, drilling, or disassembling. C. Clean and repair any damage caused by the demolition or salvage operation. D. Owner shall temporarily relocate existing soccer goals outside of the work area. 3.06 REMOVAL AND PLACEMENT OF MATERIALS A. Top course permeable aggregate or washed plaster sand shall be carefully compacted to 90-95% maximum dry density. The top surface shall meet and match the top of the adjacent areas. Surface tolerance for all areas within the playfield shall not vary by more than 1/4”. B. The entire surface area of the permeable aggregate base shall be verified for planarity. The synthetic turf installation foreman and the Engineer shall confirm planarity by pulling a string line taut across the width and length of the field, at a minimum 2’ interval. Any areas deviating more than ¼” shall be modified/reworked by the contractor to the required tolerance. C. Turf installation cannot begin until aggregate base is accepted in writing by the turf vendor. 3.07 SCARIFY, REGRADE, COMPACTION A. If required to achieve planarity, finish grade the permeable aggregate surface using existing permeable aggregate material uniformly with equipment that will not cause perceptible separation in gradation (segregation). Supplement as required with Top Course Permeable Aggregate or Washed Plaster Sand to achieve required planarity. B. Use Static Tandem Drum-type roller of not less than five tons weight. C. The contractor shall monitor compaction levels to insure the aggregate materials are not over-compacted resulting in infiltration rates less than 20 inches/hour. 3.08 AGGREGATE TOLERANCES A. The Contractor shall utilize a laser plane system for grade control. B. The surface of the top course permeable aggregate shall not deviate from designated compacted grade within the range of –0.00" and +0.125" and shall not deviate more than 1/ 8” as measured by a 10 foot straight edge. C. Upon completion of the fine grading, compaction, and Contractor confirmation of conformance with the tolerances, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and schedule an inspection for approval. The Contractor shall have a laser plane system available to the Engineer for the inspections. The Contractor shall not be authorized to install synthetic turf over the permeable aggregate until it has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 02 10 00 SITE PREPARATION Page 9 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 D. Upon completion of elevation verification, the entire permeable aggregate surface shall be inspected for planarity. Planarity inspection shall be completed in conjunction, coordination with the synthetic turf vendor. The installation foreman for the synthetic turf shall be present at the time of the inspection. Inspection shall consist of stretching a string line taut over the finished permeable aggregate surface at such interval as may be required to confirm surface planarity and acceptance for installation of synthetic turf surface. Any deviation greater than ¼” shall require remediation efforts as may be required to meet subgrade tolerance. 3.09 RECYCLED PLASTIC EDGE ANCHOR A. Prior to proceeding with Edge Anchor installation, confirm with the Engineer the final elevation for installation relative to adjacent surfaces. B. The existing nailer board was replaced in its entirety in 2015. Should portions be damaged when removal of turf occurs, remove and replace full depth boards as directed. C. The top edge of the existing nailer is approximately 1.5” below the top of adjacent concrete surfaces. The top of the nailer will require adjustment to be.75” below top of adjacent surfaces. Utilizing the specified product, rip and secure continuous “shim” of edge anchor product and secure to top of existing nailer board with 1.25” staples at minimum 18’ o.c. raising the top surface of the nailer to .75” below the top of adjacent surfaces. D. The Edge Anchor may be temporarily set with temporary hardware to establish the proper line and grade. This temporary hardware may remain after final installation. 1. Wedge Anchor a. The Plastic Edge Anchor may be temporarily set with power-loads to establish the proper line and grade. This temporary hardware may remain after final installation. b. Once the initial line and grade has been established, pre-drill the edge anchor and establish a void in the adjacent concrete surface that meets the approved anchor supplier’s requirements for proper securing of the anchor. c. Minimum requirements for anchor installation: 1). Depth of Embedment: 3” or as recommended by the anchor supplier, whichever is greater. 2). Horizontal Spacing: no greater than 36” on center and 12” from end of any length of lumber. 3). Nut Torque: Per approved manufacturer’s recommendation. 4). Do not trim bolt ends. Bolts with trimmed or damaged ends will be rejected and must be removed. 2. Concrete Anchor Nail a. The Plastic Edge Anchor may be temporarily set with power-loads placed at the Contractors option to assist in establishing the proper line and grade. This temporary hardware may remain after final installation. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 02 10 00 SITE PREPARATION Page 10 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 b. Once the initial line and grade has been established, install the specified ram-set or power-load driven Concrete Anchoring Nails in manner consistent with the approved manufacturers printed instruction and the specified spacing. c. Minimum requirements for Concrete Anchor Nail installation: 1). Depth of Embedment: 2” or as recommended by the anchor supplier, whichever is greater. 2). Horizontal Spacing: no greater than 21” on center and 6” from end of any length of lumber. 3). Stagger the spacing of each Anchor up and down within the middle one-half the face of the Recycled Edge Anchor. - END OF SECTION - Copyright D.A. Hogan & Associates Inc. 2025 City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 03 30 00 SITEWORK CONCRETE Page 11 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, material and equipment for the concrete work indicated below and shown on the drawings. Work includes but is not limited to: 1. Install concrete footings for soccer goal anchors. 1.02 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, American Public Works Association (APWA) B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) C. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) D. The Green Book Standard Specifications for Municipal Public Works Construction, California State Chapter (latest edition). 1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 11 68 24 - Exterior Athletic Equipment PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE A. Refer to APWA Section 5-05, "Cement Concrete Pavement." B. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints at 10' o.c. maximum, equally spaced unless otherwise shown in the drawings. C. Joint Filler: Use non-staining, non-extruding, compressible and resilient, closed cell joint filler of neoprene foam conforming to ASTM D1752, Type RE-42. Joint fillers with contain or have been treated with oil, grease or bituminous materials are prohibited. Test joint fillers for compatibility with proposed sealant. 1. Acceptable joint filler: Neoprene Sponge Rubber joint Filler by the Burke Company, or other accepted by Project Representative. 2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C920, Grade NS, Class 25, Type M; multi-component, chemical curing, non-staining, non-bleeding, capable of continuous water immersion, non-sagging type; color to be selected. D. Preformed Expansion Joint Strips: Vinylex Corporation “VP 1391”, or approved 1/2 inch wide vinyl joint strip with removable cap. E. Control Joints: Per SSPWC 305-5.4.3.b. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 03 30 00 SITEWORK CONCRETE Page 12 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 F. Reinforcing: Utilize reinforcing as specified in the details. 1. Reinforcing steel shall be Grade 60 deformed bars (number 3 and larger) conforming to ASTM A 615. 2. Tie wire shall be black annealed No. 16 AWG or heavier. 3. Welded deformed steel wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A 497. 4. Epoxy coated reinforcing steel shall conform to AASHTO M-284. G. Cast-in-place Concrete components 1. Aggregate: Clean, hard, durable particles of natural sand conforming to ASTM C33 for fine aggregate. Clean, uniformly hard, durable particles of gravel or crushed stone conforming to ASTM C33 for coarse aggregate. 2. Cement: Conform to requirements of ASTM C150. Use Type I, IV or V at Contractor's option, Type III. Any change in type or admix use shall be at approved locations. 3. Ready-mixed Concrete: Conform to requirements of ASTM C94 Alternative #3. 4. Maximum Size of Coarse Aggregate: Conform to requirements of ACI 301, Paragraph 3.6. 5. Minimum Cement Content: Six sacks per cubic yard. 6. Admixtures: Conform to requirements of ACI 301 and ASTM C260 for air entrainment. Use of accelerators or water-reducing retarders is prohibited. 7. Maximum Water Content: Six gallons of water per sack of cement. Free of injurious amounts of oil, acids, alkali, salts, vegetable matter, and fit to drink. 8. Minimum Concrete Compressive Strengths: A minimum compressive strength of 3,000 PSI shall be achieved in 28 days using Type I cement and in seven days using Type III cement, unless otherwise shown on drawings. 9. Slump in Inches: Unless otherwise shown on drawings, conform to ASTM C143 procedures for concrete to be vibrated: Maximum = 4", Minimum = 1". 10. Control Joints: Not less than 3/8" thick x 3/8" minimum depth with tooled edges. 11. Speed Dowel: #3, 18” long at 24” O.C.: Green Streak (800) 325-9504 2.02 FORMWORK A. Forms: Wood, plywood, metal, other verified material to provide continuous, straight, structurally sound formwork and to produce specified concrete finish. Wood to be defect-free or properly corrected to provide straight lines and smooth, even surfaces. B. Form-coating compound: Commercial formulation form-coating compound that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede the wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds, nor interfere with subsequent applications of finish such as paints or stains. C. Miscellaneous: Verified-type material and hardware for forming chamfers, recesses, openings, control joints, etc. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 03 30 00 SITEWORK CONCRETE Page 13 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 D. Design of Formwork 1. Design of formwork is Contractor's responsibility. Conform to shape, lines, and dimensions shown on the drawings. Design for adequate strength to sustain all construction loads without deformation or deflection. 2. Make joints tight to prevent leakage of mortar. Properly brace and tie together to maintain position and shape. Truss for support if adequate foundation for shores cannot be provided. Fabricate accurately to minimize development of irregularities at panel joints. Construct to accommodate control, expansion, or other type joints shown on the drawings or as specified. 3. Coordinate with all other trades to accommodate their work. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 SUBGRADE ESTABLISHMENT A. Establish subgrade at elevations required to achieve the slopes and finish grade elevations designated on the drawings. The Contractor shall schedule the Engineer for a subgrade inspection prior to installation of the concrete. B. The subgrade shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% maximum dry density. The subgrade shall be moistened to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete. C. Protect and/or replace existing permeable or non-permeable geotextile fabric when encountered during excavation/installation of concrete. Replace with similar/like product if removed, utilizing common and best practices for seaming. 3.02 FORMWORK INSTALLATION A. Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is placed. Prepare form surfaces by coating the contact surfaces of forms with a form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. B. The form-coating compounds shall be thinned only with thinning agent of type, and in amount and under conditions of the form-coating compound manufacturer's directions. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust-preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable. D. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension and profile. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete. E. Place joint fillers vertical in position, in straight lines. Secure to formwork during concrete placement. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 03 30 00 SITEWORK CONCRETE Page 14 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 3.03 CONCRETE MIXING AND PLACING A. Conform to the requirements of ACI 301, Chapters 7 and 8, and ACI 304. Clean and free of all foreign matter, and all mixing and transporting equipment and subgrade and forms to receive concrete. Clean reinforcement of deleterious coatings. B. Notice of intention to place concrete shall be given to the Engineer at least 24 hours before an intended pour. C. Conform to ACI 305 "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting". Take steps to reduce concrete temperature and water evaporation by proper attention to ingredients, production methods, handling, placing, protection and curing. D. Conveying: Conform to ACI 301, Paragraph 8.2. Convey concrete from mixer to place of final deposit by methods preventing separation or loss of materials. Use pump, crane bucket, wheelbarrow, or buggies to deliver concrete to placing location. Chuting permitted only by methods to ensure a practically continuous flow of concrete at delivery end to prevent material separation. E. Finishes: 1. For walkways, curbing and slabs provide medium broom finish and provide chamfer edges as shown in the details. 2. For concrete curbs exposed above grade, provide smooth sack finish on exposed surfaces. F. Curing Materials 1. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf weighing approximately 9 oz. per square yard, complying with AASHO M182, Class 3. 2. Moisture-retaining Cover: Either waterproof paper, Polyethylene film, or Polyethylene-coated burlap, complying with ASTM C171. 3. Membrane-forming Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type I, unless other type acceptable to the Engineer. 3.04 FORMWORK REMOVAL A. All formwork shall be removed after proper curing of concrete. Protect surfaces of concrete during removal operations. B. Formwork not supporting weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees F for 24 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. 3.05 REUSE OF FORMWORK A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in work. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form-facing materials will not be acceptable for reuse. Apply new form-coating material as necessary, as specified for new formwork. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 03 30 00 SITEWORK CONCRETE Page 15 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 3.06 REPAIR OF SURFACE DEFECTS A. General: Conform to ACI 301, Chapters 9 and 13. After removal of forms, repair or patch concrete not formed as shown, out of alignment or level beyond required tolerances or that shows surface defects, to condition as verified by Engineer. Immediately after form removal, patch all tie holes and repairable defective areas. B. Honeycombed areas shall be removed to sound concrete but not less than 1" minimum depth. Dampen area and to 6" width around same; let evaporate only to loss of sheen. Provide a bond of neat cement and water slurry well brushed into area to be patched. Provide patching mixture of 1:2 (cement:sand) or verified proprietary patching mixture or color to match adjacent surfaces; use water quantity only as required for mixing and placing. Leave patched surface slightly high; after one hour, float to level with adjacent surface. Keep patched areas damp for seven days. 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect freshly-placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperature, and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for a period of time necessary for hydration of cement and proper hardening. Provide protection from vandalism. B. Protect all concrete during curing period from all damaging mechanical disturbances, more especially load stresses, heavy shock and excessive vibration. Protect finish surfaces from all damage. 3.08 TOLERANCES A. The surface elevation, in the finished condition, shall not deviate more than 1/8" from specified elevations. Trueness measurement to be taken from 10' long straight edge placed in all directions. 3.09 CLEANUP A. At project completion, leave all work clean, defect-free, with uniform finish and color. - END OF SECTION - ©2025 D. A. Hogan & Associates, Inc. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 11 68 24 EXTERIOR ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT Page 16 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Remove, salvage and reinstall install Soccer Goal Anchors as follows; 1. Primary Soccer Field: Two (2) anchors at each goal (total of 4) 2. Modified Soccer Field: Two (2) anchors at each goal (total of 8) 1.02 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 03 30 00 - Sitework Concrete 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit four copies of catalog information and manufacturer’s data of all equipment to the Engineer for approval. B. The Contractor shall submit color options for all site furnishings for the Owner’s selection. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 SOCCER GOAL ANCHOR A. Units are existing on site, installed in concrete. shall be pre-manufactured unit consisting of an access box, cover and tethering assembly suitable for securing the backstay of a soccer goal unit. Provide two per goal. B. Manufacturer Reference: Existing Soccer Goal Anchors are Aluminum Athletic Equipment SGAB-MF-FBC. C. Synthetic Turf Cover to identically match synthetic turf system used for field surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install all equipment and furnishing according to manufacturer’s suggested installation methods. 3.02 SOCCER GOAL ANCHOR A. Assemble soccer goal anchor per manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Secure to concrete foundation. - END OF SECTION - Copyright D.A. Hogan & Associates Inc. 2025 City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 31 22 16 FIELD SUBGRADE ESTABLISHMENT Page 17 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, material and equipment for the subgrade establishment for the synthetic turf field surface. Work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Layout and engineering; 2. Surface water and erosion control; 3. Management of the construction sequencing and scheduling relative to soil moisture content and the use of onsite material as fill; 4. Excavation, filling, back filling and compacting; 5. Subgrade scarification, drying, and re-compaction as required; 6. Compaction, compaction testing, and establishment of subgrade; 1.02 EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS A. Refer to drawings for topographical and existing condition information. B. Carefully maintain benchmarks, monuments and other reference points. If disturbed or destroyed, replace as directed. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to familiarize themselves with all records of existing utilities in area of site work. C. The Contractor shall contact the appropriate utility agencies for identification of underground utility location. 1.03 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL A. All work shall conform to the erosion and sedimentation control requirements of the local jurisdiction including installation of siltation control such as filter fabric fences, check dams, sedimentation basins, etc. 1.04 EXISTING UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall coordinate all existing utilities prior to proceeding with demolition and earthwork activity. Protect any active pipes encountered. 1.05 DUST CONTROL A. Protect persons and property from damage and discomfort caused by dust. Water as necessary to quell dust. 1.06 ROADWAY PROTECTION A. Provide wheel-cleaning stations to clean wheels and undercarriage of trucks before leaving site, as necessary to prevent dirt from being carried onto public streets. If streets are fouled, they must be cleaned immediately in conformance with the requirements of the local jurisdiction as applicable. This requirement applies to all vehicle movements for the entire period of construction. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 31 22 16 FIELD SUBGRADE ESTABLISHMENT Page 18 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 1.07 TRAFFIC REGULATION A. Conduct operations in such a manner to avoid unnecessary interference to existing traffic. Minimize heavy vehicle traffic to and from site during peak traffic hours. Do not park vehicles in traffic lanes. Provide flagmen as required. Conform to traffic control requirements of the local jurisdiction. B. Contractor shall be responsible for all traffic control and emergency call outs resulting from Contractor operations. C. Maintain fire lanes, roadways and alleys to existing buildings continuously, as required by the fire department having jurisdiction. D. Existing walkways and roadways leading past the construction shall remain clear and safe at all times. Provide barriers, flashing lights, walkways, guardrails and night lighting as required for safety and control. 1.08 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. 02 10 00 Site Preparation 1.09 QUALIFICATIONS A. The subcontractor responsible for field subgrade establishment, field subsurface drainage, and field permeable aggregate placement and compaction shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Specific prequalification requirements are included as follows: 1. Sub-contractor shall be and has been actively and directly engaged in constructing similar natural or synthetic field projects for a period of five (5) or more years and shall provide proof of three (3) or more sports field base installations completed in the past two (2) years. The Contractor’s experience shall include completion of high school, college, or professional level competition fields. The playing field system shall include earthwork, washwater or irrigation systems, drainage and subsurface drainage systems and base aggregate placement and compaction. Provide a listing of all construction contracts (whether completed or in progress) entered into or performed by the subcontractor within the past five years for projects similar in scope, time and complexity to the work called for under this Contract; include the names of the contracts, and the names and contact information of the owners. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 FIELD LAYOUT AND ENGINEERING A. The General Contractor shall be responsible for the vertical and horizontal layout of all work and control points required to construct all work in accordance with the drawings and specifications. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 31 22 16 FIELD SUBGRADE ESTABLISHMENT Page 19 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 3.02 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. All new cut and fill areas shall be seal rolled at the end of each day to minimize moisture penetration. 3.03 EXCAVATED MATERIALS A. Strip surface to be disturbed of existing grass, brush, and any other organic plant material and dispose of off-site. B. All excess soil materials excavated to establish the required subgrade elevations shall be removed and disposed of off-site. C. All items of concrete, debris, piping, etc., are to be disposed of off-site at Contractor's expense and pre-arranged location. The Contractor shall make efforts to have the concrete and asphalt concrete paving recycled. 3.04 SUBGRADE A. All synthetic turf field areas are to be compacted to at least 92% of maximum dry density by mechanical means as determined by ASTM D 1557-02. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining appropriate soil moisture prior to and during compaction activities, the cost of which is to be included in the contract price. B. Care must be exercised during grading of the subgrade so as to achieve a uniform, true surface relative to finish grade. C. Finish subgrade for the field shall be established to within the tolerance of +0.00' or - 0.10' of the design subgrade elevation for these areas. D. Fill must be select material, found on site below the existing field and free of organic matter, clay, concrete and other extraneous material, compactable to a minimum of 95% of the maximum dry density. Fill shall be placed and compacted in lifts of 12" maximum loose depth. E. Upon completion of the subgrade establishment and Contractor confirmation for conformance with the tolerance, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and schedule an inspection for approval. The Contractor shall have a laser plane system with slope control available to the Engineer for the inspections. The Contractor shall not be authorized to install the subsurface drainage system until the subgrade has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. F. All other areas shall be compacted to a maximum of 90% of the maximum dry density. These areas shall be established to within the tolerance of +0.10' or - 0.10' of the design elevations and grades. All perimeter and swale areas shall be sloped in accordance with the grading plan. Swale grades shall include a constant slope between the designated high point and any catch basin rim elevations. Areas of ponding water in the swales shall not be accepted. END OF SECTION 31 22 16 ©2025 D. A. Hogan & Associates, Inc. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 20 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Scope of work to include all labor, material, equipment, transportation and services to install complete new vertically draining synthetic turf surfacing system for the field area as shown and described. System to be as herein specified including, but not specifically limited to the following: 1. Product submittals including samples, technical data, shop drawings etc. 2. Independent testing of the synthetic turf materials prior to shipment to the project site; 3. Delivery of the synthetic turf materials a minimum of 1 week prior to the scheduled installation of the materials; 4. Review and acceptance or certification of the permeable aggregate base as it applies to supplemental pad installation. 5. Furnish and install a 25 mm supplemental pad over the permeable aggregate base for the field. 6. Review and acceptance or certification of the supplemental pad as it applies to synthetic turf installation. 7. Installation of complete vertical draining synthetic turf surfacing system with a minimum 1-1/2” pile height. Tencate Pivot 120 or approved equal. 8. Installation of tufted and inlaid field lines and markings as indicated on the drawings. 9. Furnish and install ballast. 10. Provide extra turf materials to the Owner for future repair and protective purposes. 11. Furnish, assemble and train staff on maintenance equipment. 12. Provide all appropriate maintenance manuals, repair manuals, and warranty package to Owner. Warranty shall include a pre-paid insurance policy in support of the warranty required for the field, for the entire warranty period from an A-rated domestic insurance carrier. 13. Complete specific maintenance activities at specified intervals after the date of acceptance. 1.02 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING PERFORMANCE & PAYMENT BOND A. The Synthetic Turf Contractor shall provide a performance and payment bond to the General Contractor for the full subcontract amount of the synthetic turf surfacing system including materials, assembly, shipping, and installation. A copy of the performance and payment bond must be furnished to the Owner within 14 days of the issuance of the notice to proceed. B. The performance and payment bond must be furnished in the name of the same corporate entity that provides the warranty for the synthetic turf surfacing system to the Owner. 1.03 APPROVED SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 21 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 A. The following vendors/products are pre-approved for the Synthetic Turf Field 1. Hellas – Pivot 120 2. Valley Precision Grading – Pivot 120 B. All synthetic turf contractors/vendors that are not included as a pre-approved product shall submit a substitution request in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. The substitution request must be submitted a minimum of 6 business days prior to the bid opening. Substitution requests must include the following information for evaluation by the Owner and Field Landscape Architect. 1. Vendor Background and Experience: Describe your firm’s history. Include information identifying the firm’s annual volume and the firm’s stability in the marketplace. Also include the firm’s record relating to installation schedules and performance. 2. Provide information regarding local representation, and post-installation support. 3. Provide proof of bondability. 4. Product Manufacturer Background and Experience: Describe the history and experience of the product manufacturer with this specific product including years of experience and a count and listing of North American and worldwide synthetic turf field installations. The list shall include field locations, client, client contact names, address, telephone, material installed, date of installation, and general contractor (if any). 5. Product Installer Background and Experience: Describe the history and experience of the product installer with this specific product including years of experience and a count and listing of field installations. The list shall include field locations, client, client contact names, address, telephone, material installed, date of installation, and general contractor (if any). If the installer is not the manufacturer or vendor of the product, describe the experience the installer has with this specific product. 6. Product Samples: Provide the following samples with the substitution request. Two 8"x 12" samples each of green turf material showing backing with perforations. Two 8" x 12" samples each of turf. Two samples of the proposed ballast material. 7. Product Specification: Provide specification for the proposed synthetic turf product. Note any required deviations from the Synthetic Turf Technical Specifications included in this section. Traditional infilled synthetic turf products will not be considered. 8. Product Performance: The samples submitted with the proposal will be reviewed and evaluated. As a supplement to the samples, provide a written description of the following performance criteria for the proposed synthetic turf surfacing system: a. Abrasive characteristics b. Weekly, Monthly, and Annual Maintenance Requirements c. Playability for Soccer, Softball, Lacrosse, & Rugby d. Wet and Dry Traction 9. References: Supply a minimum of ten references, including contact name and telephone number, for other installations of this exact product proposed for substitution. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 22 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 1.04 FIBER MANUFACTURERS A. The following fiber manufacturers are pre-approved for use in the specified Synthetic Turf Systems: 1. Tencate B. Submit synthetic turf vendor’s written documentation in the form of a signed affidavit certifying the source of the fiber used for the field including both green and any other colors used for the lines and markings. C. Fiber shall be certified in writing to have less than 50 ppm or less of lead from both the fiber supplier and the turf vendor. 1.05 MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS FOR SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEM A. Definitions: for the purposes of defining the necessary qualifications required to perform this work, the following definitions will apply. 1. “Synthetic Turf” refers to surfacing systems comprised of polyethylene fibers no less than 1.5” in finished height, tufted into a coated polyethylene backing. 2. “Full sized” shall mean a single installation of no less than 75,000 contiguous square feet. Large contiguous installations will be considered as a single installation regardless of total square footage. 3. “Successful” in the context of this specification shall be defined as having had zero repeat customer call-backs for defects of manufacturing for the life of the warranty or craftsmanship for the first two years. B. Approved Synthetic Turf System shall be manufactured, sold and warranted by a single vendor. Manufacturer of system shall include, at a minimum, assembly of the constituent components, ie tufting, of the specified fiber into an approved backing. C. The manufacturer of the synthetic turf system must have produced a minimum of twenty (20) successful synthetic turf football or soccer fields of full size and outdoors within the past two (2) years. Also, the manufacturer of the synthetic turf system must have produced a minimum of ten (10) successful synthetic turf full size football or soccer fields with the identical product that is proposed for this project within the past year. D. Installer of the synthetic turf system must have installed either a minimum of ten (10) successful synthetic turf football or soccer fields of full size within the past two (2) years or a minimum of twenty (20) successful synthetic turf football or soccer fields of full size within the past five (5) years. The installer shall have installed a minimum of five (5) successful synthetic turf football or soccer fields of full size with the product vendor. E. The synthetic turf surfacing system vendor shall have a designated employed City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 23 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 representative available for service based in the Southern California (San Diego, Orange, Los Angeles, Riverside Counties). F. The synthetic turf warranty shall be a comprehensive warranty, insured, for 12 years including all materials and workmanship including, but not limited to fiber, backing, secondary coating, ballast and installation of the entire synthetic turf system. Separate, compartmentalized warranties for specific portions shall not be acceptable. 1.06 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 02 10 00 Site Preparation B. Section 31 22 16 Field Subgrade Establishment C. Section 33 46 16 Field Subsurface Drainage D. Section 33 46 23 Field Permeable Aggregate 1.07 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. Comply with the National Federation of State High School Association (latest edition) for all sports included. B. For standards: American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM), (latest edition). 1.08 SURFACE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Performance of field surface shall conform to FIFA Performance Guidelines as follows Performance of field surface shall conform to FIFA Performance Guidelines and FIFA Quality Program for Football Turf – Quality Pro requirements – Handbook of Requirements, 2024 Edition including but not limited to: Standard Description Requirement 1. ASTM F1936 Impact Attenuation below 165 2. FIFA 2024-03 Shock Absorption 60% to 70% 3. FIFA 2024-04 Peak Deformation below 15mm 4. FIFA 2024-07 Rotational Resistance (traction) 30n to 45n 5. FIFA 2024-10 Skin / Surface Friction (dry) 0.35 to 0.75 1.09 POST AWARD SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Within 14 days after issuance of Notice to Proceed, submit to the Owner’s Representative one electronic copy of complete and detailed drawings showing all component parts of the synthetic turf system. The shop drawings shall be drawing to scale (1”=20’) and shall include: 1. total depth 2. edge details 3. insert details including backing material 4. seam details 5. seam layout City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 24 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 6. gluing patterns 7. dimensional shop drawing for all field lines, markings and boundaries B. Synthetic Turf Samples: Within 14 days after issuance of Notice to Proceed submit to the Owner’s Representative: 1. Two 6"x 12" samples each of each green turf showing backing with perforations. 2. Two 6" x 12" samples each of turf showing method of seam makeup with perforations. One sample to have example of inlaid lines. 3. Two 6” x 12” samples each of the other colors proposed for use on the field for lines and markings. C. Manufacturer's Specifications and Warranty: 1. Within 14 days after issuance of Notice to Proceed submit to the Owner Representative each of selected manufacturer’s material specifications and installation instructions. Include detailed specifications of manufacturer’s provisions for achieving permeability, stating rate in infiltration and permeability in inches per hour of system materials for the vertical draining system. 2. Within 28 days after Notice to Proceed, submit to the Owner Representative sample copies of warranty package herein specified for review. D. Testing and Quality Control: Within 14 days after issuance of Notice to Proceed, submit to the Owner’s Representative the following test results for the system specified. An independent testing laboratory experienced with testing of synthetic turf or carpeting materials shall certify these tests. The qualifications of the testing laboratory to be utilized for the submittal and the pre-shipment testing shall be submitted to the Owner’s Representative for approval. Applicable minimum material ASTM tests: 1. Dynamic Cushion Test - ASTM F355, Procedure A, (system); ASTM F355 procedure A at the 24” drop. 2. Yarn and fabric characteristics. 3. Pill Burn Test – ASTM D2859 E. Maintenance and Operating Data: 1. Prior to acceptance and/or occupancy by the Owner, furnish to the Owner’s Representative copies in hard cover form of maintenance and operating data with imprinted Project, Owner, Owner’s Representative, Contractor and Turf Subcontractor names, and date of turf system installation. 2. In addition, provide descriptions of any equipment recommended for maintenance and repair, citing specific vendors for each unit. 3. Use and Limitations - Submit a separate page stating approved activity usage for the turf and activities not recommended relative to warranty. 4. Index - Index with tab dividers for data as follows: Materials installed with their characteristics: a. General maintenance City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 25 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 b. Small repair procedures c. Minor seam repair d. Discussion of precautions to be practiced, general maintenance, and uses to avoid to protect turf surface and to maintain installation's warranty e. Recommendations for paint application and removal of lines and markings f. Recommendations for snow removal procedures. 1.10 PRE-SHIPMENT SUBMITTALS A. Prior to shipment of the synthetic turf materials to the job site, synthetic turf material from every sixth roll shall be randomly sampled and the tested by an independent testing laboratory experience with testing synthetic turf materials. The testing laboratory shall be completely independent with no ties to the turf manufacturer. The testing shall include the following: Item ASTM Property 1. FTIR Spectrograph Pile Composition 2. D5848 Pile Weight (for each fiber type) 3. D5848 Total Weight 4. D5823 Pile Height 5. D5793 Backing Perforation Diameter and Spacing 6. D1335 Tuft Bind 7. D5304 Grab/Tear Strength. B. Copies of the test results shall be transmitted to the Owner’s Representative directly from the testing laboratory. The synthetic turf materials shall not be shipped to the site without written authorization from the Owner’s Representative after it has approved the test results. C. Samples of the synthetic turf material tested from every sixth (6th) roll shall also be transmitted to the Owner’s Representative for approval by the independent testing laboratory prior to shipment of the synthetic turf materials to the job site. Sample size shall be minimum 12” x 12”. D. All fees and costs associated with the pre-shipment sampling and testing shall be paid by the Contractor. 1.11 CERTIFICATION OF THE BASE A. Furnish to the Owner’s Representative, prior to the supplemental pad system installation, a written certification of the acceptability by the synthetic turf and pad vendor of the permeable aggregate for installation and warranty validation. 1.12 TURF SYSTEM HOLD HARMLESS A. The synthetic turf manufacturer and installer shall not infringe upon any current or pending patents held by other synthetic turf manufacturers or installers. B. The Contractor, their synthetic turf subcontractor, and the synthetic turf City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 26 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 manufacturer shall hold the Owner, Owner’s Representative, and the Design Consultants harmless from infringement of any current or future patent issued for the synthetic turf surfacing system, installation methods and vertical draining characteristics. A notarized statement shall be submitted as part of the submittal package. 1.13 WARRANTY OF SYNTHETIC TURF A. Warranty shall cover, in general, the usability of the turf surface, accessories, use characteristics, and suitability of the installation. All items covered by warranty are to be replaced or repaired with new materials, including installation at the sole expense of the warranting contractor for the period of twelve (12) years to the Owner, for the designated uses enumerated as follows: 1. Football 2. Flag Football 3. Soccer 4. Lacrosse 5. Rugby 6. Baseball 7. Softball 8. Ultimate Frisbee 9. Physical exercises 10. Physical education activities 11. Pneumatic rubber-tired maintenance and service vehicles 12. Pedestrian traffic and other similar uses 13. Ceremonial and Entertainment Events B. A principal of the applicable firm, duly-authorized to make contracts, shall sign the turf vendor warranty. If the turf vendor is not the manufacturer, the manufacturing firm shall also sign the warranty. The term "Contractor" contained herein means the firm furnishing warranty. "Owner" is the City of Carlsbad. Warranty period shall be a minimum of twelve years from date of acceptance of the installed system by the Owner. C. Furnish a pre-paid insurance policy in support of the warranty required for the field, for the entire warranty period from an A-rated domestic insurance carrier. 1.14 FORM OF WARRANTY OF SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEM A. Contractor hereby warrants to Owner, subject to the limitations and conditions set forth below, that its synthetic turf system consisting of synthetic turf described as _______________________________, and the adhesives used in the installation, is free from defects in material and workmanship and shall, for a period of twelve (12) years as applicable from the date of acceptance by the Owner, remain serviceable for multiple sports activities. B. Contractor warrants to the Owner that its synthetic turf materials shall not fade, fail, shrink, wrinkle, or reflect excessive wear. Contractor shall, at their sole expense City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 27 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 and cost, replace such areas of the synthetic turf system not performing to these standards for the life of the warranty. C. Definitions 1. The term "not fade" in the context of this warranty shall mean that the synthetic turf material shall remain a uniform shade of green, or other colors installed, with no significant loss of color. 2. The term "not fail" or "excessive wear" as used in the context of this warranty shall mean that the length and weight of the face yarn or pile material in the synthetic turf surface shall not have been decreased by more than 10% per year according to ASTM D418, nor exceed 50% during the warranty period. In the event that the synthetic turf system does not retain its fiber height or shock absorbency and is consequently no longer serviceable during the warranty period, the Contractor shall, at their sole expense, replace such portion of the system that is no longer serviceable. 3. The term "serviceable" in the context of this warranty shall mean that the synthetic turf system for the soccer field shall have a maximum "G" value according to ASTM F1936-10 and Procedure A, ASTM F355, not to exceed 130G's at any location upon installation and shall not exceed 160G's throughout life of the warranty period. This shall be determined by conducting dynamic cushioning tests at the locations designated in ASTM F1936-10 and at corners of the soccer penalty boxes at opposite sides of the field. Any increase from 130G's to allowable 160G's maximum shall be at a relative uniform rate not to exceed 15 G's in any single yearly period. D. Where applicable, the fabric seams shall remain attached to the underlying surface over the warranty period and shall not separate or become unglued or unattached, as applicable. E. Contractor warrants to the Owner that the permeable synthetic system shall drain vertically a minimum of 20 inches precipitation per hour without visible surface ponding. F. Contractor shall replace with new materials, at their sole expense, all damage to the synthetic turf system that extends more than 3 feet beyond the location of foreign combustibles, which may ignite and fire-damage the synthetic turf system. The Contractor shall not be held liable for any incidental or consequential damages. These warranties and the Contractor's obligations here-under are expressly conditioned upon; 1. The Owner making all minor repairs to the synthetic turf system upon the discovery of the need for such repairs; 2. The Owner maintaining and properly caring for the synthetic turf system in accordance with the Contractor's maintenance manual and instructions; 3. The Owner complying with the dynamic and static load specifications established by the Contractor. G. The warranty is not to cover any defect, failure, damage or undue wear in or to the City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 28 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 synthetic turf system caused by or connected with abuse, neglect, deliberate acts, act of God, casualty, static or dynamic loads exceeding Contractor's recommendations, footwear having cleats, spikes, or similar projections other than conventional baseball, football, soccer, or rugby shoes having cleats of not more than 1/2" in length, and other conventional running track shoes having spikes of not more than 1/4" in length, or use of improper cleaning methods. H. Contractor shall be allowed to examine the synthetic turf system regarding any claim that the Owner makes to be present at any time, to analyze the results of all tests conducted by the Owner or others, and to conduct such tests of their own. Contractor shall not be responsible for any costs or expenses incurred by the Owner or others with respect to such tests, except the Contractor shall pay for costs of all tests and analysis conducted or directed by their representative. I. In the event the Contractor does not respond to the Owner’s written notice within 10 days of receipt of notice or does not submit, schedule and execute corrective work within 30 days for any material replacement and within 5 days for work limited to repairs of existing materials or repair that can be made with attic stock materials, the Owner has the option of having the work performed at the expense of the Contractor. J. Sample form of warranty herein set forth is a suggested form for use for the work under this section. Manufacturer’s standard form of warranty may be used provided all conditions specified are incorporated. All claims by the Owner under this warranty must be made in writing to Contractor’s address at____________________ within 30 days after the Owner learns of the defect giving rise to the claim. This warranty shall constitute a contract made in the State of California and shall be governed by the laws thereof. 1.15 WARRANTY TESTING A. The turf for the field is to be tested for dynamic cushioning (“G” Test) by an experienced independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Owner’s Representative at the completion of the installation shortly prior to acceptance inspection by the Owner’s Representative, at the anniversary date of the first year, second year, fourth year, sixth year, eight, tenth, and 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the warranty expiration. If conditions of the Specifications and/or Warranty are not met, the Contractor has the option of corrective work or replacement. In the event corrective work does not meet the requirements of the Specifications after a second attempt to bring the system within these limits, then the Contractor is to replace non-conforming areas or sections solely at the Owner’s discretion and direction. B. Tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM F-1936-10 and F355 10A. C. Test locations as designated in F-1936-10, Paragraph 8. Included in the report shall be the measured depth of the fiber at all test locations. D. All costs for the stated testing shall be paid by the Synthetic Turf Surfacing City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 29 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Contractor. E. If the Contractor does not have the tests performed within 10 days of specified times listed, the Owner has the option of ordering the testing work at the expense of the Synthetic Turf Surfacing Contractor. 1.16 FORM OF WARRANTY FOR SUPPLEMENTAL PAD SYSTEM A. Contractor hereby warrants to Owner, subject to the limitations and conditions set forth below, that field underlayment system consisting of ______________________, is free from defects in material and workmanship and shall, for a period of ten years from the date of acceptance by the Owner, remain serviceable for multiple sports and snow removal activities. B. Contractor warrants to the Owner that its field underlayment materials shall remain permeable and shall not fail, shrink or buckle. Contractor shall, at their sole expense and cost, replace such areas of the field underlayment system not performing to these standards for the life of the warranty. C. Definitions 1. The term "permeable" in the context of this warranty shall mean that the field underlayment material shall provide a minimum vertical drainage rate of 20 inches per hour. 2. The term "not shrink" in the context of this warranty shall mean that the field underlayment panels shall remain butted together without gaps exceeding ¼ inch in any location across the field. 3. The term "buckle" in the context of this warranty shall mean that the field underlayment shall lay flat on the base without warping or creating surface irregularities in excess of ¼ inch. D. Contractor shall replace with new materials, at their sole expense, any field underlayment materials that do not comply with these warranty requirements. E. These warranties and the Contractor's obligations here-under are expressly conditioned upon; 1. The Owner maintaining and properly caring for the synthetic turf and field underlayment system in accordance with the Contractor's maintenance manual and instructions; 2. The Owner complying with the dynamic and static load specifications established by the Contractor. F. The warranty is not to cover any defect, failure, damage caused by or connected with abuse, neglect, deliberate acts, act of God, casualty, static or dynamic loads exceeding Contractor's recommendations. G. Contractor shall be allowed to examine the field underlayment system regarding any claim that the Owner makes to be present at any time, to analyze the results of all City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 30 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 tests conducted by the Owner or others, and to conduct such tests of their own. Contractor shall not be responsible for any costs or expenses incurred by the Owner or others with respect to such tests, except the Contractor shall pay for costs of all tests and analysis conducted or approved by the Owner’s Representative. H. In the event the Contractor does not respond to the Owner’s written notice within 10 days of receipt of notice or does not submit, schedule and execute corrective work within 30 days, the Owner has the option of having the work performed at the expense of the Contractor. I. Sample form of warranty herein set forth is a suggested form for use for the work under this section. Manufacturer’s standard form of warranty may be used provided all conditions specified are incorporated. All claims by the Owner under this warranty must be made in writing to Contractor’s address at____________________ within 30 days after the Owner learns of the defect giving rise to the claim. This warranty shall constitute a contract made in the State of California and shall be governed by the laws thereof. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Synthetic Turf: The turf system shall be a vertical-draining permeable synthetic turf system. The turf system shall consist of a synthetic grass-like surface pile, which shall be tufted into a synthetic backing. B. All backing layers and coatings shall be firmly bonded together. Coating materials must be completely cured and bonded to the other backing layers. Synthetic turf panels or rolls that do not meet this requirement will be rejected. C. The entire system shall be resistant to weather, insects, rot, mildew, and fungus growth, and be non-allergenic and non-toxic. The entire system shall be constructed to maximize dimensional stability, to resist damage and normal wear and tear from its designated use, and to minimize ultraviolet degradation. D. All adhesives used in bonding the system together shall be resistant to moisture, bacterial and fungus attacks, and resistant to ultraviolet rays at any location upon installation. 2.02 DYNAMIC CUSHIONING REQUIREMENTS A. The dynamic cushioning of the system shall not exceed a maximum value of 130 G's per ASTM, F1936-10 and ASTM, F355, procedure A at any location upon installation. 2.03 SUPPLEMENTAL PAD COMPOSITION A. The supplemental pad system shall be as system of interlocking polypropylene City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 31 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 panels. The shock-absorbing pad shall become part of the base for the synthetic turf surfacing system. B. Polypropylene Panels: 1. The panels shall be interlocking with gaps that allow for thermal expansion and contraction but do not exceed 0.25 inches. The panels shall be designed and manufactured specifically for in synthetic turf underlayment applications. The panels shall meet the following minimum requirements: Size: 63.67 x 45.42 inches interlocking panels Thickness: 1.0” (25mm) +/- .18” (2mm) Tensile Strength: > 80psi Tensile Elongation: > 30% Compression Set: < 10% Coefficient of Thermal Expansion: <0.10mm/m Thermal Conductivity: 0.377 W/mK Thermal Resistance: 0.64 km2/W Water Absorption: < 1.0% Water Permeability: > 500 in/hr Lateral Transmissivity: .30-.50 gm/ft Head Injury Criterion: 1.2 m Gmax: < 90 g Shock Absorption: > 60% Vertical Deformation: < 10mm Energy Restitution: 36% Resistance to Chemicals: < 2 Bacteria Resistance: No Growth Heavy Metal, VOC, SVOC: Compliant California Prop 65 Certified 2. Manufacturer Reference: Hellas Soteria Max -25MM C. Geo-Composite Panels: 1. Moisture conducting, non-absorbent geo-composite manufactured from polyolefin materials with a formed expanded polypropylene core. Size: 4’x6’ Thickness: 25mm Horizontal Drainage: 50”/Hour Vertical Drainage: 100”/hour w/ perforated Core Properties Test Method Data Tensile Strength ASTM-D3575 55 psi Tensile Elongation ASTM-D3575 18% Tear Strength ASTM-D3575 13 lbs./ft Thermal Conductivity (K) ASTM-C177 .25 BTU-in/sf-HF Thermal Resistance ASTM-C177 3.9@70F City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 32 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Coif. Of Lin. Thermal Exp. ASTM-D696 5.7 in/inF x 10-5 Service Temperature ASTM-3575 212F Max Water Absorption ASTM-3575/C272 <5% Compressive Creep ASTM-D3575 1.2(2.0)% Flammability FMVSS-302 Pass <4/.0in/min D. Reference: Tencate Geo Flow, 25MM E. Manufacturer Warranty: The interlocking polypropylene panels shall include a 25-year manufacturer’s warranty. 2.04 PERMEABILITY REQUIREMENTS OF THE SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEM A. The system including the synthetic turf shall drain vertically a minimum of 20 inches precipitation per hour without visible surface ponding. 2.05 SYNTHETIC TURF PILE SURFACE A. The pile surface shall provide good traction in all types of weather with the use of conventional "sneaker-type shoes" and composition, molded-sole athletic shoes. B. The pile surface shall be suitable for both temporary and permanent line markings using rubber-base paint where applicable. C. Pile surface shall be nominally uniform in length for all portions of the field. Synthetic turf panels or rolls with irregular pile heights or with “J hooked” fibers that extend more than 1/4 inch above the surrounding fibers will be rejected. 2.06 SYNTHETIC TURF FABRIC SURFACE A. The fabric surface shall be constructed and installed in minimum 15-foot widths with no longitudinal or transverse seams, except for head or tee seams at field boundaries and inlaid lines within a finished roll assembly. The seams shall be 15'- 0" spacing. B. Rolls that do not lay evenly and with full dimension width will be rejected. No fitted pieces or relief cuts will be allowed to true alignment. C. The color shall be uniform with no visible deviations in shade permitted. Rolls that do not meet this requirement will be rejected. 2.07 SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEM MATERIAL COMPONENTS A. Pile fibers shall resemble freshly-grown natural grass in appearance, texture and colors. B. Fabric backing for the synthetic turf systems can be loose laid and anchored at the perimeter of the fields as shown in the details or adhered to the base. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 33 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 C. All turf seams shall be sewn or adhered per paragraph 3.06 of this specification. 2.08 SYNTHETIC TURF PERFORATIONS A. Synthetic turf with tufted fibers and a coated backing must include either perforations in the backing for vertical drainage, or the turf shall include a partially coated backing providing permeability without the use of perforations. Certified independent test results indicating a minimum drainage rate of 40 inches per hour for the permeable backing must be provided. B. Perforations in turf backing to be a minimum of 3/16" diameter clear opening and shall be spaced a maximum of 4" uniformly on-center. C. The turf shall be perforated with a minimum of 95% integrity over entire surface. Holes must be full diameter, completely through the underside of the turf backing with no material residue or fragmented fibers remaining. D. Owner’s Representative shall approve the turf perforations prior to shipment, upon shipment onsite, or during on-site perforating operations as applicable. E. If the non-permeable backing material exceeds 12 inches in width it shall be perforated in accordance with this section. Perforations shall be drilled from the surface after the adhesive has set. 2.09 LINES AND MARKINGS A. A complete field lining, marking and field boundary system with team area limits, etc., shall be provided with the initial installation of the surfacing system. Layouts shall be accurately surveyed and marked prior to installation. B. All lines and field markings shall be tufted in or installed as synthetic turf inlays. Wherever possible, lines shall be tufted into the turf panels in lieu of inlays. All markings shall be uniform in color, providing a sharp contrast with the turf color, and shall have sharp and distinct edges. Markings shall be true and shall not vary more than 7/32” from specified width and location. C. Manufacturer shall guarantee the synthetic turf is adaptable to both temporary and permanent painted lines and markings. D. For cemented seams, use supplemental backing material. The supplemental backing material shall bridge all inlaid lines and markings a minimum of 4 inches on each side of the seam. Supplemental backing material that is greater than 12 inches in width shall be perforated in accordance with this section. Perforations shall be drilled from the surface after the adhesive has set. E. The reference point locations shall be installed as synthetic turf inlays. F. Minimum Lining and Marking Requirements: All lines and field markings are to be City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 34 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 tufted in or installed as synthetic turf inlays without the use of paint. Soccer: 1. Playing field boundaries: 4" wide white lines 2. Mid-field line: 4" wide white line 3. Goal and penalty boxes: 4" wide white lines 4. Center circle & penalty arc: 4" wide white lines 5. Corner kick arc: 4" wide white lines 6. Corner kick hash marks: 4" wide x 3’ white lines 7. Center spot: 9" diameter white dot Modified Soccer: 8. Playing field boundaries: 4" wide yellow lines 9. Mid-field line: 4" wide yellow line 10. Goal and penalty boxes: 4" wide yellow lines 11. Center circle & penalty arc: 4" wide yellow lines 12. Corner kick arc: 4" wide yellow lines 13. Corner kick hash marks: 4" wide x 3’ yellow lines 14. Center spot: 9" diameter yellow dot 2.10 MINIMUM TURF MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS The minimum material will be verified and enforced and will be the basis for Owner's testing. Material that fails to meet these minimum specifications will be rejected. The material specifications in this section are minimums. The manufacturer of the synthetic turf fiber and fabric may elect to exceed these specifications to ensure compliance with all requirements and the warranty as specified in this section. A. Color of synthetic turf to be medium green as approved by Owner’s Representative. The fiber used for the lines and markings shall be of the same composition as that used for the green areas. Pivot 120 Item ASTM Property Minimum Specifications 1. D418 Pile Weight (Total) 120 oz/sq yard 2. D418 Primary Backing 7.5 oz/sq yard total 3. D418 Back Coating 20 oz/sq yard 4. D418 Total Weight 147.5 oz/sq yard 5. D5823 Pile Height 1-1/2” 6. D1335 Tuft Bind 9 lbs. 7. D1682 Grab/Tear Strength 200 lbs. 8. D2859 Pill Burn Test Pass B. Pile fiber shall be 100% polyethylene athletic quality yarn designed specifically for outdoor use and stabilized to resist the effects of ultra-violet degradation, heat, wear, water and airborne pollution. The coating and backing materials shall assure suitable tuft bind strength, dimensional stability, and long-term wearing properties. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 35 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 C. All fiber materials shall be certified to have less than 50 ppm or less of lead from both the fiber supplier and the turf vendor. D. Fiber Wear Simulation: Fiber shall exhibit no unintended splitting or appreciable degradation after a minimum of 20,000 cycles of simulated Lisport wear testing and shall remain serviceable without appreciable face weight loss after a minimum of 40,000 cycles of simulated Lisport wear testing. E. Fabric Composition: Shall consist of a blend of primary polyethylene long parallel slit film and monofilament yarn tufted into polypropylene backings coated with high- grade polyurethane. Coating and backing materials shall assure suitable tuft bind strength, dimensional stability, and long-term wearing properties. F. Monofilament Component ASTM Property Minimum Specifications D1577 Yarn Denier / Ply 5400 / 6 D3218 Base Filament Thickness 152 U Micron D2256 Yarn Breaking Strength 20 lbs D2256 Yarn Elongation to Break 50% D789 Yarn Melting Point 260° F. G. Slit-Film Component ASTM Property Minimum Specifications D1577 Yarn Denier / Ply 5040 / 1 D3218 Base Filament Thickness 100 U Micron D2256 Yarn Breaking Strength 11 lbs D2256 Yarn Elongation to Break 50% D789 Yarn Melting Point 260° F. H. Texturized Fiber Component ASTM Property Minimum Specifications D1577 Yarn Denier / Ply 7200 / 10 D3218 Base Filament Thickness 152 U Microns D2256 Yarn Breaking Strength 20 lbs D2256 Yarn Elongation to Break 50% D789 Yarn Melting Point 260° F. 2.11 NON-PERFORMANCE BALLAST A. The synthetic turf shall utilize a sand / mineral ballast material to stabilize the turf. B. Ballast material shall be applied in a dried condition when the turf is dry. It shall be applied in uniform layers effectively dragged to distribute the material uniformly to the backing of the turf. C. The ballast material shall be an inorganic, oolitic calcium carbonite mineral – also known as Aragonite. D. The ballast shall be furnished by Tencate as “Pivot Cool” ballast or approved City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 36 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 equal. E. The application rate shall provide a total minimum weight of 2.5 lbs. of Pivot Cool ballast material per square foot of the turf area. Depth of ballast and exposed fiber shall not be in conflict with any other product patents, after ballast placement, settling, and compaction. 2.12 MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT – SWEEPER UNITS A. The Contractor shall provide one tow behind sweeper/ ground driven rotary brush for the cleaning and maintenance of the synthetic turf. Unit shall: 1. Provide for metered re-application of ballast with simultaneous dirt removal through 2 sieve trays 2. Provide sieve trays with variable settings from 4-10MM; 3. Adjustable depth row of tines for decompact ballast material 4. Working width to be nominally 6 ft. 5. Rear mounted drag brush. 6. Provide connections for tow behind standard tractor or utility vehicle. B. Manufacturer’s Reference: The sweeper unit shall be SMG TurfCare TCA 2000 or equal. Contact: SMG Machines Corporation 1615 Environs Ln, Dalton, GA 30720 (762) 226-1424 inquiry.us@smg-machines.com C. Provide a magnetic sweeper to collect ferrous metal debris. Working width to be nominally 36”. D. Provide a water filled tow behind roller per manufacturers recommendation. Roller to be water filled, 24” x 60”, typical weight 1,100 lbs. when filled. Product standard to be Agri-Fab Steel Lawn Roller, available from Tractor supply: https://www.tractorsupply.com/tsc/product/agri-fab-24-in-x-60-in-steel-lawn-roller-45-0549 2.13 ALTERNATE FIELD EQUIPMENT A. The synthetic turf vendor may request to substitute equipment for those specific units specified, provided an equivalent function is provided to the specified equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CERTIFICATION OF FIELD BASE INSTALLATION A. The Contractor or the Contractor's subcontractor shall perform an inspection of the permeable aggregate and supplemental pad and submit written certification of City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 37 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 acceptance of the base for the installation of the synthetic turf system. B. Summary of certification shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Acceptance of the base construction "finish surfaces" as totally suitable for the application of work specified under this section. 2. Verification and certification of the infiltration and permeability rates of the supplemental pad and permeable aggregate as applying to the warranty. C. All discrepancies between the required materials, application and tolerance requirements noted by the turf installer shall be brought immediately to the attention of the Owner’s Representative. Failure of the turf installer to immediately inform the Owner’s Representative of any prior work that does not meet the required specifica- tions will result in the turf installer being required to perform any work needed to bring the base to acceptable condition. 3.02 SUPPLEMENTAL PAD INSTALLATION A. Polypropylene Panel Installation: 1. Acceptance of the base construction "finish surfaces" as totally suitable for the application of work specified under this section. 2. Use only new materials manufactured and shipped for the specific installation. No used, recycled or refurbished materials are to be installed. Manufacturer must provide documentation of material content and MSDS sheet for submittal package. 3. Product to be shipped as flat panels on prepackaged pallets. Pallets to be wrapped with heavy-duty barrier for protection from moisture and UV exposure. 4. Seams should be mechanically locked into place by hand without use of additional materials, glue, fasteners or secondary processes or equipment. 5. Material must be installed using manufacturers guidelines. 6. Manufacturer must provide written procedures to selected turf supplier for the installation of turf on top of underlayment. 7. Surplus materials to be determined by the Owner prior to order and delivery of product to the installation site. Surplus quantities to be identified in writing by the General Contractor at the time of order placement. 8. Upon completion of installation, a walk-through will be conducted to inspect the quality of work and ensure all details meet specifications. 9. Perform all work in strict accordance to the drawings, shop drawings and manufacturer's installations and instructions. 3.03 INSPECTION OF MATERIALS A. Prior to installation, and immediately upon delivery of synthetic turf system materials to the project site, the Synthetic Turf Surfacing Contractor shall inspect material as follows: 1. For damaged or defective items; 2. Measure turf pile height and thickness of each roll; City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 38 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 3. Measure backing perforation diameter and spacing; 4. Reject damaged materials and all materials out of tolerance with this specification. B. After installation, inspect project area for acceptable seaming, adhesive bonding, uniformity of color of turf, bubble- and wrinkle-free surface smoothness as laid, field lines and markings, insert installations, edge details. Remove and/or repair deficient workmanship in a manner consistent with these specifications prior to requesting the Owner’s Representative inspection pursuant to completion and acceptance of the work. 3.04 OWNER’S TEST A. Owner may have samples of the turf submitted and tested for verification of conformance to specifications. Turf system acceptance is subject to the results of these tests. B. Any material so tested and found not conforming to specification will be rejected and replaced with material conforming to the specification at Synthetic Turf Surfacing Contractor's expense. Re-submittal shall be required. 3.05 SYNTHETIC TURF INSTALLATION A. Perform all work in strict accordance to the drawings, shop drawings and manufacturer's specifications and instructions. B. Verification: The Contractor is responsible for inspecting, verifying, and accepting all installed work of this section. C. Environmental Conditions: Do not apply adhesive materials when: 1. Ambient air temperature is below 40 degrees F. 2. Material temperatures are below 40 degrees F. 3. Rain is falling or pending 4. Conditions exist, or are pending, that will be unsuitable to the installation of the system. D. Preparation: 1. Accept base onto which the synthetic turf surfacing system and the anchoring system are to be applied, as specified above. 2. Immediately prior to application of the synthetic turf, the base shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign material, soil, or any other substances that may be detrimental to permeability and the installation of the turf system. E. Equipment and Access: 1. Passenger vehicles shall not be allowed to park or staged upon the completed aggregate surface either prior to or during installation of the synthetic turf. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 39 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 2. Equipment utilized during construction including compressors, generators, etc. shall be in complete working order, with exhaust systems oriented vertically and away from the synthetic turf surface. At any location where equipment is parked and/or staged on the turf surface during installation, adequate protection of the finish turf surface will be required including, but not limited to heat resistant panels to ensure 100% viability of the finish turf surface and fibers. Should a portion of the turf be damaged as a result of installation techniques, the entire turf panel may be subject to rejection and replacement at the direction of the Owner’s Representative. F. The fabric surface shall be constructed and installed in 15 -foot minimum widths with no longitudinal or transverse seams, except for head or tee seams at field boundaries and inlaid lines within a finished roll assembly. G. Rolls that do not lay evenly and with full dimension width will be rejected. No fitted pieces will be allowed to true alignment. H. Bonding of Material Surfaces: The bonding or fastening of all system material components shall provide a permanent, tight, secure and hazard-free, athletic playing surface. System material components include: 1. Bonding all seams and inlaid line and markings 2. Bonding and seaming must maintain their integrity for total length of warranty period. I. Seams: 1. All turf seams shall be either sewn with high strength polyester fiber cord or nylon or adhered to a supplemental backing material. 2. Backing layers must lie flat on the field base to provide a uniform pile surface. 3. The width between fiber rows at the seam locations shall not exceed that of the tufting gauge of the turf materials. 4. All sewn seams shall be brushed to provide full coverage of fiber over the thread. J. Turf Edges: Turf edges to be as shown on the edge fastening detail and nailed at the perimeter. 3.06 LINING / MARKING INSTALLATION A. Complete field markings shall be provided with the initial installation of the surfacing system. Provide lines and markings in conformance with these specifications. Layouts shall be accurately surveyed and marked prior to installation. B. If overlapping backing materials are utilized for the inlaid lines and markings resulting in a non-permeable surface in excess of 12 inches wide, the backing materials shall be perforated in conformance with 2.07 of this specification section after gluing. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 40 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 C. To the greatest extent practical, lines and markings shall be installed without compromising the primary backing. 3.07 SYNTHETIC TURF EDGE ANCHOR INSTALLATION A. Anchor synthetic turf along the sides and ends with the plastic edge nailer board as shown in the details and described in Section 02 10 00, Site Preparation. 3.08 BALLAST INSTALLATION A. The ballast material shall be applied in a dry condition and when the synthetic turf is dry. B. The synthetic turf installer shall not infringe upon any current or pending patents held by other synthetic turf manufacturers or installers with the installation of the ballast materials. C. The ballast materials will be installed with a minimum of 6 applications. D. The ballast installation shall not result in fiber material trapped below the surface of the ballast material. If fiber is trapped below the surface, a portion or all of the ballast material must be removed and reinstalled. E. The ballast material shall be installed at a uniform depth across the entire area. Ballast depths shall not vary by more than +/- 5 mm from the design ballast level indicated in the approved submittals across the entire synthetic turf surfacing area. F. The brushing of the ballast material shall provide fiber fibrillation resulting in a natural surface appearance. If in Owner’s opinion more fibrillation is desired, the Synthetic Turf Vendor/Installer shall provide additional brushing of the surface to provide the desired level of fibrillation. G. The ballast materials shall be water settled to provide accelerated consolidation of the ballast material prior to use by the Owner. Upon completion of the initial water settlement, the surface will be inspected the Owner and Field Landscape Architect for footing stability and ballast consolidation. The Synthetic Turf Vendor/Installer shall provide any additional water settling as required by the Owner and Field Landscape Architect to achieve the desired level of ballast stability and consolidation. H. Following completion of ballast installation, utilize a water-filled tow-behind roller to bed in of turf to reduce pile height per manufacturer’s recommendation. 3.09 CLEANING A. Remove all excess materials of all types, equipment, debris, etc., from the site immediately after completion of the work. Remove all stains and other blemishes from all finished surfaces. Leave work in clean, new appearing condition, ready for use by Owner. B. The Contractor shall inspect the entire field area with a hand held metal detector to identify any construction materials or tools left on the field. All such materials shall be removed prior to Owner occupancy of the field. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 32 18 24 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING Page 41 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 3.10 PROTECTION A. Adequate protection of materials and work from damage will be the responsibility of the installer during installation and until acceptance of their work. Synthetic Turf Surfacing Contractor will be responsible for protection after the acceptance of the work until final acceptance of all contract work by the Owner. All material damaged prior to acceptance by the Owner shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. 3.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver to Owner all extra materials herein specified. Receive Owner's written receipt for all materials. Deliver receipt to Owner. B. Turf for Future Repairs: Material may be roll ends or cutoffs; however, each piece of fabric shall be at least 5’ x 10’. At least one green piece shall be at least 10’ x 15’. The following are minimum areas for the extra synthetic turf materials to be provided by the Synthetic Turf Surfacing Contractor to the Owner: Minimum Quantities: 1. Green Turf: 1000 sf 2. White Turf: 100 lf of 4” wide lines 3. Yellow Turf: 100 lf of 4” yellow lines 4. Supplemental Pad: 10 full pieces 5. Ballast: Four (4) 35 Gallon trash cans with covers 3.12 MAINTENANCE A. Vendor shall complete maintenance of the synthetic turf field at both 6 months and 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion. Minimum maintenance activities shall include: 1. Inspect and repair as required each inlay and seam. 2. Brush and remove surface debris, loose fibers and any other deleterious material. Use of a rotating, mechanical brush is recommended. B. All maintenance activities shall be as approved and directed by the original manufacturer. All maintenance activities shall be coordinated with scheduled use of the facility and completed at the convenience of the Owner and applicable user groups. All maintenance activities may be completed with the use of Owner’s maintenance equipment furnished as part of this contract. END OF SECTION 32 18 24 ©2025 D. A. Hogan & Associates, Inc. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 33 46 16 FIELD SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE Page 42 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. There is an existing subsurface drainage system complete and functional on the project site. This section represents requirements should any portion of that system be damaged or need replacement, as a result of work occurring on site. B. Furnish and install additions to existing subsurface drainage system as directed by City staff. C. Protect existing geotextile fabric to remain. D. Trench to line and grade as shown on the drawings utilizing laser-controlled equipment. E. Dispose of excavated trench material. F. Remove all loose material from lateral trench bottom. G. For round pipe perforated lateral drainage piping, place a minimum 2" depth of specified washed pea gravel bedding for perforated lateral piping. H. Install perforated corrugated tubing lateral system plumbed to collector piping. I. Bed and backfill round perforated tubing trenches with specified washed pea gravel. Backfill over corrugated tubing in jump pits with pea gravel. J. Upon completion of this work, restore subgrade to specified condition and tolerances, compacted to 95% density with no loose material on surface. 1.02 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. The Green Book Standard Specifications for Municipal Public Works Construction, California State Chapter (latest edition). B. United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, Engineering Standard 606. 1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 02 10 00 – Site Preparation B. Section 31 22 16 – Field Subgrade Establishment C. Section 32 18 23 – Synthetic Turf D. Section 33 46 23 – Field Permeable Aggregate 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer for approval: City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 33 46 16 FIELD SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE Page 43 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 1. Pea gravel sieve analysis 2. Product data for perforated and non-perforated tubing 3. Product data for all fittings and connections 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS B. The subcontractor responsible for field subgrade establishment, field subsurface drainage, and field permeable aggregate placement and compaction shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Specific qualification requirements are included as follows: 2 Sub-contractor shall be and has been actively and directly engaged in constructing similar natural or synthetic field projects for a period of five (5) or more years and shall provide proof of three (3) or more full size (75,000 SF) sports field base installations completed in the past two (2) years. The Contractor’s experience shall include completion of high school, college, or professional level competition fields. The playing field system shall include earthwork, washwater or irrigation systems, drainage and subsurface drainage systems and base aggregate placement and compaction. Provide a listing of all construction contracts (whether completed or in progress) entered into or performed by the subcontractor within the past five years for projects similar in scope, time and complexity to the work called for under this Contract; include the names of the contracts, and the names and contact information of the owners. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORATED AND NON-PERFORATED TUBING A. The piping shall be corrugated polyethylene drainage tubing. The perforated and non-perforated collector tubing shall be smooth interior wall CPEP. B. Material shall conform to requirements of Type III, Grade 4, Class "C" polyethylene as specified in ASTM D1248. C. Dimensions: 1. Inside diameter variance shall not exceed -0.0% or +5%. 2. Lengths shall be in coiled configuration with a -0.0% tolerance. D. Tubing shall conform to U.S. Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service, Engineering Standard 606. E. For perforated tubing utilize dual wall, round perforated drainage tubing. Water inlet areas shall be slotted with a width of 1/16" "0.020" to a maximum of 3/32” “0.030” uniformly spaced circumferential slots located on the inner depression of the corrugation, totaling a minimum of 1.25 square inches per lineal foot. The City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 33 46 16 FIELD SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE Page 44 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 perforations shall provide a clear opening. Tubing with perforations that are punched with a flap type opening or that are not uniform will be rejected. Geotextile fabric or “sock” at the perimeter of the pipe is strictly prohibited. F. Fittings and Connections: 1. Fittings shall be as furnished by the manufacturer of the pipe. 2. Connections of tubing lengths shall be with split coupling or snap-in-type couplings utilizing polyethylene or construction tape. 3. Tubing is to be inserted into sockets for the full socket length. "Slip-fit" connections will not be permitted. 4. All split coupling connections are to be fully taped. All connections at fittings and connections are to be taped at interface of exposed joint. 2.02 PEA GRAVEL A. Pea-gravel bedding and backfill for perforated pipe shall be clean, washed and uniformly graded 3/8" to 1/8". The pea gravel material graduation must meet the following sieve analysis: Sieve Size Percent Passing 1/ 2” 100 3/ 8" 80 - 100 # 4 0 - 50 # 8 0 - 10 # 100 0 - 0.6 # 200 (wet sieve) 0 - 0.5 # 270 (wet sieve) 0 - 0.3 2.03 TESTING A. The Owner will be performing testing of materials delivered to the job site for the purpose of verifying compliance with the contract documents. The Owner’s testing is for this purpose only and not for construction quality control by the Contractor. B. The Contractor shall coordinate directly with the Owner’s testing firm relative to the delivery schedules of the imported materials. C. The Contractor shall provide testing and surveillance as required to assure materials and work fully comply with contract requirements. D. The Contractor at a price equal to the Owner’s contract testing agreement shall pay for owner’s tests that do not meet specifications. The Contractor shall pay directly to the testing organization upon invoice to the owner, which has been approved by the Engineer. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 33 46 16 FIELD SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE Page 45 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 TRENCHING A. Coordination: It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that electrical conduits and wash water piping are installed at a sufficient depth below subgrade before the trenching for the subsurface drainage system to avoid conflicts between systems. B. Excavation shall be made to the alignment, elevation, grade and slope as indicated on the drawings. C. Trenching shall be accomplished utilizing equipment with slope and depth control, such as "Laser Plane Control System", so as to ensure accuracy in the bottom of the trench. D. No high points above designated invert or calculated trench bottom elevation will be permitted. No sloughing of site material or loose excavated soil will be permitted to remain in the trenches. E. Surplus excavated soil shall be removed from the field area. Excavated material may not remain on subgrade. Excess soil material shall be disposed of off-site. F. Provide a smooth, even subgrade after removal of the trench material. Subgrade to be compacted to 95% density. Leave no loose material on the subgrade. 3.02 PLACEMENT A. Excavation below invert grade must be established to a depth so as to provide for specified placement of pea gravel bedding at bottom of pipe elevation prior to laying the tubing. B. No foreign material will be permitted inside, alongside, under, or on top of, installed tubing. C. Coordinate installation of structural soil bearing fabric, whether permeable or non- permeable to be continuous through trenches, however never placed over the surface of the pipe. D. The pea gravel bedding and backfill shall be installed in the same operation as the perforated pipe placement utilizing the trench invert for grade control of the perforated pipe as follows: 1. The perforated pipe shall be held in place during the pea gravel in the trench with a 4 foot minimum length of 6 inch diameter PVC pipe. 2. The PVC pipe shall include a 2 inch skid to allow for the specified depth of pea gravel bedding. 3. The pea gravel is being conveyed to the trench through a chute. 4. The PVC pipe shall be pulled through the trench as the pea gravel is being City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 33 46 16 FIELD SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE Page 46 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 conveyed to prevent displacement and provide for achieving specified invert elevation. 5. Do not damage pipe or allow pipe to be displaced by placement of backfill material. 3.03 BACKFILL A. The backfill for all round perforated pipe shall be clean washed pea gravel. B. Pea gravel backfill of pipe shall extend to top of subgrade/bottom of permeable aggregate section. Trench shall be backfilled above subgrade with top course permeable aggregate, compacted to match adjacent conditions. C. All trenches to have backfill material "crowned" a minimum of 2" above subgrade to protect from foreign material and provide for ease of location identification. Crowns with foreign material contamination shall be removed prior to placement of base aggregate. D. Specified bedding shall not be placed until Engineer approves the trench. E. Trench backfill shall not be placed before Engineer approves perforated pipe placement. F. During placement of specified trench backfill, pipe must be held in place with a hand device to prevent displacement and provide for achieving specified invert elevation. Do not damage pipe or allow pipe to be displaced by placement of backfill material. 3.04 CONNECTIONS A. All connections are to be made with approved fittings as recommended by the tubing manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. B. Tubing is to be inserted into sockets for the entire length. Tape all connections utilizing polyethylene or construction tape. Tape alone shall not be acceptable when connecting separate pieces of pipe together. C. No foreign material will be permitted inside the installed tubing. D. Cap the ends of all lateral runs as shown on the drainage plan. All open ends during construction are to be temporarily capped or plugged. Tape shall not be used in lieu of end caps. E. Connection of laterals to collector drains shall be made with a combination reducing tee and reducing saddle tee or end tee as applicable, utilizing snap connections. 3.05 EQUIPMENT MOVEMENT A. No trucks or equipment will be allowed to drive over the top of the trenches except track-equipped machinery utilized in spreading imported granular materials. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement - Poinsettia Project (CIP No. 4614) 33 46 16 FIELD SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE Page 47 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Backfilled trenches are to be staked and "flagged" 3' above grade a maximum 20' spacing for identity. - END OF SECTION - ©2025 D. A. Hogan & Associates, Inc. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No.4614) 33 46 23 FIELD PERMEABLE AGGREGATE Page 48 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. There is an existing aggregate base over the entirety of the synthetic turf field surface. This section represents requirements should any portion of that existing aggregate base system be damaged or need replacement, as a result of work occurring on site. B. Include all labor, material, transportation and services to complete installation of the permeable aggregate base materials as shown on the drawings for the field including: 1. Final subgrade establishment 2. Structural soil-bearing fabric 3. Base Course Permeable Aggregate 4. Top Course Permeable Aggregate 5. Recycled Plastic Edge Anchor 1.02 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS A. All sections of the standard specifications applicable to any and all parts of this project shall govern, except as specifically modified in these contract documents. 1. The Green Book Standard Specifications for Municipal Public Works Construction, California State Chapter (latest edition). 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, (AASHTO). 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Section 02 10 00 Site Preparation B. Section 31 22 16 Field Subgrade Establishment C. Section 334616 Field Subsurface Drainage 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer for approval: 1. Qualifications of base contractor. 2. Permeable or impermeable structural fabric product data. 3. Concrete Anchors. 4. Base Course Permeable Aggregate sieve analysis. 5. Base Course Permeable Aggregate infiltration rate (for material compacted to a minimum density of not less than 98% of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698). 6. Top Course Permeable Aggregate sieve analysis. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No.4614) 33 46 23 FIELD PERMEABLE AGGREGATE Page 49 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 7. Top Course Permeable Aggregate infiltration rate (for material compacted to a minimum density of not less than 98% of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698). 8. Equipment and procedures to be utilized for the permeable aggregate installation. 9. Recycled Plastic; Manufacturers Published Product Data. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS C. The subcontractor responsible for field base establishment, field subsurface drainage, and field permeable aggregate placement and compaction shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Specific qualification requirements are included as follows: 3 Sub-contractor shall be and has been actively and directly engaged in constructing similar natural or synthetic field projects for a period of five (5) or more years and provide proof of five (5) or more full size (75,000 SF) sports field base installations completed in the past two (2) years. The Contractor’s experience shall include completion of high school, college, or professional level competition fields. The playing field system shall include earthwork, washwater or irrigation systems, drainage and subsurface drainage systems and base aggregate placement and compaction. Provide a listing of all construction contracts (whether completed or in progress) entered into or performed by the subcontractor within the past five years for projects similar in scope, time and complexity to the work called for under this Contract; include the names of the contracts, and the names and contact information of the owners. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 STRUCTURAL SOIL-BEARING FABRIC A. Impervious Structural Soil-Bearing Fabric 1. Material: Fabric to be 100% woven black HDPE scrim using 1600 denier tapes with 2mil average coating on each side. Thickness to be 12 mils per ASTM D5199. Minimum weight of 6.3 oz/sy. 2. Physical Properties: Grab Tensile Strength, lbs., (ASTM D-5034): Warp 210/Weft 185 Tongue Tear (ASTM D2261): Warp 70 lb/Weft 70 lb Mullen Burst Strength (PSI), (ASTM D3786): 370 Accelerated UV Weathering (ASTM G53): 80% strength after 2000 hrs. 3. Product standard to be Aqua 12, Western Environmental Liner. 1-800-347-8274 B. Permeable Structural Soil Bearing Fabric 1. Material: Fabric to be 100% Polypropylene, non-woven, needle-punched fabric with a minimum weight of 4.0 oz/sy. 2. Physical Properties: City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No.4614) 33 46 23 FIELD PERMEABLE AGGREGATE Page 50 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 Tensile Strength, lbs., (ASTM D-4632): 100 Elongation (%), (ASTM D4632): 50 Puncture Strength, (lbs), (ASTM D4833): 65 Mullen Burst Strength (PSI), (ASTM D3786): 225 Trapezoidal Tear, (lbs), (ASTM D4533): 45 Abrasion Res. % Str. Ret., (ASTM D4886): 80 Coefficient. of Perm., cm/sec., (ASTM D4491): 0.22 Flow Rate Gal./Min./Sq. Ft.) (ASTM D4491): 140 2.02 BASE COURSE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE A. The base course permeable aggregate shall be installed below the top course permeable aggregate as applicable. B. Aggregate to be open-graded, fractured, friction course. To ensure free drainage, material to be clean with minimal fines. The compacted base course permeable aggregate minimum infiltration rate shall be 40 inches per hour when the material is compacted to a minimum density of not less than 98% of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. C. Base course material to be a minimum of 75% fractured with at least one fractured face by mechanical means on each individual particle larger than 1/4". A sand and gravel source may be acceptable for this material. Gradation: Aggregate to meet the following particle size limitations: Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 1-1/4" 100 1" 90 - 100 3/4" 80 - 100 1/2" 50 - 80 3/8" 40 - 60 No. 4 15 - 40 No. 8 10 - 20 No. 30 5 - 15 No. 100 0 - 3 No. 200 (wet sieve) 0 - 2.0 2.03 TOP COURSE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE A. Aggregate to be open-graded, fractured, friction course. To ensure free drainage, material to be clean with minimal fines. The compacted top course permeable aggregate minimum infiltration rate shall be 20 inches per hour when the material is compacted to a minimum density of not less than 98% of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698. B. Top course material to be 100% fractured crushed rock material. A quarry source is required for this material. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No.4614) 33 46 23 FIELD PERMEABLE AGGREGATE Page 51 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 C. Gradation: Aggregate to meet the following particle size limitations: Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 3/4" 100 1/2" 90 - 100 3/8" 70 - 90 No. 4 30 - 60 No. 8 20 - 40 No. 30 5 - 15 No. 100 2 – 5 No. 200 (Wet Sieve) 0 - 3.0 No. 270 (Wet Sieve) 0 – 1.5 2.04 TESTING A. The Owner will be performing testing of materials delivered to the job site for the purpose of verifying compliance with the contract documents. The Owner’s testing is for this purpose only and not for construction quality control by the Contractor. B. The Contractor shall coordinate directly with the Owner’s testing firm relative to the delivery schedules of the imported materials. Sampling will be scheduled each day deliveries occur. C. The Contractor shall provide testing and surveillance as required to assure materials and work fully comply with contract requirements. D. The Contractor at a price equal to the Owner’s contract testing agreement shall pay for owner’s tests that do not meet specifications. The Contractor shall pay directly to the testing organization upon invoice to the owner, which has been approved by the Engineer. 2.05 RECYCLED PLASTIC EDGE ANCHOR A. Includes all materials required to provide a secure recycled plastic edge for establishment of Permeable Aggregate grade and anchoring of synthetic turf. B. A recycled plastic lumber nailer board shall be installed per the details to secure the turf. Product shall be manufactured from 100% recycled materials, consisting of HDPE Plastic Lumber. Material should be dimensional lumber in lengths no shorter than 6’. 1. Where attachment is scheduled to concrete curbing, provide minimum 2”x4” nominal dimensional lumber. C. Manufacturer’s reference: Product is available from RESCO Plastics, Inc., Coos Bay, Oregon. (800) 266-5097. D. Concrete Anchoring: Concrete wedge anchor, zinc plated, 3/8” x5” length, partially threaded, with zinc plated washer and nut. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No.4614) 33 46 23 FIELD PERMEABLE AGGREGATE Page 52 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 E. Steel power-load driven or ram-set Concrete Anchor Nail, minimum shank diameter 5/32”, minimum head/washer diameter 3/8”, sufficient length to insure a minimum 2” embedment. Individual anchors shall develop a minimum 450 lb shear, 350 lb tension in 4,000 psi concrete at 2” embedment. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 SUBGRADE ESTABLISHMENT A. No work shall be performed in this section until subgrade is 100% completed and accepted by the Engineer. B. Finish subgrade shall be compacted to a minimum 95% maximum dry density. C. Subgrade shall be established to within the tolerance of +0.00' or -0.10' of the design subgrade elevation. 3.02 STRUCTURAL SOIL-BEARING FABRIC INSTALLATION A. No loose material is allowed on subgrade prior to placement of structural fabric. Loose material is to be removed prior to placement. B. Fabric to be laid on smooth, compacted, subgrade surface over the entire surface area, including below drainage lateral piping. C. Placement of structural-bearing fabric requires approval of subgrade conditions by Engineer. D. Structural fabric must be flat on stabilized subgrade for full width. E. Dimensions to be a minimum width of 12.5' and minimum continuous length of 150 lf. F. When the length of the fabric is not continuous, the lateral seam shall have a minimum overlap of 24". G. Fabric shall not be folded or turned up along the edges. H. The fabric shall be field cut as necessary to meet specified tolerances of distance from drainage trenches. I. In no instance shall fabric cover drainage lateral piping. J. Stabilization: Immediately upon laying, the fabric is to be covered with base aggregate. No loaded trucks are to be permitted to move over fabric-covered surfaces until a minimum of 4" of aggregate has been placed, except if specifically approved by the Engineer. The Contractor must execute strict, direct - 100% - City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No.4614) 33 46 23 FIELD PERMEABLE AGGREGATE Page 53 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 control of all vehicle movement on site. 3.03 EQUIPMENT MOVEMENT A. No trucks or equipment will be allowed to drive over the top of the drainage pipe or trenches except track-equipped machinery utilized in spreading base aggregate materials, or where a 12" depth base aggregate temporary roadway has been established. Backfilled trenches are to be staked and "flagged" 3' above grade at 20' minimum intervals for identity. B. In the event non-track traffic is observed or evidenced to cross piping or trenches, the Contractor shall, at their own expense, expose the drainpipe in the area directed for observation by the Engineer, repair any damage promptly and reinstall backfill per specifications. 3.04 AGGREGATE PLACEMENT A. Moisture Content: Aggregate to contain 3.5% to 4.0% moisture content to ensure that fines do not migrate and to facilitate proper compaction. Contractor must ensure that aggregate leaving the source plant meets this requirement and is required to apply water to aggregate on site to attain and maintain this minimum moisture content in stockpile and during all placement operations. B. Prior to aggregate placement, remove any foreign material or contamination from the surface of the structural fabric and drainage trench or lateral piping. C. Surface must be free of standing water and subgrade stabilized with structural fabric in place prior to placement. D. Materials to be placed in layers not exceeding 6" compacted in depth. Each layer must be spread uniformly with equipment that will not cause perceptible separation in gradation (segregation), preferably a self-propelled paving machine. E. Should there occur, during any stage of the spreading or stockpiling, a separation of the material particles, the Contractor must immediately remove and dispose of segregated material and correct or change handling procedures to prevent any further separation. F. A single lift of permeable aggregate material may be utilized in lieu of the two lifts specified, provided the overall depth is equivalent to the total of the two lifts specified, and that the most restrictive tolerances and permeability requirements are met. The permeability rate must be a minimum of 40” per hour throughout the entire aggregate column, and the finish grade tolerances are met. 3.05 AGGREGATE COMPACTION A. Each layer shall be compacted to a minimum density of not less than 92-95% of maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698 and measured using a nuclear method. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No.4614) 33 46 23 FIELD PERMEABLE AGGREGATE Page 54 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 B. Use Static Tandem Drum-type roller of not less than five tons weight. 3.06 AGGREGATE TOLERANCES A. The Contractor shall utilize a laser plane system for grade control. B. The surface of the base course permeable aggregate in areas to be covered with top course aggregate as applicable shall not deviate from designated compacted grade within the range of –0.50" and +0.00". C. The surface of the top course permeable aggregate shall not deviate from designated compacted grade with the range of -0.00” and +0.25”. D. Upon completion of the fine grading, compaction, and Contractor confirmation of conformance with the tolerances, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and schedule an inspection for approval. The Contractor shall have a laser plane system available to the Engineer for the inspections. The Contractor shall not be authorized to place synthetic turf over the permeable aggregate until it has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. E. Upon completion of elevation verification, the entire permeable aggregate surface shall be inspected for planarity. Planarity inspection shall be completed in conjunction, coordination with the synthetic turf vendor. The installation foreman for the synthetic turf shall be present at the time of the inspection. Inspection shall consist of stretching a stringline taut over the finished permeable aggregate surface at such interval as may be required to confirm surface planarity and acceptance for installation of synthetic turf surface. Any deviation greater than ¼” shall require remediation efforts as may be required to meet subgrade tolerance. 3.07 RECYCLED PLASTIC EDGE ANCHOR A. Prior to proceeding with Edge Anchor installation, confirm with the Engineer the final elevation for installation relative to adjacent surfaces. B. The Edge Anchor may be temporarily set with temporary hardware to establish the proper line and grade. This temporary hardware may remain after final installation. 1. Wedge Anchor a. The Plastic Edge Anchor may be temporarily set with power-loads to establish the proper line and grade. This temporary hardware may remain after final installation. b. Once the initial line and grade has been established, pre-drill the edge anchor and establish a void in the adjacent concrete surface that meets the approved anchor supplier’s requirements for proper securing of the anchor. c. Minimum requirements for anchor installation: i. Depth of Embedment: 3” or as recommended by the anchor supplier, whichever is greater. City of Carlsbad Synthetic Turf Replacement – Poinsettia Project (CIP No.4614) 33 46 23 FIELD PERMEABLE AGGREGATE Page 55 of 55 Document Version: 1.0 Date Printed: October 2, 2025 ii. Horizontal Spacing: no greater than 36” on center and 12” from end of any length of lumber. iii. Nut Torque: Per approved manufacturer’s recommendation. Iv. Do not trim bolt ends. Bolts with trimmed or damaged ends will be rejected and must be removed. 2. Concrete Anchor Nail a. The Plastic Edge Anchor may be temporarily set with power-loads placed at the Contractors option to assist in establishing the proper line and grade. This temporary hardware may remain after final installation. b. Once the initial line and grade has been established, install the specified ram-set or power-load driven Concrete Anchoring Nails in manner consistent with the approved manufacturers printed instruction and the specified spacing. c. Minimum requirements for Concrete Anchor Nail installation: i. Depth of Embedment: 2” or as recommended by the anchor supplier, whichever is greater. ii. Horizontal Spacing: no greater than 21” on center and 6” from end of any length of lumber. iii. Stagger the spacing of each Anchor up and down within the middle one-half the face of the Recycled Edge Anchor. - END OF SECTION - ©2025 D. A. Hogan & Associates, Inc. Appendix B Appendix A FLEET COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION Bidder hereby acknowledges that they have reviewed the California Air Resources Board’s policies, rules and regulations and are familiar with the requirements of Title 13, California Code of Regulations, Division 3, Chapter 9, effective on January 1, 2024 (the “Regulation”). Bidder hereby certifies, subject to penalty for perjury, that the option checked below relating to the Bidder’s fleet, and/or that of their subcontractor(s) (“Fleet”) is true and correct: □The Fleet is subject to the requirements of the Regulation, and the appropriate Certificate(s) of Reported Compliance have been attached hereto. □The Fleet is exempt from the Regulation under section 2449.1(f)(2), and a signed description of the subject vehicles, and reasoning for exemption has been attached hereto. □Bidder and/or their subcontractor is unable to procure R99 or R100 renewable diesel fuel as defined in the Regulation pursuant to section 2449.1(f)(3). Bidder shall keep detailed records describing the normal refueling methods, their attempts to procure renewable diesel fuel and proof that shows they were not able to procure renewable diesel (i.e. third party correspondence or vendor bids). □The Fleet is exempt from the requirements of the Regulation pursuant to section 2449(i)(4) because this Project has been deemed an Emergency, as defined under section 2449(c)(18). Bidder shall only operate the exempted vehicles in the emergency situation and records of the exempted vehicles must be maintained, pursuant to section 2449(i)(4). □The Fleet does not fall under the Regulation or is otherwise exempted, and a detailed reasoning is attached hereto. Name of Bidder: Signature: Name: Title: Date: PWS26-3948PKS Appendix C E-32 Page 1 of 2 REV. 07/24 Development Services Land Development Engineering 1635 Faraday Avenue 442-339-2750 www.carlsbadca.gov DETERMINATION OF PROJECT’S SWPPP TIER LEVEL AND CONSTRUCTION THREAT LEVEL E-32 I’m applying for: Grading Permit Building Permit Right-of-way permit Other Project Name: Permit No: Address: APN Disturbed Area: Ac Section 1: Determination of Project’s SWPPP Tier Level (Check applicable criteria and check the corresponding SWPPP Tier Level, then go to section 2) SWPPP Tier Level Exempt – No Threat Project Assessment Criteria My project is in a category of permit types exempt from City Construction SWPPP requirements. Provided no significant grading proposed, pursuant to Table1, section 2.2 of Storm Water Standards, the following permits are exempt from SWPPP requirements: Electrical Patio Mobile Home Plumbing Spa (Factory-Made) Fire Sprinkler Mechanical Re-Roofing Sign Roof-Mounted Solar Array Exempt Tier 3 – Significant Threat Assessment Criteria – (See Construction General Permit (CGP) Section I.B)* My project includes construction or demolition activity that results in a land disturbance of equal to or greater than one acre including but not limited to clearing, grading, grubbing or excavation; or, My project includes construction activity that results in land disturbance of less than one acre but the construction activity is part of a larger common plan of development or the sale of one or more acres of disturbed land surface; or, My Project is associated with construction activity related to residential, commercial, or industrial development on lands currently used for agriculture; or My project is associated with construction activity associated with Linear Underground/Overhead Projects (LUP) and results in a land disturbance of equal to or greater than one acre including but not limited to those activities necessary for installation of underground and overhead linear facilities (e.g. conduits, substructures, pipelines, towers, poles, cables, wire, towers, poles, cables, wires, connectors, switching, regulating and transforming equipment and associated ancillary facilities) and include but not limited to underground utility mark out, potholing, concrete and asphalt cutting and removal, trenching, excavation, boring and drilling, access road, tower footings/foundation, pavement repair or replacement, stockpile/borrow locations. Tier 3 Tier 2 – Moderate Threat Assessment Criteria: My project does not meet any of the Significant Threat Assessment Criteria described above and meets one or more of the following criteria: Project requires a grading plan pursuant to the Carlsbad Grading Ordinance (Chapter 15.16 of the Carlsbad Municipal Code); or, Project will result in 2,500 sq. ft. or more of soils disturbance including any associated construction staging, stockpiling, pavement removal, equipment storage, refueling and maintenance areas and project meets one or more of the additional following criteria: •located within 200 ft. of an environmentally sensitive area or the Pacific Ocean; and/or, •disturbed area is located on a slope with a grade at or exceeding 5 horizontal to 1 vertical; and/or •disturbed area is located along or within 30 ft. of a storm drain inlet, an open drainage channel orwatercourse; and/or •construction will be initiated during the rainy season or will extend into the rainy season(Oct. 1 – Apr. 30) Tier 2 Tier 1 – Low Threat Assessment Criteria My project does not meet any of the Significant or Moderate Threat criteria above, is not an exempt permit type per above and the project meets one or more of the following criteria: •results in some soil disturbance; and/or •includes outdoor construction activities (such as roof framing, saw cutting, equipment washing, materialstockpiling, vehicle fueling, waste stockpiling) Tier 1 * Items listed are excerpt from CGP. CGP governs criteria for triggers for Tier 3 SWPPP. Developer/owner shall confirm coverage under the current CGPand any amendments, revisions and reissuance thereof. Appendix C E-32 Page 2 of 2 REV. 07/24 SWPPP Tier Level Section 2: Determination of Project’s Construction Threat Level (Check applicable criteria under the Tier Level as determined in section 1, check the corresponding Construction Threat Level, then complete the emergency contact and signature block below) Construction Threat Level Exempt -Not Applicable -Exempt Tier 3 Tier 3 – High Construction Threat Assessment Criteria: My Project meets one or more of the following: Project site is 50 acres or more and grading will occur during the rainy season Project site is located within the Buena Vista or Agua Hedionda Lagoon watershed, inside or within 200 feet of an environmentally sensitive area (ESA) or discharges directly to an ESA Soil at site is moderately to highly erosive (defined as having a predominance of soils with USDA-NRCS Erosion factors kf greater than or equal to 0.4) Site slope is 5 to 1 or steeper Construction is initiated during the rainy season or will extend into the rainy season (Oct. 1 – April 30) Owner/contractor received a Storm Water Notice of Violation within past two years High Tier 3 – Medium Construction Threat Assessment Criteria All projects not meeting Tier 3 High Construction Threat Assessment Criteria Medium Tier 2 Tier 2 – High Construction Threat Assessment Criteria: My Project meets one or more of the following: Project is located within the Buena Vista or Agua Hedionda Lagoon watershed, inside or within 200 feet of an environmentally sensitive area (ESA) or discharges directly to an ESA Soil at site is moderately to highly erosive (defined as having a predominance of soils with USDA-NRCS Erosion factors kf greater than or equal to 0.4) Site slope is 5 to 1 or steeper Construction is initiated during the rainy season or will extend into the rainy season (Oct. 1 – Apr. 30) Owner/contractor received a Storm Water Notice of Violation within past two years Site results in 10,000 sq. ft. or more of soil disturbance High Tier 2 – Medium Construction Threat Assessment Criteria My project does not meet Tier 2 High Threat Assessment Criteria listed above Medium Tier 1 Tier 1 – Medium Construction Threat Assessment Criteria: My Project meets one or more of the following: Owner/contractor received a Storm Water Notice of Violation within past two years Site results in 500 sq. ft. or more of soil disturbance Construction will be initiated during the rainy season or will extend into the rainy season (Oct.1 –April 30) Medium Tier 1 – Low Construction Threat Assessment Criteria My project does not meet Tier 1 Medium Threat Assessment Criteria listed above Low I certify to the best of my knowledge that the above statements are true and correct. I will prepare and submit an appropriate tier level SWPPP as determined above prepared in accordance with the City SWPPP Manual. I understand and acknowledge that I must adhere to and comply with the storm water best management practices pursuant to Title 15 of the Carlsbad Municipal Code and to City Standards at all times during construction activities for the permit type(s) checked above. The City Engineer/Building Official may authorize minor variances from the Construction Threat Assessment Criteria in special circumstances where it can be shown that a lesser or higher SWPPP Tier Level is warranted. Emergency Contact Name: Telephone No: Owner/Owner’s Authorized Agent Name: Title: Owner/Owner’s Authorized Agent Signature: Date: Appendix D Appendix D Appendix D Appendix E SYNTHETIC TURF REPLACEMENT - POINSETTIA CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS for: POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK 6600 HIDDEN VALLEY RD. CARLSBAD, CA 92011 PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT TOPOGRAPHY SHOWN ON THESE PLANS WAS GENERATED BY FIELD SURVEY METHODS FROM INFORMATION GATHERED ON __________ BY ______________ SHOWN HEREON CONFORMS TO NATIONAL MAP ACCURACY STANDARDS. SOURCE OF TOPOGRAPHY PROJECT LOCATION BENCH MARK THIS PROJECT IS LOCATED WITHIN ASSESSORS PARCEL NUMBER(S) 214-140-1300. THE CALIFORNIA COORDINATE INDEX OF THIS PROJECT IS N 33.1160° W 117.3096°PRIME CONSULTANT & LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT: D.A.HOGAN & ASSOCIATES INC. 1450 114TH AVENUE SE, SUITE 225 BELLEVUE, WA 98004 PHONE: (206) 285 - 0400 OWNER: CITY OF CARLSBAD PARKS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT 799 PINE AVE., SUITE 200 CARLSBAD, CA 92008 PHONE: (760) 434-2826 CONTACT: KYLE LANCASTER PARKS & RECREATION DIRECTOR email: kyle.lancaster@carlsbadca.gov PROJECT DIRECTORY CITY COUNCIL KEITH BLACKBURN - MAYOR PRIYA BHAT-PATEL - MAYOR PRO TEM MELANIE BURKHOLDER - COUNCIL MEMBER KEVIN SHIN - COUNCIL MEMBER TERESA ACOSTA - COUNCIL MEMBER GEOFF PATNOE CITY MANAGER KYLE LANCASTER PARKS & RECREATION DIRECTOR GOVERNING AGENCIES AND UTILITY CONTACTS UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT 800-227-2600 GAS AND ELECTRICITY SAN DIEGO GAS & ELECTRIC 4120 OCEANSIDE BLVD. #215 OCEANSIDE, CA 92054 EMERGENCY: 800-411-7343 NEW SERVICE: 877-789-9866 CABLE TELEVISION SPECTRUM 5720 EL CAMINO REAL CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-931-7000 WATER & RECYCLED WATER CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT 5950 EL CAMINO REAL CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-438-2722 SEWER CITY OF CARLSBAD 5950 EL CAMINO REAL CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-438-2722 STORM WATER CITY OF CARLSBAD 1635 FARADAY AVENUE CARLSBAD, CA 92008 HOTLINE: 760-602-2799 PARKS AND RECREATION CITY OF CARLSBAD 799 PINE AVE, SUITE 200 CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-434-2826 TELEPHONE AT&T NEW PHONE: 800-310-2355 ENGINEERING CITY OF CARLSBAD 1635 FARADAY AVENUE CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-602-2720 BUILDING CITY OF CARLSBAD 1635 FARADAY AVENUE CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-602-2700 INSPECTION: 760-602-2725 FIRE CITY OF CARLSBAD 2560 ORION WAY CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-931-2141 POLICE CITY OF CARLSBAD 2560 ORION WAY CARLSBAD, CA 92008 760-931-2131 NO.SHEET TITLE SHEET LABEL 1 TITLE SHEET T-1.0 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS & SITE PREPARATION PLAN LF-0.1 3 LAYOUT PLAN LF-1.1 4 TYPICAL SECTIONS & SITE DETAILS LF-2.1 5 COMPOSITE LAYOUT PLAN & DETAILS LF-3.1 6 SOCCER LAYOUT PLAN & DETAILS LF-3.2 PROJECT SITE VICINITY MAP LOCATION MAP DESCRIPTION: LOCATION: RECORDED: ELEVATION: DATUM: CONTACT: ROBERT HARDING PRINCIPAL email: BOBH@DAHOGAN.COM ROBERT HARDING PROJECT MANAGER email: BOBH@DAHOGAN.COM "DECLARATION OF RESPONSIBLE CHARGE" THE IMPROVEMENT WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS, CURRENT AT THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION. PLEASE SEE CONTRACT FOR PRECEDENCE OF ALL DOCUMENTS. 1.CARLSBAD MUNICIPAL CODE 2.CITY OF CARLSBAD ENGINEERING STANDARDS 3.CITY OF CARLSBAD LANDSCAPE MANUAL 2016 VERSION 4.THIS SET OF PLANS 5.CSI TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 6.THE SAN DIEGO AREA REGIONAL STANDARD DRAWINGS AND AS MAY BE MODIFIED BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD STANDARDS. 7.CALIFORNIA STORM WATER QUALITY ASSOCIATION BMP CONSTRUCTION HANDBOOK AND CALTRANS CONSTRUCTION SITE BMP MANUAL. 8.2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE, BASED ON THE 2021 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 9.2022 CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE 10.THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION (GREEN BOOK) WORK TO BE DONE PARK INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING IMPROVEMENTS: ESTABLISH EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS, REMOVE AND RECYCLE EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING INCLUDING INFILL, REGRADE AGGREGATE BASE TO REQUIRED PLANARITY, MODIFY EXISTING EDGE ANCHOR/NAILER, FURNISH AND INSTALL SUPPLEMENTAL PAD AND NEW SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING INCLUDING LINES AND MARKINGS AND NEW MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT. REMOVE, SALVAGE & REINSTALL EXISTING SOCCER GOAL ANCHOR TO BE FLUSH WITH NEW FINISH GRADE ELEVATION AND REMOVE HINGE FUNCTION FROM BOX TO PROVIDE REMOVABLE COVER. SCOPE OF WORK 1.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CONTROLLING FIELD DIMENSIONS BEFORE ORDERING OR FABRICATING ANY MATERIAL. 2.CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROCEDURES DETAILED IN CONTRACT SECTIONS 3-4 CHANGED CONDITIONS AND 3-5 DISPUTED WORK. 3.THE EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF UTILITY STRUCTURES AND FACILITIES SHOWN ON THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS WERE OBTAINED BY A SEARCH OF THE AVAILABLE RECORDS. ATTENTION IS CALLED TO THE POSSIBLE EXISTENCE OF OTHER UTILITY FACILITIES STRUCTURES NOT SHOWN ON THE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO TAKE DUE PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES TO PROTECT THE UTILITIES SHOWN ON THE PLANS AND ANY OTHER EXISTING FACILITIES OR STRUCTURES NOT SHOWN. 4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING FACILITIES (ABOVE GROUND AND UNDERGROUND) WITHIN THE PROJECT SITE SUFFICIENTLY AHEAD OF THE CONSTRUCTION TO PERMIT THE REVISIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS IF IT IS FOUND THAT THE ACTUAL LOCATIONS ARE IN CONFLICT WITH THE PROPOSED WORK. GENERAL NOTES PROJECT SITE BY: PHONE NO: ( ) REGISTRATION NO: EXPIRATION DATE: I HEREBY DECLARE THAT I AM THE LICENSED DESIGNER OF WORK FOR THIS PROJECT, THAT I HAVE EXERCISED RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OVER THE DESIGN OF THIS PROJECT AS DEFINED IN SECTION 6703 OF THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS CODE AND THAT THE DESIGN IS CONSISTENT WITH CURRENT STANDARDS. I UNDERSTAND THAT THE CHECK OF PROJECT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS BY THE CITY OF CARLSBAD AND SAN DIEGO COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH IS CONFINED TO A REVIEW ONLY AND DOES NOT RELIEVE ME, AS THE LICENSED DESIGNER OF WORK, OF MY RESPONSIBILITIES FOR PROJECT DESIGN. THESE PLANS HAVE BEEN PREPARED IN SUBSTANTIAL CONFORMANCE WITH THE APPROVED LANDSCAPE CONCEPT PLAN, WATER CONSERVATION PLAN, FIRE PROTECTION PLAN, AND ALL CONDITIONS OF APPROVAL RELATED TO LANDSCAPING. INSPECTION OF THE PROJECT SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY AND THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF WORK, OR THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF WORK'S DESIGNATED AGENT. REFER TO THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE SCHEDULE OF REQUIRED INSPECTIONS AND REQUIRED SUBMITTALS. INSPECTION PROCEDURES: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE CITY AND THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BEGINNING LANDSCAPE WORK. THE CITY AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT SHALL REVIEW THE PROJECT UTILITY LOCATIONS AND REVISE PLANS ACCORDINGLY TO FULLY SCREEN ALL UTILITIES FROM VIEW AND PROTECT ALL UTILITIES (ABOVE & BELOW GRADE) FROM INVASIVE PLANT GROWTH AND ROOTS. PRIOR TO BEGINNING LANDSCAPE WORK: ROBERT HARDING N/A N/A 206 285 - 0400 4760 07-31-26 1450 114th Ave. SE, Suite 225 Bellevue, WA 98004 p. 206.285.0400 www.dahogan.com 6 CIP 4614 Pl o t D a t e : 2 0 2 5 - 0 9 - 2 9 ; 0 9 : 4 3 a m , D r a w i n g T i t l e : T - 0 . 1 T i t l e S h e e t . d w g , U s e r I D : S a m B DIAL TOLL FREE 811 TWO DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG ® UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA digalert.org SKB/CPW RSH RSH 1 SYNTHETIC TURF REPLACEMENT - POINSETTIA TITLE SHEET T-0.1 SHEET INDEX: EXISTING PARKING EXISTING LIGHT POLE (APPROXIMATE LOCATION) EXISTING LIGHT POLE (APPROXIMATE LOCATION) EXISTING LIGHT POLE (APPROXIMATE LOCATION) EXISTING LIGHT POLE (APPROXIMATE LOCATION) EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING (TYP.) LIMIT OF EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF LIMIT OF EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB WITH CHAIN LINK FENCING EXISTING CONCRETE CURB WITH CHAIN LINK FENCING EXISTING CONCRETE CURB AND SYNTHETIC TURF ANCHOR (TYP.) EXISTING CONCRETE CURB AND SYNTHETIC TURF ANCHOR (TYP.) EXISTING CONCRETE CURB AND SYNTHETIC TURF ANCHOR (TYP.) EXISTING CONCRETE CURB AND SYNTHETIC TURF ANCHOR (TYP.) EXISTING PRIMARY SOCCER FIELD MARKINGS EXISTING SOCCER GOAL ANCHOR (TYP.) EXISTING SYNTHETIC FIELD WITH SOCCER AND MODIFIED SOCCER MARKINGS (TYP.) EXISTING SOCCER GOAL ANCHORS (TYP.) EXISTING SOCCER GOAL ANCHORS (TYP.) EXISTING SOCCER GOAL ANCHORS (TYP.) EXISTING SOCCER GOAL ANCHORS (TYP.) EXISTING SOCCER GOAL ANCHORS (TYP.) EXISTING SYNTHETIC FIELD WITH SOCCER AND MODIFIED SOCCER MARKINGS (TYP.) EXISTING SYNTHETIC FIELD WITH SOCCER AND MODIFIED SOCCER MARKINGS (TYP.) EXISTING SYNTHETIC FIELD WITH SOCCER AND MODIFIED SOCCER MARKINGS (TYP.) 2 LIMIT OF EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF LIMIT OF EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE 1 3 4 5' EDGE TRANSITION AT EXISTING EDGE ANCHOR (TYP) F-2.1 2 5 5' EDGE TRANSITION AT EXISTING EDGE ANCHOR (TYP) F-2.1 2 5 5' EDGE TRANSITION AT EXISTING EDGE ANCHOR (TYP) F-2.1 2 5 7 7 77 7 7 6 6 6 101010 9 9 9 6 3 4 3 4 3 4 F-2.1 2 F-2.1 2 F-2.1 2 F-2.1 2 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 VACTOR CLEAN CATCH BASIN AND FLUSH PIPE TO DOWNSTREAM STRUCTURE EXISTING DRAINAGE PIPE EXISTING DRAINAGE LATERAL (TYP) EXISTING DRAINAGE PIPE EXISTING DRAINAGE LATERAL (TYP) EXISTING DRAINAGE LATERAL (TYP) 5.00' (TYP.) 5.00' (TYP.) 5. 0 0 ' (T Y P . ) 5. 0 0 ' (T Y P . ) EXISTING CONCRETE CURBING AND EDGE ANCHOR EXISTING CONDITIONS & DEMOLITION NOTES EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION LEGEND EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF TO BE REMOVED AND DISPOSED OF OFF SITE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE 1.CONSTRUCTION ACCESS. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL GATES AND FENCES AT PERIMETER OF THIS SITE TO ESTABLISH A SECURE WORK AREA. WORK MAY INCLUDE TEMPORARY FENCING. MINIMUM SECURITY FENCE TO BE 6 FEET HEIGHT, CHAIN LINK. 2.CONSTRUCTION ACCESS ROUTE TO BE MAINTAINED CLEAR FOR OTHER PARK MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PROTECTION OF THE EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACING FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC. TEMPORARY PROTECTION SHALL INCLUDE A MINIMUM OF THE FOLLOWING: a.STRUCTURAL FABRIC OR GEOTEXTILE LAYER b.3/4 INCH PLYWOOD c.STEEL PLATES 3.REMOVE ALL EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF AND INFILL AND RECYCLE AS DESCRIBED IN PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. EXISTING TURF SYSTSEM IS A SAND & RUBBER INFILLED TURF INSTALLED OVER A PERMEABLE AGGREGATE BASE. 4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE EXTREME CARE DURING TURF REMOVAL TO PROTECT EXISTING PERMEABLE AGGREGATE BASE TO REMAIN. IT IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED THAT ALL CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC ASSOCIATED WITH THE TURF REMOVAL OCCUR ON THE EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF TO PROTECT THE EXISTING PERMEABLE AGGREGATE. DISTURBED OR SEGREGATED PERMEABLE AGGREGATE MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW TOP COURSE AGGREGATE AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. 5.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REGRADE EXISTING TOP COURSE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW SUPPLEMENTAL RESILIENT PAD, AS SHOWN AS A 5 FT. WIDE GRADE TRANSITION AT THE FIELD PERIMETER. THE NEW GRADE TRANSITION SHALL BE OF A UNIFORM WIDTH AS SHOWN, AND SUCH THAT THE TOP OF THE NEW SUPPLEMENTAL PAD SHALL MEET AND MATCH FLUSH TO THE TOP OF THE SHIM ADDED TO THE EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF EDGE ANCHOR, ALLOWING FOR THE SYNTHETIC TURF TO BE ATTACHED TO THE EDGE ANCHOR SMOOTHLY AND UNIFORMLY. THE DISTURBED EXISTING TOP COURSE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE SHALL BE COMPACTED TO MATCH THE ADJACENT EXISTING CONDITION, AND MEET A TOLERANCE OF 1/8" IN 20'. 6.PROTECT EXISTING EDGE ANCHOR SYSTEM AND PERIMETER FROM DAMAGE AROUND ENTIRE PERIMETER OF EXISTING PLAY FIELD. INSPECT AND REPAIR AS NEEDED. 7.REMOVE AND SALVAGE EXISTING SOCCER GOAL ANCHORS. 8.NOT USED. 9.PROTECT EXISTING CONCRETE SURFACES AND FENCE FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 10.CLEAN ALL DEBRIS FROM CONCRETE SWALE. 11.ADD SHIM TO EXISTING EDGE ANCHOR AS NEEDED TO RESULT IN SYNTHETIC TURF BACKING BEING 3/4" DEPTH BELOW TOP OF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB OR ADJACENT EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING. TAPER TOP COURSE AGGREGATE SO THAT THE SUPPLEMENTAL PAD TRANSITIONS FLUSH WITH THE TOP OF NEW SHIM ON EXISTING EDGE ANCHOR. 12.THE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE BASE WAS CONFIRMED IN 2015 TO INFILTRATE AT APPROXIMATELY 10 INCHES/HOUR. FOLLOWING SCARIFICATION AND GRADING TO PLANARITY, THE INFILTRATION RATE SHALL BE RETESTED AND CONFIRMED TO INFILTRATE AT APPROXIMATLEY 10 INCHES/HOUR. F-2.1 1 EXISTING DRAINAGE NORTH 0 SCALE: 1" = 1450 114th Ave. SE, Suite 225 Bellevue, WA 98004 p. 206.285.0400 www.dahogan.com 6 CIP 4614 Pl o t D a t e : 2 0 2 5 - 0 9 - 2 9 ; 0 9 : 5 4 a m , D r a w i n g T i t l e : F - 0 . 1 P o n s e t t i a P a r k C U R R E N T 2 4 x 3 6 . d w g , U s e r I D : S a m B DIAL TOLL FREE 811 TWO DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG ® UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA digalert.org 2 20' 40'SKB/CPW RSH RSH 2 EXISTING CONDITIONS & SITE PREPARATION PLAN SYNTHETIC TURF REPLACEMENT - POINSETTIA LF-0.1 5' EDGE TRANSITION NOTE LEGEND 1 (INDICATES GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTE) 3 (INDICATES SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION KEYNOTE) EXISTING PARKING EXISTING LIGHT POLE (APPROXIMATE LOCATION) EXISTING LIGHT POLE (APPROXIMATE LOCATION) EXISTING LIGHT POLE (APPROXIMATE LOCATION) EXISTING LIGHT POLE (APPROXIMATE LOCATION) EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING (TYP.) LIMIT OF NEW SYNTHETIC TURF LIMIT OF NEW SYNTHETIC TURF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB WITH CHAIN LINK FENCING EXISTING CONCRETE CURB WITH CHAIN LINK FENCING EXISTING CONCRETE CURB AND SYNTHETIC TURF ANCHOR (TYP.) EXISTING CONCRETE CURB AND SYNTHETIC TURF ANCHOR (TYP.) EXISTING CONCRETE CURB AND SYNTHETIC TURF ANCHOR (TYP.) EXISTING CONCRETE CURB AND SYNTHETIC TURF ANCHOR (TYP.) PRIMARY SOCCER FIELD MARKINGS SOCCER GOAL ANCHOR (TYP.) SYNTHETIC TURF FIELD OVER EXISTING AGGREGATE BASE WITH SOCCER MARKINGS (TYP.) SOCCER GOAL ANCHORS (TYP.) SOCCER GOAL ANCHORS (TYP.) SOCCER GOAL ANCHORS (TYP.) SOCCER GOAL ANCHORS (TYP.) SOCCER GOAL ANCHORS (TYP.) SYNTHETIC TURF FIELD OVER EXISTING AGGREGATE BASE WITH SOCCER MARKINGS (TYP.) SYNTHETIC TURF FIELD OVER EXISTING AGGREGATE BASE WITH SOCCER MARKINGS (TYP.) SYNTHETIC TURF FIELD OVER EXISTING AGGREGATE BASE WITH SOCCER MARKINGS (TYP.) F-2.1 4 2 F-3.1 2 F-3.1 2 F-3.1 2 F-3.1 2 F-3.1 2 F-3.1 2 F-2.1 2 F-2.1 2 F-2.1 2 F-2.1 2 6 F-2.1 4 2 6 F-2.1 4 2 6 F-2.1 4 2 6 3 3 3 3 ESTIMATED 380.00' LIMIT OF SYNTHETIC TURF (FIELD VERIFY - MATCH EXISTING) ES T I M A T E D 3 1 3 ' L I M I T O F S Y N T H E T I C T U R F ( F I E L D V E R I F Y - M A T C H E X I S T I N G ) 5 5 PROTECT EXISTING GATES TO REMAIN (TYP.) PROTECT EXISTING CHAIN LINK FENCE AND CURB TO REMAIN (TYP.) PROTECT EXISTING CHAIN LINK FENCE AND CURB TO REMAIN (TYP.) PROTECT EXISTING CHAIN LINK FENCE AND CURB TO REMAIN (TYP.) PROTECT EXISTING GATE TO REMAIN 7 7 7 7 7 7 LAYOUT NOTES LIMIT OF SYNTHETIC TURF AND EXISTING CONCRETE EDGE ANCHOR LAYOUT LEGEND SYNTHETIC TURF AND SUPPLEMENTAL PAD OVER EXISTING PERMEABLE AGGREGATE (APPROXIMATELY 119,000 SF). CONTRACTOR TO FIELD CONFIRM TUFTED OR INLAID 4 INCH WHITE (PRIMARY) SOCCER LINE TUFTED OR INLAID 4 INCH YELLOW (MODIFIED) SOCCER LINE 1.CAREFULLY REMOVE ALL EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING FROM THE FIELD AREA. DO NOT DISTURB EXISTING PERMEABLE AGGREGATE BASE. EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF IS AN INFILLED SYNTHETIC TURF INSTALLED IN ±2015, NOMINALLY WITH 2-1/2" FIBER AND SAND AND RUBBER INFILL. RECYCLE ALL SYNTHETIC TURF MATERIALS AND INFILL OFF SITE. 2.FOLLOWING REMOVAL OF SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACE AND REGRADING OF THE AGGREGATE BASE, THE EXISTING PERMEABLE AGGREGATE BASE SHALL BE STRING-LINED FOR PLANARITY WITH THE CONTRACTOR, OWNER, AND LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. STRINGLINE SHALL BEGIN AT ANTICIPATED SOCCER FIELD END/SIDE LINES AND CONTINUE AT SUCH FREQUENCY TO CONFIRM PLANARITY TOLERANCE OF 1/8" IN 20'. SURFACE PLANARITY ADJUSTMENTS SHALL BE COMPLETED AS REQUIRED, TO PROVIDE A CONSTANT SLOPE FROM THE EAST EDGE TO THE WEST EDGE OF THE REVISED EDGE OF SYNTHETIC TURF. THE SURFACE PLANARITY SHALL BE STRING-LINED FOR PLANARITY BY THE CONTRACTOR, SUPPLEMENTAL PAD/SYNTHETIC TURF INSTALLER AND THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT TO CONFIRM THE FIELD IS GRADED AND PREPARED TO SPECIFIED TOLERANCE. A WRITTEN ACCEPTANCE OF THE FIELD GRADE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE SUPPLEMENTAL PAD INSTALLER PRIOR TO INITIATION OF WORK 3.PROTECT AND UTILIZE EXISTING EDGE ANCHOR TO SECURE NEW SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING AROUND THE FIELD PERIMETER. MAKE REPAIRS AS NEEDED. CONTRACTOR SHALL ESTIMATE APPROXIMATELY 200 LF OF REPAIR FOR BIDDING PURPOSES. PROVIDE AND SECURE SHIM TO TOP OF EXISTING EDGE ANCHOR SO THAT TOP OF SHIM SHALL BE 1" BELOW TOP OF ADJACENT CONCRETE, OR CONCRETE CURB. 4.PROTECT ALL EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. 5.CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING DIMENSIONS TO MATCH EXISTING FIELD. SEE SYNTHETIC TURF COMPOSITE LAYOUT PLAN FOR SYNTHETIC TURF LINES AND MARKINGS. 6.RE-GRADE DISTURBED AGGREGATE BASE TO MEET PLANARITY AND INFILTRATION RATE REQUIREMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE FIELD LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND SYNTHETIC TURF INSTALLATION FOREMAN APPROVE BASE INCLUDING EDGE TRANSITION AND SUPPLEMENTAL PAD BEFORE BEGINNING THE SYNTHETIC TURF INSTALLATION. 7.REINSTALL SALVAGED SOCCER GOAL ANCHORS TO BE FLUSH WITH NEW FINISHED GARDE. 8.PRIOR TO COMMENCING TURF INSTALLATION: 8.1.PREPARE AND INSTALL SUPPLEMENTAL PAD FLUSH TO THE TOP OF THE MODIFIED EDGE ANCHOR. 8.2.MEET 1/8" IN 20' PLANARITY REQUIREMENT. 8.3.VERIFY INFILTRATION AS DIRECTED. NORTH 0 SCALE: 1" = 1450 114th Ave. SE, Suite 225 Bellevue, WA 98004 p. 206.285.0400 www.dahogan.com 6 CIP 4614 Pl o t D a t e : 2 0 2 5 - 0 9 - 2 9 ; 0 9 : 4 9 a m , D r a w i n g T i t l e : F - 0 . 1 P o n s e t t i a P a r k C U R R E N T 2 4 x 3 6 . d w g , U s e r I D : S a m B DIAL TOLL FREE 811 TWO DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG ® UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA digalert.org 20' 20' 40'SKB/CPW RSH RSH 3 LAYOUT PLAN SYNTHETIC TURF REPLACEMENT - POINSETTIA LF-1.1 NOTE LEGEND 1 (INDICATES GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTE) 3 (INDICATES SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION KEYNOTE) LATERAL SPACING 15' TYP. FINISH GRADE PEA GRAVEL (EXISTING TO REMAIN) 4" PERF. CORR. POLY DRAIN TUBING (EXISTING TO REMAIN) SYNTHETIC TURF 1.5" SYSTEM TOP COURSE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE (EXISTING TO REMAIN) BASE COURSE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE (EXISTING TO REMAIN) COMPACTED SUBGRADE (EXISTING TO REMAIN) PERMEABLE STRUCTURAL SOIL BEARING FABRIC (EXISTING TO REMAIN)4" PERF. CORR. POLY DRAIN TUBING (EXISTING TO REMAIN) 25MM SUPPLEMENTAL PAD LATERAL SPACING 15' TYP. FINISH GRADE PEA GRAVEL 4" PERF. CORR. POLY DRAIN TUBING 2" TOP COURSE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE 6" BASE COURSE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE COMPACTED SUBGRADE PERMEABLE STRUCTURAL SOIL BEARING FABRIC 4" PERF. CORR. POLY DRAIN TUBING EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEM EXISTING GRADE FINISH GRADE FINISH GRADE EXISTING CHAIN LINK FENCE EXISTING CONCRETE CURB ADJACENT SURFACE MAY VARY EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF EDGE ANCHOR SYNTHETIC TURF (TYP.) 1" A B TOP OF FIBER TO BE 1/2" ABOVE EXISTING CONCRETE CURB 25MM SUPPLEMENTAL PAD NEW SHIM ON EXISTING EDGE ANCHOR NOTES: A ADD PERMEABLE AGGREGATE AS NECESSARY AND RE-GRADE EXISTING TOP COURSE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE; UNIFORMLY TRANSITION OVER 5 FT. TO ACCOMMODATE FULL DEPTH OF SUPPLEMENTAL PAD TO BE FLUSH WITH TOP OF EDGE ANCHOR B ADD A SHIM TO EXISTING EDGE ANCHOR AS NEEDED TO RESULT IN SYNTHETIC TURF BACKING BEING 1" DEPTH BELOW TOP OF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB OR ADJACENT EXISTING CONCRETE PAVING. TAPER TOP COURSE AGGREGATE SO THAT THE SUPPLEMENTAL PAD TRANSITIONS FLUSH WITH THE TOP OF NEW SHIM ON EXISTING EDGE ANCHOR. A PROJ E C T A R E A OUTS I D E P R O J E C T A R E A 12.00' 4.00' (TYP.) 8.00' (TYP.) 15.00' MIN. PLANVIEW ISOMETRIC VIEW 2' STAGGER 2.00' STAGGER NOTE: PROVIDE STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE WHEN TRANSPORTING OR WORKING OVER EXISTING CONCRETE, ASPHALT, OR LANDSCAPE SURFACES. 1" CDX PLYWOOD HEAVY LIFT >50PSI 5/8" CDX LIGHT TRUCK <50PSI 1" CDX <50PSI 1" STEEL >50PSI 40z/ SY NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE TEMPORARY ASPHALT SEDIMENT DAM LENGTH PER PLAN PROVIDE FULL WIDTH OF INGRESS / EGRESS AREA STEEL RUMBLE PLATES 3/4" PLYWOOD GEOTEXTILE FABRIC EXISTING OR FIRST LIFT OF ASPHALT CONCRETE SURFACE 2" MIN. 12" MIN. NOTES: 1.DETAIL IS INCLUDED IN THE EVENT EXISTING AGGREGATE BASE IS DAMAGED AS PART OF TURF REMOVAL / FINISH GRADING PROCESS. DAMAGED PORTIONS OF THE BASE MAY BE RECONSTRUCTED AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY AND INCLUDE REMOVAL OF EXISTING AGGREGATE, DRAINAGE, GEOTEXTILE, SUBGRADE SOILS, AND REPLACEMENT OF THE ENTIRE FIELD SECTION. 2.INSTALL PEA GRAVEL WITH 2" CROWN 3.REMOVE PEA GRAVEL CROWN TO BE FLUSH WITH SUBGRADE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF AGGREGATE LATERAL SPACING 15' TYP. FINISH GRADE SYNTHETIC TURF 1.5" SYSTEM 2" TOP COURSE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE 6" BASE COURSE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE COMPACTED SUBGRADE PEA GRAVEL INSTALLATION TO FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH AND 2" CROWN CLEAN, WASHED PEA GRAVEL AS NECESSARY FOR LEVELING 4" PERF. CORR. POLY DRAIN TUBING 4" PERF. CORR. POLY DRAIN TUBING IMPERVIOUS OR PERMEABLE STRUCTURAL SOIL BEARING FABRIC MUST BE FLAT ON SUBGRADE FOR FULL WIDTH. FABRIC CONTINUOUS THROUGH SUBSURFACE DRAINAGE TRENCHES (TYP.) 25MM SUPPLEMENTAL PAD NOT TO SCALE PROPOSED SYNTHETIC TURF FIELD SECTION LF-2.1 4 NOT TO SCALE EDGE TRANSITION AT EXISTING CONCRETE CURB LF-2.1 2 NOT TO SCALE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE LF-2.1 1 1450 114th Ave. SE, Suite 225 Bellevue, WA 98004 p. 206.285.0400 www.dahogan.com 6 CIP 4614 Pl o t D a t e : 2 0 2 5 - 0 9 - 2 9 ; 1 0 : 3 8 a m , D r a w i n g T i t l e : F - 2 . 1 T y p i c a l S e c t i o n s & S i t e D e t a i l s . d w g , U s e r I D : S a m B DIAL TOLL FREE 811 TWO DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG ® UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA digalert.org SKB/CPW RSH RSH 4 TYPICAL SECTIONS & SITE DETAILS SYNTHETIC TURF REPLACEMENT - POINSETTIA LF-2.1 NOT TO SCALE EXISTING CONDITIONS SECTION LF-2.1 3 NOT TO SCALE FULL DEPTH SYNTHETIC TURF FIELD SECTION LF-2.1 5 LIMIT OF SYNTHETIC TURF 380.00' (FIELD VERIFY - MATCH EXISTING) LIMIT OF MODIFIED SOCCER FIELD 175.00'LIMIT OF MODIFIED SOCCER FIELD 175.00'10.00' LIMIT OF PRIMARY SOCCER FIELD 360.00' LI M I T O F S Y N T H E T I C T U R F 3 1 3 . 0 0 ' (F I E L D V E R I F Y - M A T C H E X I S T I N G ) LI M I T O F M O D I F I E D S O C C E R F I E L D 2 9 5 . 0 0 ' LI M I T O F P R I M A R Y S O C C E R F I E L D 2 2 5 . 0 0 ' FIELD MARKINGS IN ORDER OF PRIORITY: SOCCER WHITE LINES MODIFIED SOCCER YELLOW LINES LIMIT OF TURF (TYP) LIMIT OF TURF (TYP) LIMIT OF TURF (TYP) MODIFIED SOCCER FIELD MARKINGS PRIMARY SOCCER FIELD MARKINGS SOCCER GOAL ANCHOR (TYP) SOCCER GOAL ANCHOR (TYP) SOCCER GOAL ANCHOR (TYP) SOCCER GOAL ANCHOR (TYP) LF-3.1 2 LF-3.1 2 LF-3.1 2 LF-3.2 1 LF-3.2 1 MODIFIED SOCCER FIELD MARKINGS LF-3.2 1 LF-3.1 2 EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF EDGE ANCHOR (TYP) EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF EDGE ANCHOR (TYP) EXISTING SYNTHETIC TURF EDGE ANCHOR (TYP) 35 . 0 0 ' 35 . 0 0 ' 9. 0 0 ' 9. 0 0 ' 10.00'10.00' VINYL-CLAD 3/16" STAINLESS STEEL AIRCRAFT CABLE ALUMINUM COVER 1/8" THICK MATERIAL WELDED SUPPORT (3) UNDERNEATH FOR HEAVY TRAFFIC ACCESS HOLE WITH RUBBER GROMMET ADHERE/ SECURE SYNTHETIC TURF TO COVER (TYP.) GALVANIZED BOX WITH STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE LOOP AND CLAMP TO INTERNAL ANCHOR, DROP THROUGH ALUMINUM COVER'S ACCESS HOLE TO PROVIDE A SEAMLESS LOOK AND STORES CONVENIENTLY INSIDE BOX WITH COVER SOCCER GOAL GROUNDBAR (TYP.) SOCCER GOAL GROUNDBAR (TYP.) LOCKABLE ANCHOR CABLE WITH SWAGED LOCK LOOP. LOCK F.I.O.C. MULTI FIELD FOUNDATION BOX & COVER ADHERE/ SECURE SYNTHETIC TURF TO TOP OF COVER SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEM SYNTHETIC TURF SYSTEM MIN. 3000 PSI TWO CUBIC FOOT CONCRETE FOOTING MIN. 3000 PSI TWO CUBIC FOOT CONCRETE FOOTING INSTALL 1" SCH PVC PIPE FOR DRAIN HOLE DRILL 3/4" HOLE FOR DRAINAGE PIPE VINYL-CLAD 3/16" STAINLESS STEEL AIRCRAFT CABLE LF-2.1 4 LF-2.1 4 SCALE: 1"=20' COMPOSITE LAYOUT PLAN LF-3.1 1 NOT TO SCALE SOCCER GOAL ANCHOR LF-3.1 2 1450 114th Ave. SE, Suite 225 Bellevue, WA 98004 p. 206.285.0400 www.dahogan.com 6 CIP 4614 Pl o t D a t e : 2 0 2 5 - 0 9 - 2 9 ; 1 0 : 4 2 a m , D r a w i n g T i t l e : F - 3 . 1 C o m p o s i t e L a y o u t P l a n & D e t a i l s . d w g , U s e r I D : S a m B DIAL TOLL FREE 811 TWO DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG ® UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA digalert.org SKB/CPW RSH RSH 5 COMPOSITE LAYOUT PLAN & DETAILS SYNTHETIC TURF REPLACEMENT - POINSETTIA LF-3.1 INLAID OR TUFTED MODIFIED SOCCER LINES CORNER KICK 4" INLAID WHITE LINE PENALTY KICK PENALTY KICK R30.00'R30.00' R30.00' R3.00' R3.00'R3.00' CORNER KICK RESTRAINING LINE FOR PENALTY KICK RESTRAINING LINE FOR PENALTY KICK PENALTY KICK 2. 0 0 ' 36.00' ℄/O 18.00' O/O 60 . 0 0 ' O/ O 13 2 . 0 0 ' O/ O 54.00' O/O 33 . 0 0 ' 3.00' CENTER CIRCLE (TYP.) 118.00' O/O 60.00' O/O 33.00' 3. 0 0 ' 18 . 0 0 ' O/ O 54 . 0 0 ' O/ O PENALTY AREA PENALTY AREA PENALTY KICK PENALTY KICKPENALTY KICK GOAL AREA GOAL AREA GOAL AREA GOAL AREA GOAL AREA GOAL AREA PENALTY AREA RESTRAINING LINE FOR PENALTY KICK RESTRAINING LINE FOR PENALTY KICK RESTRAINING LINE FOR PENALTY KICK CORNER KICK MOD SOCCER SIDELINE (TYP.) PRIMARY SOCCER SIDELINE (TYP.) 4" TUFTED WHITE LINE SOCCER HASH MARK (TYP.) SOCCER HASH MARK (TYP.) MO D S O C C E R L I M I T S 2 9 5 . 0 0 ' O / O PR I M A R Y S O C C E R L I M I T S 2 2 5 . 0 0 ' O / O PRIMARY SOCCER LIMITS 360.00' O/O MOD SOCCER LIMITS 175.00' O/O MOD SOCCER LIMITS 175.00' O/O MO D S O C C E R L I M I T S 2 9 5 . 0 0 ' O / O PROVIDE 2- 4" BREAKS FOR EACH SOCCER END LINE TO DESIGNATE GOAL LOCATIONS SOCCER GOAL ANCHOR (TYP.) SIDELINE 8.50' 10.00' R30.00' 0.50' 4" INLAID YELLOW LINE PRIMARY SOCCER LAYOUT NOTES (WHITE LINES) 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS. ALL LINE WORK IS TO BE LAID OUT WITH A TOLERANCE OF 1/4 INCH. 2.ENDLINES, SIDELINES AND HALFWAY LINE ARE 4 INCH WHITE, TUFTED LINE AS DIMENSIONED ON SOCCER LAYOUT PLAN. ALL OTHER LINES ARE TO BE INLAID AS DIMENSIONED ON SOCCER LAYOUT PLAN. 3.THE SOCCER GOAL AREA IS 18 FEET BY 60 FEET. REFER TO PLAN FOR LOCATION. 4.THE SOCCER PENALTY AREA IS 54 FEET BY 132 FEET. 5.THE PENALTY MARK IS AN INLAID 2 FOOT LINE, 4 INCHES WIDE, 36 FEET FROM THE END LINE AND CENTERED ON THE GOAL. THE RESTRAINING LINE FOR PENALTY KICK AN ARC 30 FEET FROM THIS MARK OUTSIDE OF THE PENALTY AREA. REFER TO PLAN FOR LOCATION. 6.THE HALFWAY LINE FOR THE SOCCER FIELD IS A 4 INCH WHITE TUFTED LINE WITH AN INLAID CIRCLE, 30 FEET IN RADIUS IN THE CENTER OF THE FIELD. THE RADIUS POINT OF THE MIDFIELD CIRCLE WILL BE INLAID WHITE DOT WITH A 9 INCH DIAMETER. 7.THE CORNERS OF THE SOCCER FIELD SHALL HAVE A INLAID 3 FOOT RADIUS DESIGNATING THE CORNER KICK AREA. 8.THE HASH MARK IS A 3 FOOT INLAID LINE, 4 INCHES WIDE, 33 FEET FROM THE SIDE LINE, 6 INCHES FROM THE END LINE, EXTENDING AWAY FROM THE FIELD OF PLAY. MODIFIED SOCCER LAYOUT NOTES (YELLOW LINES) 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS. ALL LINE WORK IS TO BE LAID OUT WITH A TOLERANCE OF 1/4 INCH. 2.ALL LINES ARE TO BE INLAID YELLOW AS DIMENSIONED ON SOCCER LAYOUT PLAN. 3.THE SOCCER GOAL AREA IS 18 FEET BY 60 FEET. REFER TO PLAN FOR LOCATION. 4.THE SOCCER PENALTY AREA IS 54 FEET BY 118 FEET. 5.USE THE PRIMARY SOCCER FIELD HALFWAY LINE AND SOCCER CENTER CIRCLE FOR THE MOD SOCCER HALFWAY LINE AND CENTER CIRCLE. 6.THE CORNERS OF THE SOCCER FIELD SHALL HAVE AN INLAID 3 FOOT RADIUS DESIGNATING THE CORNER KICK AREA. 7.PRIMARY SOCCER (WHITE) LINES SHALL BE DOMINANT OVER MODIFIED SOCCER (YELLOW) LINES. TUFTED WHITE (PRIMARY) OR YELLOW (MODIFIED) SOCCER LINE 4" R3' TUFTED WHITE (PRIMARY) OR YELLOW (MODIFIED) SOCCER LINE RADIUS POINT FOR CORNER KICK 4" 4" FI E L D O F P L A Y WHITE (PRIMARY) OR YELLOW (MODIFIED) MID-FIELD LINE WHITE (PRIMARY) OR YELLOW (MODIFIED) SOCCER SIDELINE 4" INLAID WHITE (PRIMARY) OR YELLOW (MODIFIED) SOCCER LINE 4" BREAK IN WHITE (PRIMARY) OR YELLOW (MODIFIED) SOCCER LINE INSIDE OF PLAYING FIELD 24' 4" BREAK IN WHITE (PRIMARY) OR YELLOW (MODIFIED) SOCCER LINE INSIDE OF PLAYING FIELD ℄FIELD 6" 4" 33' 4" 3' INLAID WHITE (PRIMARY) OR YELLOW (MODIFIED) SOCCER LINE 1450 114th Ave. SE, Suite 225 Bellevue, WA 98004 p. 206.285.0400 www.dahogan.com 6 CIP 4614 Pl o t D a t e : 2 0 2 5 - 0 9 - 2 9 ; 1 0 : 4 3 a m , D r a w i n g T i t l e : F - 3 . 2 S o c c e r L a y o u t P l a n & D e t a i l s . d w g , U s e r I D : S a m B DIAL TOLL FREE 811 TWO DAYS BEFORE YOU DIG ® UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA digalert.org SKB/CPW RSH RSH 6 SOCCER LAYOUT PLAN & DETAILS SYNTHETIC TURF REPLACEMENT - POINSETTIA LF-3.2 SCALE: 1"=20' SOCCER LAYOUT PLAN LF-3.2 1 NOT TO SCALE CORNER KICK DETAIL LF-3.2 2 NOT TO SCALE SOCCER SIDELINE LF-3.2 3 NOT TO SCALE SOCCER GOAL ALIGNMENT SQUARES LF-3.2 4 NOT TO SCALE SOCCER HASH MARKS LF-3.2 5 Appendix F City of Carlsbad-Parks & Recreation Poinsettia Community Park -Synthetic Turf Replacement Vicinity Map Bid Set –September 9, 2014 Cit y o f C a r l s b a d - Pa r k s & R e c r e a t i o n Po i n s e t t i a C o m m u n i t y P a r k - Sy n t h e t i c T u r f Re p l a c e m e n t Bid S e t –Se p t e m b e r 9 , 2 0 1 4 Poinsettia Community Park, 6600 Hidden Valley Rd, Carlsbad, CA, United States Location Map W Casino Rd NORTH Plan Sheet Index F-0.0 Cover F-0.1 Existing Conditions & Site Preparation Plan F-1.1 Layout Plan F-2.1 Typical Sections F-3.1 Composite Marking Plan F-3.2 Soccer Markings Layout Plan & Details F-0.0 Owner City of Carlsbad Parks & Recreation 799 Pine Avenue Carlsbad, CA 92008 (760)-434-2826 Consultant D.A. Hogan & Associates Inc. 119 –1st Avenue South, Suite 110 Seattle, Washington 98104 (206) 285-0400 (206) 285-0480 Fax Construction Access Project Area NORTH NORTH Project Area Project Site Construction Access Parking/Staging Area Appendix G ru 0 0 rn I POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK INDEX: CITY Of OCEANSIDE HIGHWAY 7B • SITE LOCATION POINSETTIA PARK RO!Jl ),...---~----t__.. lTY Of VISTA ~o.P DECLARATION OF f!ESPONSIBLE CHARGE PACIFIC OCEAN I HEREBY DECLARE THAT I AM LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF WORK FOR THIS PROJECT, THAT I HAVE EXERCISED RESPONSIBLE CHARGE OVER THE DESIGN OF THIS PROJECT AS DEFINED IN SECTION 6703 OF BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONS CODE AND THAT THE DESIGN IS CONSISTENT WITH CURRENT STANDARDS. I UNDERSTAND THAT THE CHECK OF PROJECT DRAWINGS AND SPECIACATIONS BY CITY OF OCEANSIDE MUNICIPAL WATER DISTRICT AND THE SAN DIEGO COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH IS CONFINED TO A REVIEW ONLY AND DOES NOT RELIEVE ME, AS LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF WORK, OF MY RESPONSIBILITIES FOR PROJECT DESIGN. FIRM AMES & ADDRESSES: ADL PLANNING ASSOCIATES 2979 STATE STREET STE. C. CARLSBAD, CA. 92008 (760) 634-8418 CITY Of CA LSBAD VICINITY MAP NTS REGISTRATION NO'S: #2348 EXPIRATION DATES: 3-31-03 SYNTHETIC TURF FIELD POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK SHEET#. 1 2 3 DESCRIPTION TITLE SHEET GRADING/DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS / t5 I I I \ \ ' SOCCER FIELD ........ - _J \ (.'.) z "" \ QC «: ffl ffl ffl TENNIS 0... COURTS (/ RESTROOMS I BASKETBALL~~ COURTS [n][n] PROJECT LOCATION LOCATION MAP NTS I S1EET I LAND PLANNING LANDSCAPE ARCHliECTURE 2979 STATE STREET, SUITE C C A R L S B A D, C A. 9 2 0 0 8 Q60)729-86J7 FAX:(760)729-8324 DATE: 3-13-02 JOB NO: 20146 SCALE: NT$ DRAWN BY: JTC CITY· OF CARLSB-AD I SH3ETS I ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT TITLE SHEET FOR: POINSel ·I IA COMMUNIITPAPIK. t---+---11---------------1-----t---1----t---1 l1.-At""p"';/4~D~?(~•!:1.;...t./~...;.~~~•f:l•!:t1:2::> )::l....-,,:Z.....__ 7--t.5 · 03 I l---l----+----------------t---t-:---+----11----i CITY ENGINEER PE EXPIRES DATE . DATE INITIAL DATE INITIAL ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHER APPROVAL.. DATE INITIAL CITY APPROVAL OWN BY: J PROJECT NO. ~:g ~~;--, 3830/ 3838 DRAWING NO. 397-711 L ro L 'JC TURFBOUNDARY ----~ ,------SOCCER STRIPING (NIC) .--------i---7r--------,r-----\---,---,---,---,/,-------,-------r--,-------------r--------;----=:::::::c; ____ -~, ___ -,----.-----------FIELD DRAINAGE NOTES EXISTING SWALE SEE DETAIL B SHEET 3 ------"' PERFORATED HOPE COLLECTOR PIPE SLOPED AT 1% FOR DRAINAGE ------~ PERFORATED HOPE PERIMITER PIPE ------~ SLOPED AT 1% FOR DRAINAGE EXISTING DRAIN FL: 131.00' TOP OF GRATE:139.00' ------"' WITH 15' RCP COLLECTOR i ,. :,; / / I l I I ~-~ " \ ', \ / I ;"-'"'-""' --+--1.~ . i FL:144. I I 1! ' F :143.48' F ·143A8' I : / I F :143..48' ~----PERFORATED HOPE PERIMITER PIPE SLOPED AT 1% FOR DRAINAGE o· 15' 30' 60' TOP OF WALL: 146' 1-----~-----BOTTOM OF WALL: 144.5' PROPOSED RETAINING WALL --··-----_,,------SEE DETAIL E SHEET 3 SEE CITY DRAWING# 397-7 ,,,,-------FOR STAIRS CONFIGURATION 1. AFTER EXCAVATION OF EXISTING SOIL TO THE PROPER ELEVATIONS REQUIRED THE SUB-BASE WILL BE SHAPED AND COMPACTED TO 95% DENSITY WITH A SLOPE AS SHOWN TO ALLOW FOR DRAINAGE. 2. A NEW CONCRETE CURB 2 X 4 TREATED WOOD NAILER WILL BE INSTALLED TO PROVIDE A SECURE EDGE FOR FASTENING THE SYNTHETIC TURF. REFER TO THE TYPICAL EDGE DETAIL. 3. 6" HDPE CORRUGATED, PERFORATED COLLECTORS WILL BE PROVIDED AT THE LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE PLANS FOR DRAINAGE. THESE COLLECTORS WILL CONNECT TO A PERIMETER COLLECTOR AND EXIT WITH A 15" COLLECTOR TO A DRAINAGE BASIN. 4. A STRUCTURAL SOIL BEARING FABRIC WILL BE PLACED OVER THE SUB GRADE AND 6" MINIMUM FREE DRAINAGE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE BASE WILL BE PLACED OVER THE FABRIC AND GRADED FOR A FIELD THAT SLOPES FROM SEVERAL AREAS TOWARDS A SINGLE AREA. REFER TO DETAILS A+ D. 5. THE ARTIFICIAL, RUBBER FILLED TURF WILL BE INSTALLED OVER THE PERMEABLE AGGREGATE BASE AND SECURED TO THE WOOD NAILER AS SHOWN IN DETAILS A+ D. 6. COMPOSITE DRAIN (-12") TO BE BID AS ALTERNATE TO HDPE COLLECTOR PIPE FOR FIELD AREA DRAINAGE. GENERAL NOTES: 1. SEE SHEET 3 FOR CONSTRUCTION DETAILS 2. SEE ENGINEERS PLAN FOR STAIR CONFIGURATION 3. ARROW ON PIPES REPRESENTS DIRECTION OF FLOW 4. ALL IRRIGATION AND SOD TO BE REMOVED BY OTHERS LEGEND: WALL DRAINAGE PIPE SLOPE PERCENTAGE SWALE FLOWLINE EXISTING GRADE PROPOSED GRADE • --"---143---- ADL PLANNING --- ASSOCIATES __ LANO PLANNING LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 2979 STATE STREET, SUITE C C A R L S 8 A D, C A. 9 2 0 0 B {760)729-8637 FAX:(760)729-8324 DATE; 3-13-02 JOB N01 20146 SCALE; 1 ':30' DRAWN BY, JTC ~ CITY OF CARLSBAD I SH3EETS I i-----t---+------------------,1----+--+----t---1 ~ , ENGINEE G DEPARTMENT • i-----t---+-------------------,t----+--+---+---1 DRAINAGE/GRADING FOR: POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK i-----t---+------------------,1----+--+---+---11 .. fah,:1P~Ro~,11:•?,"'4i'ole1Me2..1 4.l;._-172t:::.tiW"-rll,j•ll!il!• !!2<HL,~ 7~ ~_!-(.131 l----+---+-------------------,1----+--+---+---I CITY ENGINEER PE EXPIRES ~•c . t--::cDA::JE:--t--,,:-::NIT""IAL,:--t---------------+-Dl(-JE-+-IN-ITIAL-+-Dl(-J-E-f-,N-,TIAL--1 ;:;D;;:;W;:N;:::::;;BY;:,=::;;,;;::::;-;::=::::::P:::R::::OJ=E==c==r=N==o=. =:::;-;:::D::::RA=w=1N=G==N==o:::. ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL ~~g ~~; 3830-/ 3838 397-71? C :E "'-) G") ow ~ C.0 ....... I ....... )> SLOPE 11' ..... -... . , .• 1----,-rs-, . '. • I . . II, • _. .. 6" MIN. PERMEABL[ AGGREGATE BASE \ COMPACTED SUBGRADE OEOTEXTIL£/MOISTURE BARRIER 6" PERFORATED HOPE COil.ECTOR PEA GRAVEL SLOPE 11' I" X 1 !t" CONCRETE CIJll1I J GRASS 2X4 TREATED WOOD NAILER FASTENED TO COHC. ~ l I "' CONT. TOP AND BOTTOM ~,I'-----50' TYP. ------"----2.5' ------+ A. TRANSVERSE SECTION THRU FIELD 0 0 0 © © © 0 (f) z 5 (/J a.. UJ (!J cc z ~o ~ c? (!J (!J -UJ UJ UJ I (f) @-i F-- " ..... " ,___ 38' ~ 4" 2" ----,, 1011 ~ ® © ~~ ®-~ ~ ~ SCALE: NTS FENCE IS NEEDED WH ERE WALL EXCEEDS 2' @ -CD "" I I I I I Jlllwlllw 1 • ,-~ . . . • . . , . ··-· . '~-,,._ •... _. 2/3HE IGHT (H)' ~ .... .. ~---1 ....... 1 •-J,._ 6 9 I v ----~. @) DRAIN PIPE IS PLACED UNDERNEATH WALK ® AND STAIRS WHERE NECESSARY 8 .. MORTAR CAP WITH SLURRY COAT SLURRY COAT ,, ' 1'-10'' g•xe•x1 a• CONCRETE SLUMP BLOCK (GROUT AT ALL CELLS). #4 VERT. REBAR AT 40" O.C. CENTER IN WALL (ALT. BENDS) LAYER OF f5 STD. DUR-0-WALL FINISH GRAD£ ARTIFICIAL SYNTHETIC TURF SEE DETAIL D. ® CONCRETE FOOTING f4 HORII. REBAR CONT. AT BOTTOM or FOOTING. 6" PERF. DRAIN PIPE u, MIN. W/ 3/4" CRUSHED GRAVEL (1 CU. FT.) IN FILTER FABRIC ENVELOPE WATERPROOFING f3 TIES O 16" O.C. 42" CHAIN LINK SAFETY FENCE, z• MESH BLACK VINYL CHAIN LINK FABRIC, 2-1/8" sa. W,I, ENO POSTS AND 1-7/8 LINE POSTS O 10' O.C. SPACING, 1-5/8" TOP AND BOTTOM RAILS E. LOW RETAINING WALL WITH CHAIN LINK FENCE N.T.S. FENCE NOTES: 1. ALL MATERIALS USED TO BE GALVANIZED STEEL 2. CHAIN LINK FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A392 3, THE FABRIC FOR THE OUTnELD FENCE SHALL BE 9 GUAGE 4. ALL CHAIN LINK WILL BE WOVEN 2" MESH AND GALVANIZED AFTER FABRICATION. FABRIC TO HAVE KNUCKLED FINISH TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES. 5. ALL TOP RAILS, BOTTOM RAILS.AHO REQUIRED BRACING SHALL BE WELDED IN PLACE. 6, EACH END SECTION ADJACENT TO TERMINAL POSTS SHAU. HAVE 1-7 /8" DIAMETER, HORIZONTAL BRACING AT MED POINT TO SUPPORT FABRIC STRECTHING. 7. FENCE SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH 1-5/8" DIAMETER TOP AHO BOTTOM RAIL. 8. ALL POSTS SHALL BE INSTALLED 10' OH CENTER 9. THE 54" FENCE POSTS SHALL BE 1-7 /8" DIAMETER FOR LINE POSTS AND 2-3/8" DIAMETER FOR TERMINAL POSTS ARTIFICIAL SYNTHETIC TURF Oc:, Oo Cc, Oo 00 00 oo oo O O o Cl Oo 00 8" X 12" CONCRETE CURB 2X-4 TREATED WOOD NAILER FASTENED TO CONC. 8" MIN. FREE DRAIHIHO STONE BASE COMPACTED SUBGRADE SHAPED FOR DRAINAGE GRASS ... -.. "' f4 CONT. TOP AND BOTTOM '-..:," ______ ;><.._ 8"-15" HOPE PERFORATED PIPE SIZE DETERMINED BY SITE HYDROLOGY GEOTEXTIL£/M01STURE BARRIER D. TYPICAL EDGE DETAIL SCALE: HTS NOTE: ALL SOD AND IRRIGATION MATERIALS TO BE REMOVED BY OTHERS ,_ __ 2' --l--------5' --------1 3:1 SLOPE B. SWALE DETAIL SCALE: NTS ,_ _____ VARIES-----~ 5 1/2" 5 1/2" 1:t 1½" ARTIFICIAL SYNTHETIC TURF -t-11--1/2" 1/2" _ _, ....... (2) LAYERS 3/4" TREATED PLYWOOD ,,_ __ VARIES ---JI STONE BASE • ... f----1 · • I C. .. . .-. UTILITY BOX TREATED 2X4 LIO SUPPOIIT TREATED 2XS FORM TO REMAIN FLUSH WITH TOP or CONCRETE TYPICAL UTILITY BOX SECTION SCAL£: NTS ADL PLANNING --- ASSOCIATES __ LANO PLANNING LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 2979 STATE STREET, SUITE C C A R L S B A D, C A. 9 2 0 0 8 Q 6 0) 7 2 9 -86 3 7 FAL (7 6 0)7 29 - 8 l2 4 0ATE, 3-13-02 JOB HO, 20146 SCALE, NT$ DRAWN BY, JTC 1---1----+------------l--+---I---I-----I I SH3EET I CITY OF CARLSBAD I SH3EETS I ::===~=:::::E::N:::G::::IN:::E:::E::::Rl::::N:::G::::D:::E::P:::::A::::RT:::::M:::E::N:::T==~===; CONSTRUCTION DTEAILS FOR: POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK APPROZ '"-• I .. :z9:te,. 2:&JOl .. ~ .. CnY ENGINEER PE EXPIRES DATE DWN BY: PROJECT NO. DRAWING NO. DATE INITIAL ENGINEER OF WORK REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE INrTIAL DATE INITIAL CHKD BY: OTHER APPROVAL CITY APPROVAL RVWD BY: 383G/3838 397-7,4 w 0 .... w C ~ G) w c.o ...... I ...... l> AUTHORIZATION TO BID THE POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK SYNTHETIC TURF FIELD REPLACEMENT PROJECT Kyle Lancaster, Parks & Recreation Director Todd Reese, Parks Services Manager Nick Stupin, Parks Planning Manager Oct. 7, 2025 1 RECOMMENDED ACTION Adopt a resolution adopting the plans, specifications and contract documents for the Poinsettia Community Park Synthetic Turf Field Replacement Project and authorizing the City Clerk to advertise the project for public bids 2 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement 3 POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK 4 POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK CURRENT INVENTORY •Synthetic turf introduced to city’s inventory in 2004 •Current inventory includes eight fields at five sites: Alga Norte Community Park [2] Aviara Community Park [1] Pine Avenue Community Park [1] Poinsettia Community Park [2] Stagecoach Community Park [2] Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement 5 6 CURRENT INVENTORY CURRENT INVENTORY •Also includes recreational play areas at two sites: Alga Norte Community Park (skate park) Poinsettia Community Park (playground) •And includes wedding/event areas at two sites:  Leo Carrillo Ranch Historic Park The Crossings at Carlsbad Municipal Golf Course7 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement 8 ALGA NORTE COMMUNITY PARK 9 POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK 10 POINSETTIA COMMUNITY PARK 11 LEO CARRILLO RANCH HISTORIC PARK 12 THE CROSSINGS AT CARLSBAD GOLF COURSE 13 THE CROSSINGS AT CARLSBAD GOLF COURSE ATHLETIC FIELD DEMAND •Greater demand for athletic fields than the supply •Staff hold bi-annual field allocation meetings User groups generally prefer synthetic turf fields Staff unable to accommodate user group requests 14 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement PROJECT BACKGROUND •Large, multi-purpose athletic field initially converted from natural grass surface to synthetic turf in 2004 Conversion was initiated due to challenges with maintaining natural grass in good playing condition 15 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement PROJECT BACKGROUND •The original synthetic turf contained a crumb rubber infill material and offered an eight-year warranty After 11 years of programming, the synthetic turf was replaced with crumb rubber infilled turf in 2015 16 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement PROJECT BACKGROUND •After nearly 11 additional years of programming, the synthetic turf is nearing the end of its useful life Staff/consultant reviewed the synthetic turf systems currently available, and considered several factors: Health concerns, environmental impacts, overall costs and performance/durability 17 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement SPECIFIED SYSTEM •Synthetic turf system specified is Pivot, manufactured by TenCate, a 300-year-old company (Netherlands) •TenCate is a global leader in innovative, high-quality synthetic turf for athletic fields and landscaping •TenCate’s Pivot system was specified for project over other synthetic turf field systems for several reasons 18 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement SPECIFIED SYSTEM •It is free of added PFAS (Per- and Polyfluoroalkyl Substances) – i.e., without microplastic compounds Reduces health concerns and environmental impacts •It uses a no-infill system, eliminating traditional infill materials like crumb rubber, walnut shells, et. al. Reduces health concerns and environmental impacts Also reduces associated maintenance needs 19 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement SPECIFIED SYSTEM •It uses a low-density porous mineral as a ballast, providing a cooler surface compared to sand ballast Reduces health concerns and environmental impacts •Turf carries 12-year warranty instead of eight years, retaining playing condition up to 50% longer Reduces landfill waste and maintenance needs 20 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement SPECIFIED SYSTEM •System uses an attenuation pad under the synthetic turf surface that includes a 25-year warranty Further reduces amortized costs and landfill waste •It exceeds industry benchmarks for wear resistance, stability retention, and structural integrity over time Durability has been validated through extensive laboratory testing and continuous high-intensity use 21 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement 22 TENCATE PIVOT WITH COOLING BALLAST & PAD SUSTAINABILITY EFFORTS •System includes removing and recycling the existing synthetic turf and rubber infill material TenCate’s recycling service offers zero-waste process; diverts thousands of square feet of turf from landfill This service is consistent with Carlsbad Sustainable Materials Management Implementation Plan 23 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement STATE / LOCAL INSTALLATIONS •System installed or in production at 40 sites in California, including parks, elementary/high schools, colleges/universities and pro athletic facilities Installed locally at the Santee Sportsplex USA in 2024 and SMUSD’s Leo Carrillo Elementary School in 2025 24 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement LOCAL INSTALLATIONS •Staff have reviewed the installed turf system at the local sites and consulted with the associated staff Both staff expressed community support, installation efficiency and overall satisfaction in the turf system 25 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement 26 LEO CARRILLO ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 27 LEO CARRILLO ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 28 SANTEE SPORTSPLEX USA 29 SANTEE SPORTSPLEX USA COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT •Staff advised the eligible user groups of the field’s estimated two-month closure for replacement work •Staff met with members of the Sierra Club to review characteristics of synthetic turf and natural grass 30 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement NATURAL GRASS •Natural grass fields must be well-maintained to provide an acceptable athletic playing condition There can be health concerns and environmental impacts related to maintenance of natural grass Contractors required to adhere to all provisions of the Carlsbad Integrated Pest Management Plan 31 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement NATURAL GRASS •Pesticides that could be used by city contractors in maintaining natural grass athletic fields include: Herbicides, insecticides, fungicides and rodenticides •Natural grass athletic fields require routine fertilizing and consume significant amounts of water Most fields in inventory irrigate with reclaimed water 32 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement NATURAL GRASS •Natural grass fields require both scheduled and unscheduled closures during each year Scheduled closures occur for three weeks in winter and five weeks in spring, for field renovations Unscheduled closures occur during, and for 1-2 days after, major rain events, for field safety 33 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement NATURAL GRASS •Presumed annual closures of eight weeks scheduled renovations, and two weeks for unscheduled rain Grass athletic fields may only be available about 80% of the time compared to synthetic turf athletic fields 34 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement NATURAL GRASS •The initial costs of installing natural grass fields are lower, but the ongoing maintenance costs are higher •Costs of installation and maintenance of grass fields and the Pivot synthetic turf system are comparable If amortized over two 12-year turf warranty cycles 35 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement NATURAL GRASS 36 Poinsettia Community Park Synthetic Turf Field Replacement Project - CIP Project No. 4614 Athletic field type Natural grass Tencate Pivot system Initial installation - year one (estimated) $1,750,000 $2,200,000 Maintenance – ongoing (estimated) $1,895,000 $144,000 Bi-annual renovations – ongoing (estimated) $600,000 n/a Replacement w/o pad – year 12 (estimated) n/a $1,900,000 Total estimated cost over 24 years $4,245,000 $4,244,000 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement PROJECT COSTS •Engineer’s estimate for construction is ~$2 Million Initial premium of ~20% for TenCate Pivot system over traditional crumb rubber infilled synthetic turf Premium reduced to ~10%, when the costs are amortized over two turf cycles with one pad 37 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement NEXT STEPS •Documents will be posted to city’s biding website •Staff will review the bids received and return with a recommendation to award a construction contract •The estimated construction period is two months, with anticipated completion by end of winter 2026 •Effectiveness of this synthetic turf system will be monitored for application to other city projects38 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement RECOMMENDED ACTION Adopt a resolution adopting the plans, specifications and contract documents for the Poinsettia Community Park Synthetic Turf Field Replacement Project and authorizing the City Clerk to advertise the project for public bids 39 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement QUESTIONS/COMMENTS Thank you 40 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement ATTENUATION PAD 41 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement •Composition Polypropylene core No detectable PFAS TEMPERATURE REDUCTION 44 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement PIVOT COOL BALLAST 45 Item No.5: Synthetic Turf Replacement